d.b.a. request for proposal cover page 1. solicitation …

Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority

d.b.a.

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL COVER PAGE

1. SOLICITATION No: 18-R12 2. ISSUE DATE: March 22, 2018 3. FOR INFORMATION CONTACT

NAME: Anthony Jackson, Sr. Purchasing Agent PHONE: 407-254-6226 E-MAIL: [email protected]

4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION: Joint procurement between the Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority and Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority for 60 Foot Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses.

5. PRE-PROPOSAL CONFERENCE DATE AND TIME: March 29, 2018, at 9:00 AM EST 5a. LOCATION: LYNX CENTRAL STATION, 455 N. GARLAND AVE., 2ND FLOOR, ORLANDO, FL 32801 PARKING: Parking is now available at the Orange County Courthouse Garage at 425 North Orange Avenue. Please be sure to bring your parking ticket to the lobby of the LYNX LCS Building to get it validated. 6. DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF QUESTIONS/CLARIFICATIONS: April 13, 2018, 2:00 PM E.S.T. 7. SUBMIT PROPOSAL TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS

Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority (LYNX) Attn: Anthony Jackson

455 N. Garland Ave Orlando, FL 32801

8. PROPOSAL SUBMISSION DUE DATE AND TIME

April 23, 2018, at 2:00 PM E.S.T.

9. SUBMIT WITH OFFER: SUBMIT ONE (1) ORGINAL PROPOSAL AND SIX (6) COPIES. SUBMIT TWO (2) ELECTRONIC PROPOSALS ON USB FLASH DRIVE. 10. OFFERS WILL NOT BE PUBLICLY OPENED. 11. FIRM OFFER PERIOD: Offers shall remain firm for a period of 120 calendar days from the date specified in Block 8, above or as amended. 12. If this Proposal is accepted within the period specified in Block 11, above, the Offeror agrees to fully provide the

goods and/or services covered by this solicitation at the prices and timelines specified in the Solicitation. 13. The following Exhibits, if indicated (with an X), are included in this solicitation; (R) indicates that the EXHIBIT is both included and must be Signed and Returned with the Bidder’s response to the solicitation.

X EXHIBIT A – Instructions and Conditions

X EXHIBIT B – Scope of Work- X EXHIBIT C – Proposal Evaluation

X EXHIBIT D – Terms & Conditions X EXHIBIT E – LYNX General Provisions R EXHIBIT F – Bidder’s Offer & Guarantees

R EXHIBIT G – Certification Regarding Debarment R EXHIBIT H – Certification Regarding

Lobbying R EXHIBIT I – TMV

R EXHIBIT J – Buy America X EXHIBIT K – Sample Contract R EXHIBIT L – Pricing Proposal Form

R EXHIBIT M – Request for Equals R EXHIBIT N – Certificate of Compliance with FTA’s Bus Testing R EXHIBIT O – Bus Testing Program

Certification

R EXHIBIT P – Vehicle Information Questionnaire

14. DBE: There is a 0% DBE (Disadvantaged Business Enterprise) goal established for this Procurement.

Solicitation No: RFP 18-R12

60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

{O1562384;3} Page 1 of 6 Exhibit A

EXHIBIT “A”

SOLICITATION INSTRUCTIONS AND CONDITIONS 1. Background

The Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority (“LYNX” or the “Authority”) is an agency of the State of Florida, created by the Florida Legislature to own, operate, maintain, and manage a public transportation system in the area of Orange, Osceola, and Seminole Counties. The Authority’s enabling legislation (Florida Statutes Section 343.64) has the express intention “that the authority be authorized to plan, develop, own, purchase, lease, or otherwise acquire, demolish, relocate, equip, repair, maintain, operate, and manage a regional public transportation system and public transportation facilities; to establish and determine such policies as may be necessary for the best interest of the operation and promotion of a public transportation system; and to adopt such rules as may be necessary to govern the operation of a public transportation system and public transportation facilities.” In 1993, the Authority began doing business as “LYNX”.

LYNX serves approximately 2,500 square miles with a resident population of 2.1 million people as of 2016. Fixed route bus service operates from 4:15 AM to 3:05 AM each weekday and provides more than 26 million unlinked passenger trips each year.

A five member Board of Directors governs LYNX, which board consists of representatives from Orange, Osceola, and Seminole Counties, the City of Orlando, and the Florida Department of Transportation.

LYNX provides an array of transportation services in the form of fixed route bus services, door-to-door Paratransit services, Carpool/Vanpool services, NeighborLink, School Pool Matching services and Community Shuttle service to special events.

2. Knowledge of Conditions Any person (“Proposer”) submitting a proposal (“Proposal”) in response to this Request for Proposal (“RFP”) must examine the Scope of Work carefully and be informed thoroughly regarding any and all conditions and requirements that may in any manner affect the work to be performed under the contract to the awarded under this RFP (the “Contract”). No allowances will be made because of lack of knowledge of any specifications, conditions or requirements of this RFP.

3. Omission Notwithstanding the provision of drawings, technical specifications or other data by LYNX, Proposers shall have the responsibility of supplying all details required to make an accurate offer of services offered even though such details may not be specifically mentioned in the Scope of Work or elsewhere in this RFP.

4. Legal Representation Akerman Senterfitt (“Akerman”) is legal counsel to LYNX in connection with this RFP and the Contract to be entered into hereunder. In the event that Akerman has provided legal services to a Proposer submitting a Proposal, a conflict of interest may be created. By submitting a Proposal, each Proposer agrees to waive all conflicts created by the prior representation and consents to Akerman’s continued representation of LYNX in connection with this solicitation and the Contract to be entered into hereunder.

5. Communications to LYNX – Cone of Silence All questions pertaining to this RFP, or any matters relating thereto the Scope of Work, or any questions pertaining to the RFP or Proposal documents, must be in writing and must be sent only to the person identified in Block 3 of the RFP cover page. Communications sent to any other person at LYNX or at any other address may, in LYNX's sole discretion, be deemed to be "non-responsive" and LYNX in its discretion may elect to disregard any such questions. LYNX will not respond to oral inquiries, and oral statements of any nature by LYNX or any of its representatives may not be relied upon for any purpose whatsoever.

6. Pre-proposal See Block 5 of the RFP cover page for whether a pre-proposal meeting (at which questions may be directed to and answered by LYNX personnel) will be held in connection with this RFP and, if so, the date and time of such meeting.

A pre-proposal meeting, if held pursuant to this RFP, will be on the second floor of the LYNX Central Station, located at 455 North Garland Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32801 (intersection of Amelia Street and N. Garland). Parking is available at the Orange County Clerk of Courts Parking Garage, located 425 N Orange Ave, Orlando, FL 32801




(LYNX will validate parking). If a pre-proposal meeting is held, attendance will not mandatory in order to submit a Proposal, however, it is recommended. In regard to questions raised at this meeting, LYNX will make every effort to memorialize in writing those questions and responses by LYNX, and thereafter distribute that document to all persons requesting same. Only written responses by LYNX in writing may be relied upon; oral responses will not be considered a part of the RFP or binding on LYNX. Thus, statements made by LYNX at the pre-proposal meeting may not be relied upon in any way by any person and may not be the basis of any protest. Proposers are cautioned to independently verify any matters stated at the pre-proposal meeting. Again, only statements which are made by LYNX in writing may be relied upon.

7. Requests for Clarification/Questions All questions from any Proposer regarding the RFP or matters relating thereto must be submitted to LYNX in writing no later than date specified in Block 6 of the RFP cover page. Each question must identify the section number in this RFP for which clarification is being requested. LYNX will respond to all properly submitted questions at least five (5) business days prior to the date that Proposals are due. All responses will be sent via email to all persons who have requested a copy of this RFP and furnished LYNX with a correct email address. All such questions must be sent to the contact person listed in Block 3 of the Proposal cover page.

8. Nonsolicitation of LYNX During Blackout Period – Cone of Silence

During the period from the date of this RFP, through the period that the LYNX Board of Directors approves the award of Contract (including any period during which a procurement protest (“Protest”) has been filed and is pending), Proposers may not directly or indirectly contact any LYNX Board member, any LYNX employee, or LYNX’s legal counsel regarding this RFP except for questions directed to LYNX as expressly provided in Section 7 above or except as expressly authorized under the Protest procedure set forth in Section 17. Any prohibited contact may result in the immediate disqualification of the Proposer from consideration for the award of the Contract and the rejection of any Protest.

9. Proposal Preparation Each Proposal shall be made only on this RFP. Each Proposal must be enclosed in a sealed envelope with the name and address of the Proposer clearly stated. The outside of the envelope shall state the RFP Number, Title and Due Date. All blank spaces in the offer must be filled in and no changes shall be made in the wording.

As consideration for any Proposer’s Proposal being considered by LYNX in its award of the Contract, each Proposer hereby agrees that (1) the Proposal shall be on such form as LYNX provides and shall be sealed; and (2) any revocation or modification of the Proposal shall only be on the same form(s) and submitted in the same manner as the original Proposal was submitted prior to the date on which the Proposals are due.

10. Submission of Proposals The Proposer shall submit to LYNX one (1) original and six (6) copies and two (2) on CD ROM or Flash Drive of its Proposal, which must be received by LYNX no later than the date and time specified in Block 8 of the RFP cover page. The envelope containing the Proposal must be marked with the RFP Number and Title as set forth on the Cover Page of this RFP.

Proposals may be hand delivered, mailed or sent via a reputable national courier (such as UPS or Fed-Ex). All Proposals shall be delivered to the following address:

Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority d/b/a LYNX Attn: Anthony Jackson, Senior Purchasing Agent 455 North Garland Avenue Orlando, Florida 32801-1518

and shall be received by LYNX by the date and time set forth in Block 8 of the Proposal Cover Page. For example, a postmark date on a mailed Proposal will not be considered as being “received”.

If a Proposal is hand delivered, it must be delivered to the security guard on the first floor at the above address. In such an event, the Proposer or its agent should request a verification receipt to prove that the submission of its Proposal was timely.

Any Proposal not timely received may, in LYNX’s sole and absolute discretion, be rejected.




11. Late Proposals Any Proposal received at the office designated in this RFP after the exact time specified for receipt shall not be considered.

12. Proposal Modification or Withdrawal

Prior to the date and time set for the receipt of Proposals, a Proposal may be modified or withdrawn by the Proposer. All such modifications must be made in writing, either hand delivered, mailed or sent via a reputable national courier to the address above for receiving Proposals. Any request to withdraw a Proposal must be in writing and received by LYNX (in the same manner as the Proposal was submitted) by no later than the deadline date and time set forth for the receipt of Proposal. If timely received, LYNX will return unopened the Proposal if requested to be withdrawn or returned. If a modification is timely received by LYNX prior to the date and time set for the receipt of Proposals, then that modification will be considered by LYNX as a part of the original Proposal.

13. Validity/Term of Proposals Proposals will be valid for not less than 120 days after the due date and time for the receipt of Proposals. In the event of a Protest, the 120 day period will be extended and the Proposals will remain valid for a period of 90 days after the earlier of (i) the resolution of the Protest, or (ii) the recommendation of the LYNX Source Evaluation Committee and the posting of said award (see below), and no further Protest.

14. Revisions and Amendments to the Proposal

LYNX reserves the right in its absolute discretion to revise or amend this RFP, including the scope of work, up to the time set for receipt of the Proposals. Any such revision or amendment, if any, will be sent via email to all Proposers who have requested a copy of this RFP and furnished LYNX with their correct email address. In the event that this RFP is revised or amended within five (5) business days of the date set for opening Proposals, LYNX may extend the RFP opening date for up to an additional five (5) business days. The form transmitting the revision or amendment must be signed by the Proposer, acknowledging its receipt, and copy of the signed document must be included in the Proposal documents. Failure to (i) sign the form transmitting the revision or amendment and (ii) include the signed form in the Proposal may, in LYNX sole and absolute discretion, result in the rejection of the Proposal.

15. Proposal Rejection

LYNX may at any time reject any (i) Proposal which LYNX deems in its sole and absolute discretion to be incomplete, (ii) Proposal which LYNX deems in its sole and absolute discretion fails to conform to the requirements of this RFP, or (iii) Proposal which LYNX deems, in its sole and absolute discretion, takes exception to the Scope of Work. LYNX reserves the right in any event to (a) waive any informalities or irregularities in any Proposal, which LYNX determines in its sole and absolute discretion, to be minor, or (b) reject all Proposals and re-solicit the procurement.

16. Proposal Format

The Proposal shall contain a Cover Letter signed by a person authorized to bind the Proposer (i) agreeing that the Proposal shall remain Valid for not less than 120 days (as extended in the event of a Protest) and (ii) providing a name, physical address, and email address of such person who is administering the Proposal, who has authority to bind the Proposer and to whom LYNX may submit notices and writings regarding this RFP. It is to this person and at this email address that LYNX will provide notices and other matters regarding this RFP.

Proposals shall be organized as follows: Section 1 Experience and Qualification of Proposer and Staff Section 2 Pricing Proposal Section 3 Equipment Specifications, Approved Equals Section 4 Warranty, Special Requirements, Etc. Section 5 Required Forms Section 6 Required Certifications – Altoona Testing, TMV, etc. 17. Protest Procedures

In the event any person wishes to file a Protest regarding this RFP, such Protest shall be made in accordance with LYNX Administrative Rule 6 (which is available at www.golynx.com), the terms of which are hereby included herein by this reference. LYNX reserves the right to modify the terms of the Protest procedure if it determines that such modification is in its best interest. Should there be any dispute between LYNX Administrative Rule 6 and the provisions of this Section 17; LYNX in its discretion will determine which provision governs.




By way of background, all Proposers understand and agree that the procurement process undertaken by virtue of this RFP is solely for the benefit of LYNX, and it is for LYNX to determine in its discretion which Proposal LYNX desires to accept. LYNX has provided for a protest procedure not to grant any rights to any particular Proposer but, rather, to provide LYNX the opportunity to review and examine any information regarding any Proposal which it may not have fully evaluated. Thus, no Proposer has any legal right in connection with any Protest Proceeding and LYNX may, in its discretion, determine whether or not to reject any Protest.

In the event a Protest is rejected, the Proposer may appeal the rejection as set forth in LYNX Administrative Rule 6 or herein but, again, said appeal will be decided by LYNX based upon what it determines to be in its best interest. As such, legal concepts (such as the Florida or Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and the Judicial Rules of Evidence) and other matters which may be applicable to judicial or other proceedings are not applicable to a Protest in accordance with LYNX Administrative Rules. In addition, the appeal process set forth in the LYNX Administrative Rule is exclusive and upon the exhaustion of the appeal, no further appeal may be taken or separate suit filed against LYNX.

By virtue of submitting its Proposal, any Protesting Party expressly agrees that its remedies are exclusively limited to the LYNX Protest procedure set forth in LYNX Administrative Rule 6 (as the same may be modified hereby) and that there will be no appeal or litigation resulting from the final award of any Contract by LYNX. The foregoing is a material consideration in the consideration by LYNX of any Proposal.

In the event a Protest is filed, LYNX Administrative Rule 6 requires that a cash bond be posted with LYNX at the time the Protest is filed. In addition, a Protest must meet strict time limitations for filing. Reference is made to LYNX Administrative Rule 6 for these and other matters relating to any Protest.

18. Award LYNX will award the Contract to the Proposer who submits a Proposal that LYNX determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, is most advantageous to LYNX (the “Selected Proposer”). After the SEC ranks the Proposers in order of priority, notice of the ranking will be given to all parties submitting Proposals (and furnishing proper email addresses). After the SEC recommendation is final (with no further Protest or after the Protest procedure is earlier terminated in accordance with LYNX Administrative Rule 6), the recommendation of the SEC will then be submitted to LYNX's Board of Directors for its consideration. The determination of whether to award the Contract and to whom the Contract will be awarded shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the LYNX Board of Directors.

The Selected Proposer is required to enter into a Contract with LYNX in accordance with the terms of its Proposal. LYNX reserves the right to delete, add to or alter provisions of the Contract (including any conflicting provisions of this RFP). LYNX also reserves the right at any time, in its absolute discretion, to cancel the RFP and “rebid”. The Contractor recommend for award must sign a complete Contract prior to final award and within seven (7) business days of issuance of the Notice of Intent to Award and provision to the Contractor of the final Contract Document (such contract will be based on the Sample Contract provided in the Solicitation). The procurement process relating to this RFP is solely to benefit LYNX and for LYNX to determine in its discretion which Proposer is entitled to enter into a Contract with LYNX. Although LYNX provides for a Protest procedure, once LYNX selects a Proposer to contract with, that will terminate any further right of Protest by any Proposer. In addition, no Proposer is granted any right to file any lawsuit against LYNX. Proposer, by virtue of submitting a Proposal, expressly agrees to waive any right to bring any judicial or other action against LYNX, and that the Protest procedure set forth in LYNX Administrative Rule 6 is the exclusive procedure to protest the award of any Contract. Each Proposer by submitting its Proposal expressly agrees to these limitations.

19. Next Most Advantageous Proposal

In the event that the Selected Proposer fails or refuses to enter into a Contract with LYNX, then LYNX may award the Contract to the Proposer who submits a Proposal that LYNX determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, is the next most advantageous to LYNX. LYNX also reserves the right at any time, in its absolute discretion, to cancel the RFP and “rebid”.

20. The Public Records Act and Trade Secret Information

The Proposer is aware and understands that LYNX is a public entity and, as such, it is subject to the Florida Public Records Act. Subject to certain exemptions, Proposals received by LYNX are public records and may be subject to disclosure upon the earlier of such time as LYNX provides notice of its decision or intended decision to award a




Contract or ten (10) days after the date that Proposals are opened. The Proposer is aware of this fact and that it is possible that its Proposal may be disclosed by LYNX pursuant to a public records request, particularly if another Proposer files a Protest to the procurement.

A Proposer’s Proposal may include certain information which the Proposer believes to be a “trade secret.” If a Proposer would like for LYNX to treat such information as confidential, particularly in the event LYNX receives a public records request, then the Proposer must clearly, in bold and large type, identify the specific information which it deems to constitute a trade secret and be confidential. It is unacceptable to LYNX for the Proposer to classify, for example, its entire Proposal as trade secret and thus confidential.

In the event LYNX receives a request for a copy of a Proposer’s Proposal, LYNX will endeavor to notify the Proposer and will endeavor to comply with the Public Records Law as to what is required to be produced. Absent any clear identification by the Proposer that a portion of its Proposal is a trade secret and is confidential, LYNX will furnish a copy of the Proposal in response to any valid public records request and LYNX shall have no liability whatsoever for such disclosure. If the Proposer so identifies a portion of its Proposal as being a trade secret and confidential, or if LYNX in its discretion determines that a portion of the Proposal is not subject to disclosure and should not be disclosed (such as if the disclosure would compromise LYNX security systems), LYNX will endeavor to assert said exemption.

In the case of any exemption being asserted by LYNX based upon action by the Proposer (e.g., the Proposer asserts that information in its Proposal is a trade secret and, as a result, LYNX declines to satisfy a public records request for the portion of the Proposal which has been identified as a trade secret), the Proposer will indemnify and hold LYNX harmless from any claims, expenses, including attorneys’ fees, that LYNX may incur if the person requesting said information pursues its demand that the public record be furnished.

21. Proposer Affirmation By submitting its Proposal, the Proposer affirms and declares:

1. That the Proposer or its subcontractors have the capability to assure performance of work within the time specified under the Contract.

2. That the Proposer has the capability of providing personnel to satisfy any technical or service problems that

may arise during the term of the Contract. 3. That the Proposer has the necessary facilities and financial resources to complete the Contract in a

satisfactory manner and within the required time. 4. That the Proposer, if an individual, is of lawful age.

5. That no other person, firm or corporation has any interest in its Proposal or the Contract proposed to be

entered into. 6. That the Proposer has not divulged to, discussed or compared its Proposal with other Proposers and has not

colluded with any other Proposer or parties to a Proposal whatsoever. (NOTE: No premiums, rebates, or gratuities are permitted either with, prior to, or after any delivery of materials.) Any such violation will result in the cancellation and/or return of materials (as applicable) and the removal of the offending vendor from PROPOSER LIST(S).

7. That the Proposer and its subcontractors are not currently in arrears to LYNX and have not defaulted, as a

surety or otherwise, under any obligation to LYNX. 8. That the Proposer is not on the Comptroller General’s list of ineligible contractors. 9. That, if awarded the Contract, the Proposer shall post a notice in a conspicuous place within the plant or work

site stating the Contractor shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, creed, age, disability or national origin.




22. Conflicts of Interest The Proposer shall state if your Firm represents Clients that may present conflicts with representation of LYNX. Provide a list of any potential conflicts by description. Proposer need not identify a particular Client. If conflicts are listed, the Proposer shall address how these conflicts shall be resolved.

Solicitation No. RFP 18-R12 60’ Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

Page 1

EXHIBIT “B” SCOPE OF WORK

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

PURCHASE OF FORTY FIVE (45) 60’ ARTICULATED COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG) BUSES


Page 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS …................................................................................................................................10 ACRONYMS …………………..................................................................................................................11

SECTION 001 – GENERAL ..................................................................................................................14

SECTION 002 – GENERAL DIMENSIONS – AXLE AND CURB WEIGHT (APPROXIMATES) ........................15

SECTION 003 – SEATING CAPACITY ...................................................................................................15

SECTION 004 – LENGTH AT BODY ......................................................................................................15

SECTION 005 – WIDTH AT BODY AND BODY R–VALUE .......................................................................15

SECTION 006 – EXTERIOR HEIGHT .....................................................................................................15

SECTION 007 – WHEELCHAIR SPACE..................................................................................................15

SECTION 008 – WHEELBASE (FRONT TO REAR) ..................................................................................15

SECTION 009 – TURNING RADIUS......................................................................................................16

SECTION 010 – UNDERBODY CLEARANCE ..........................................................................................16

SECTION 011 – FLOOR HEIGHT ..........................................................................................................17

SECTION 012 – STEPS AND AISLE WIDTH ...........................................................................................17

SECTION 013 – PASSENGER ENTRANCE AND EXIT DOOR(S) ................................................................17

SECTION 014 – INTERIOR STANDING HEIGHT (CENTER AISLE) ............................................................17

SECTION 015 – FUEL CAPACITY CNG..................................................................................................17

SECTION 016 – OVERALL REQUIREMENTS .........................................................................................17

SECTION 017 – ACCESSIBILITY ...........................................................................................................18

SECTION 018 – INTERCHANGEABILITY ...............................................................................................18

SECTION 019 – LEGAL REQUIREMENTS..............................................................................................18

SECTION 020 – ALTOONA TESTING....................................................................................................18

SECTION 021 – GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING (GVWR) ..................................................................19

SECTION 022 – PERFORMANCE .........................................................................................................19

SECTION 023 – OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................20

SECTION 024 – NOISE .......................................................................................................................20

SECTION 025 – FIRE SAFETY ..............................................................................................................20

SECTION 026 – ENGINE .....................................................................................................................21

SECTION 027 – ENGINE STARTER ......................................................................................................22

SECTION 028 – ENGINE AIR INTAKE...................................................................................................23

SECTION 029 – FAST IDLE DEVICE ......................................................................................................23


Page 3

SECTION 030 – OIL EXTRACTION .......................................................................................................23 SECTION 031 – ENGINE FILTERS ........................................................................................................23

SECTION 032 – COOLING SYSTEM .....................................................................................................24

SECTION 033 – CHARGE AIR COOLING...............................................................................................26

SECTION 034 – TRANSMISSION COOLING..........................................................................................26

SECTION 035 – TRANSMISSION.........................................................................................................26

SECTION 036 – TRANSMISSION JERK .................................................................................................29

SECTION 037 – MOUNTING ..............................................................................................................29

SECTION 038 – SERVICE ....................................................................................................................29

SECTION 039 – ENGINE-DRIVEN ACCESSORIES...................................................................................30

SECTION 040 – HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS ................................................................................................30

SECTION 041 – FLUID LINES, FITTINGS AND CLAMPS, AND CHARGE AIR PIPING ..................................31

SECTION 042 – RADIATOR PIPING, HOSES, AND CLAMPS ...................................................................31

SECTION 043 – OIL AND HYDRAULIC LINES AND PIPES .......................................................................31

SECTION 044 – CHARGE AIR PIPING ..................................................................................................31

SECTION 045 – CNG FUEL SYSTEM.....................................................................................................32

SECTION 046 – CNG FUEL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS...................................................34

SECTION 047 – FUEL STATION INTERFACE .........................................................................................34

SECTION 048 – CNG DE–FUELING SYSTEM .........................................................................................35

SECTION 049 – HARDWARE/COMPONENT LEVEL REQUIREMENTS .....................................................35

SECTION 050 – CONTROL PANEL/INSTRUMENTATION .......................................................................36

SECTION 051 – CNG DOCUMENTATION.............................................................................................37

SECTION 052 – FINAL DRIVE .............................................................................................................38

SECTION 053 – EMISSIONS/EXHAUST................................................................................................38

SECTION 054 – EXHAUST SYSTEM .....................................................................................................38

SECTION 055 – CHASSIS SUSPENSION ...............................................................................................38

SECTION 056 – SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS .............................................................................38

SECTION 057 – KNEELING .................................................................................................................39

SECTION 058 – WHEELS ....................................................................................................................40

SECTION 059 – TIRES ........................................................................................................................40

SECTION 060 – STEERING FRONT AXLE ..............................................................................................40

SECTION 061 – CENTER AXLE ............................................................................................................40

SECTION 062 – STRENGTH ................................................................................................................40

SECTION 063 – STEERING TURNING EFFORT ......................................................................................41


Page 4

SECTION 064 – STEERING WHEEL AND HORN – GENERAL ..................................................................41

SECTION 065 – STEERING WHEEL TILT ...............................................................................................41

SECTION 066 – STEERING WHEEL TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT .............................................................42

SECTION 067 – BRAKES.....................................................................................................................42

SECTION 068 – BRAKE ACTUATION ...................................................................................................42

SECTION 069 – ROTORS ....................................................................................................................42

SECTION 070 – FRICTION MATERIAL .................................................................................................43

SECTION 071 – HUBS ........................................................................................................................43

SECTION 072 – PARKING /EMERGENCY BRAKE ..................................................................................43

SECTION 073 – PNEUMATIC SYSTEM.................................................................................................43

SECTION 074 – AIR COMPRESSOR .....................................................................................................44

SECTION 075 – AIR LINES AND FITTINGS............................................................................................44

SECTION 076 – AIR RESERVOIRS........................................................................................................45

SECTION 077 – AIR SYSTEM DRYER ...................................................................................................45

SECTION 078 – BODY DESIGN ...........................................................................................................45

SECTION 079 – CRASHWORTHINESS..................................................................................................45

SECTION 080 – MATERIALS ...............................................................................................................46

SECTION 081 – CORROSION ..............................................................................................................46

SECTION 082 – RESONANCE AND VIBRATION ....................................................................................46

SECTION 083 – DISTORTION .............................................................................................................46

SECTION 084 – FIRE PROTECTION .....................................................................................................46

SECTION 085 – STRENGTH AND FATIGUE LIFE....................................................................................47

SECTION 086 – TOWING DEVICES......................................................................................................48

SECTION 087 – JACKING ...................................................................................................................48

SECTION 088 – ARTICULATION..........................................................................................................48

SECTION 089 – JACK STAND INTERFACE ............................................................................................49

SECTION 090 – FLOOR DESIGN ..........................................................................................................49

SECTION 091 – INTERIOR FLOOR STRENGTH......................................................................................50

SECTION 092 – FLOOR CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................................50

SECTION 093 – PLATFORMS ..............................................................................................................51

SECTION 094 – OPERATOR PLATFORM ..............................................................................................51

SECTION 095 – FAREBOX AND FAREBOX PLATFORM .........................................................................52

SECTION 096 – INTERMEDIATE PLATFORM .......................................................................................52


Page 5

SECTION 097 – WHEEL HOUSING DESIGN ..........................................................................................52

SECTION 098 – WHEEL HOUSING CONSTRUCTION .............................................................................52

SECTION 099 – EXTERIOR PANELS AND FINISHES ...............................................................................53

SECTION 100 – EXTERIOR PANEL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT............................................................53

SECTION 101 – RAIN GUTTERS ..........................................................................................................53

SECTION 102 – LICENSE PLATE PROVISIONS ......................................................................................53

SECTION 103 – WHEEL HOUSE FENDERS/WHEEL COVERS ..................................................................53

SECTION 104 – SPLASH APRONS .......................................................................................................53

SECTION 105 – ACCESS DOORS .........................................................................................................54

SECTION 106 – BATTERY COMPARTMENT .........................................................................................54

SECTION 107 – SERVICE AREA LIGHTING ...........................................................................................55

SECTION 108 – BUMPER LOCATION ..................................................................................................55

SECTION 109 – FRONT BUMPER ........................................................................................................55

SECTION 110 – REAR BUMPER ..........................................................................................................56

SECTION 111 – BUMPER MATERIAL ..................................................................................................56

SECTION 112 – BIKE RACK.................................................................................................................56

SECTION 113 – FINISH AND COLOR ...................................................................................................57

SECTION 114 – NUMBERING AND SIGNING .......................................................................................58

SECTION 115 – EXTERIOR LIGHTING ..................................................................................................58

SECTION 116 – BRAKE, DECELERATION AND BACK–UP LIGHTS/ALARM ..............................................59

SECTION 117 – INTERIOR PANELS AND FINISHES ...............................................................................59

SECTION 118 – FRONT END...............................................................................................................60

SECTION 119 – REAR END .................................................................................................................60

SECTION 120 – INTERIOR PANELS .....................................................................................................60

SECTION 121 – OPERATOR BARRIER AND SCHEDULE HOLDER ............................................................60

SECTION 122 – REAR BULKHEAD .......................................................................................................61

SECTION 123 – MODESTY PANELS .....................................................................................................61

SECTION 124 – HEADLINING .............................................................................................................62

SECTION 125 – INTERIOR PANEL FASTENING .....................................................................................62

SECTION 126 – INSULATION ..............................................................................................................63

SECTION 127 – FLOOR COVERING .....................................................................................................63

SECTION 128 – PASSENGER INTERIOR LIGHTING ...............................................................................64

SECTION 129 – ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS – INTERIOR ...................................................................65


Page 6

SECTION 130 – PASSENGER SEATING ................................................................................................65

SECTION 131 – ARRANGEMENTS AND SEAT STYLES ...........................................................................65

SECTION 132 – SEATING DIMENSIONS...............................................................................................67

SECTION 133 – SEATING STRUCTURE AND DESIGN ............................................................................68

SECTION 134 – SEATING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS................................................................69

SECTION 135 – PASSENGER ASSISTS..................................................................................................70

SECTION 136 – FRONT DOORWAY ....................................................................................................70

SECTION 137 – VESTIBULE ................................................................................................................71

SECTION 138 – REAR AND CENTER DOORWAY ..................................................................................71

SECTION 139 – OVERHEAD ...............................................................................................................71

SECTION 140 – LONGITUDINAL SEATS ...............................................................................................72

SECTION 141 – WHEEL HOUSING BARRIERS/ASSISTS .........................................................................72

SECTION 142 – PASSENGER DOORS...................................................................................................72

SECTION 143 – DOORS MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION....................................................................72

SECTION 144 – DOOR DIMENSIONS ..................................................................................................72

SECTION 145 – DOOR GLAZING.........................................................................................................73

SECTION 146 – DOOR PROJECTION ...................................................................................................74

SECTION 147 – DOOR HEIGHT ABOVE PAVEMENT .............................................................................74

SECTION 148 – DOOR CLOSING FORCE ..............................................................................................74

SECTION 149 – DOOR ACTUATORS....................................................................................................74

SECTION 150 –DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION .................................................................................75

SECTION 151 – ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS .......................................................................................75

SECTION 152 – LOADING SYSTEM .....................................................................................................75

SECTION 153 – WHEELCHAIR ACCOMMODATIONS ............................................................................76

SECTION 154 – INTERIOR CIRCULATION ............................................................................................76

SECTION 155 – PASSENGER INFORMATION .......................................................................................77

SECTION 156 – OPERATOR’S AREA AND PROVISIONS.........................................................................77

SECTION 157 – OPERATORS SOLAR SCREEN ......................................................................................77

SECTION 158 – OPERATOR'S CONTROLS............................................................................................78

SECTION 159 – MASTER RUN SWITCH ...............................................................................................79

SECTION 160 – DOOR CONTROL ........................................................................................................79

SECTION 161 – STEP WELL LAMP ......................................................................................................80


Page 7

SECTION 162 – OPERATOR/INTERIOR LIGHTS ....................................................................................80

SECTION 163 – DASH FAN .................................................................................................................81

SECTION 164 – ACCELERATOR PEDAL ANGLE .....................................................................................81

SECTION 165 – ACCELERATOR PEDAL DIMENSIONS ...........................................................................81

SECTION 166 – ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE .....................................................................................81

SECTION 167– ACCELERATOR INTERLOCK..........................................................................................81

SECTION 168 – BRAKE PEDAL ANGLE.................................................................................................81

SECTION 169 – BRAKE PEDAL DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................82

SECTION 170 – BRAKE FORCE............................................................................................................82

SECTION 171 – RELATIVE POSITION BETWEEN ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE PEDALS .............................82

SECTION 172 – ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE PEDAL LOCATION AND LATERAL ANGLE............................82

SECTION 173 – TURN SIGNAL PLATFORM ..........................................................................................82

SECTION 174 – TURN SIGNAL CONTROLS ..........................................................................................82

SECTION 175 – INSTRUMENTATION ..................................................................................................82

SECTION 176 – VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS..................................................................................83

SECTION 177 – WINDSHIELD WIPER ..................................................................................................83

SECTION 178 – WINDSHIELD WASHERS .............................................................................................84

SECTION 179 – OPERATOR’S SEAT.....................................................................................................84

SECTION 180 – OPERATOR’S SEAT DIMENSIONS................................................................................86

SECTION 181 – SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT ...........................................................................................86

SECTION 182 – OPERATOR’S SEAT STRUCTURE AND MATERIALS........................................................86

SECTION 183 – EXTERIOR MIRRORS ..................................................................................................87

SECTION 184 – INTERIOR MIRRORS .................................................................................................. 87

SECTION 185 – WINDSHIELD ............................................................................................................. 88

SECTION 186 – OPERATOR’S SIDE WINDOW.................................................................................... …88

SECTION 187 – SIDE WINDOWS CONFIGURATION ............................................................................. 89

SECTION 188 – SIDE WINDOWS MATERIALS ...................................................................................... 89

SECTION 189 – HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING .......................................................89

SECTION 190 – HVAC CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE ...................................................................... …90

SECTION 191 – HVAC CONTROLS AND TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY .................................................. 90

SECTION 192 – AIR FLOW PASSENGER AREA ..................................................................................... 90


Page 8

SECTION 193 – AIR FLOW OPERATOR'S AREA .................................................................................. ..91

SECTION 194 – CONTROLS FOR THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS).............................................. 91

SECTION 195 – HVAC MAINTAINABILITY .......................................................................................... 92

SECTION 196 – HVAC AIR FILTRATION .............................................................................................. 92

SECTION 197 – ROOF VENTILATORS/ESCAPE HATCH ........................................................................ 92

SECTION 198 – FANS, MOTORS AND PUMPS .................................................................................... 92

SECTION 199 – DESTINATION SIGNS................................................................................................. 93

SECTION 200 – DESTINATION SIGN SYSTEM CAPABILITIES ................................................................ 93

SECTION 201 – DESTINATION SIGN EXPANSION CAPABILITY ............................................................. 93

SECTION 202 – INTERIOR SIGN AND ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM........................................................ 93

SECTION 203 – PASSENGER INFORMATION AND ADVERTISING INTERIOR DISPLAYS .......................... 94

SECTION 204 – PASSENGER STOP REQUEST/EXIT SIGNAL ................................................................. 94

SECTION 205 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM.........................................................................................94

SECTION 206 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM MICROPHONE .................................................................. 94

SECTION 207 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM SPEAKERS ........................................................................ 94

SECTION 208 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM SWITCH............................................................................ 95

SECTION 209 – VOICE ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM VAS......................................................................... 95

SECTION 210 – ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS ............................ 95

SECTION 211 – MICRO–PROCESSOR BASED SYSTEMS ....................................................................... 97

SECTION 212 – CLEVER DEVICES SYSTEMS ........................................................................................ 97

SECTION 213 – CENTRAL ON–BOARD COMPUTER............................................................................. 97

SECTION 214 – MODULAR DESIGN ................................................................................................... 98

SECTION 215 – WIRING AND TERMINALS ......................................................................................... 98

SECTION 216 – JUNCTION BOXES ..................................................................................................... 99

SECTION 217 – ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/ALTERNATOR ................................................................ 100

SECTION 218 – MULTIPLEX WIRING SYSTEM ................................................................................... 100

SECTION 219 – BATTERIES .............................................................................................................. 101

SECTION 220 – MASTER BATTERY SWITCH ...................................................................................... 101

SECTION 221 – SAFETY EQUIPMENT................................................................................................ 101

SECTION 222 – AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (AFSS)....................................................... 102

SECTION 223 – AFSS CONTROL PANEL ............................................................................................. 102

SECTION 224 – AFSS FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM................................................................................. 102

SECTION 225 – CNG METHANE DETECTION ..................................................................................... 103


Page 9

SECTION 226 – AFSS SYSTEM FIRE EXTINGUISHING ......................................................................... 103

SECTION 227 – AFSS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION .................................................... 103

SECTION 228 – FIRE EXTINGUISHER CERTIFICATION......................................................................... 103

SECTION 229 – ITS/RADIO COMPARTMENT, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM (ITS) ............. 104

SECTION 230 – RADIO NOISE ATTENUATION ................................................................................... 104

SECTION 231 – DIGITAL VIDEO SYSTEM........................................................................................... 104

SECTION 232 – CAMERA ENCLOSURES ............................................................................................ 105

SECTION 233 – NETWORKED VIDEO RECORDER (NVR) ..................................................................... 105

SECTION 234 – DIGITAL REMOVABLE DRIVE/DISK STORAGE MEDIA ................................................. 106

SECTION 235 – AUDIO MICROPHONE.............................................................................................. 106

SECTION 236 – GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM ................................................................................ 106

SECTION 237 – POWER CONDITIONER ............................................................................................ 107

SECTION 238 – ACCEPTANCE OF VIDEO SYSTEM.............................................................................. 107

SECTION 239 – OMISSION .............................................................................................................. 107

SECTION 240 – PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN............................................................................................ 107

SECTION 241 – MATERIALS ............................................................................................................. 107

SECTION 242 – WORKMANSHIP ...................................................................................................... 108

SECTION 243 – TRAINING ............................................................................................................... 109

SECTION 244 – SUBMITTALS ........................................................................................................... 109


Page 10

DEFINITIONS

The following are definitions of special terms used in this document:

A) Authorized Signor: The person who is executing this contract on behalf of the Offeror/Proposer and who is authorized to bind the Offeror/Proposer.

B) Class 1, Failure Physical Safety: A failure that could lead directly to passenger or

operator injury and represents a severe crash situation.

C) Class 2, Failure Road Call: A failure resulting in an in–route interruption of revenue service. Service is discontinued until the Vehicle is replaced or repaired at the point of failure.

D) Class 3, Failure Vehicle Change: A failure that requires removal of the Vehicle from service during

its assignments. The Vehicle is operated to a rendezvous point with a replacement Vehicle.

E) Class 4, Failure Bad Order: A failure that does not require removal of the Vehicle from service during its assignment but does degrade Vehicle operation. The failure shall be reported by operator or inspector.

F) Vehicle Down: A Vehicle that is unserviceable due to parts not in stock, generally used

for warranty conditions, but may be used for other situations as required.

G) Contracting Officer: The person who is executing this contract on behalf of the Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority, and who has complete and final authority except as limited herein.

H) Proposer: The successful Offeror who is awarded a contract for providing all

Vehicles and equipment described in the contract documents.

I) Curb Weight: Weight of vehicle, including maximum fuel, oil and coolant; and all equipment required for operation and required by their specification, but without passengers or operator.

J) Decibels (DBA): A unit for measuring the relative loudness of sound, equal to approximately the

smallest degree of difference of loudness detectable by the human ear, measured on the A Scale.

K) Defect: Patent and latent malfunction or failure in the manufacture or design of

any component or subsystem that causes a Vehicle to cease operating or causes it to operate in a degraded mode.

L) Fireproof: Materials that will not burn or melt at temperatures less than 2,000º F.

M) Fire Resistant: Materials that have a flame spread index less than 150 as

measured in a radiant panel flame test per ASME– E 162–75.

N) Free Floor Space: Floor area available to standees, excluding ingress/egress areas, area under seats, area occupied by feet of seated passengers, and the vestibule area.


Page 11

O) Gross Load: One hundred and fifty (150) pounds for every designated passenger seating position, the operator, and for each 1.5 square feet of free floor space, and two hundred and fifty (250) pounds for each wheelchair position.

P) GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating): Curb weight plus gross load.

The GVWR shall be greater than or equal to GVW.

Q) Procuring Agency: The Central Florida Transportation Authority (LYNX).

R) Related Defect: Damage inflicted on any component or subsystem as a direct result of

a defect.

S) Seated Load: One hundred and fifty (150) pounds for every designated ambulatory passenger seating position, the operator and two hundred and fifty (250) pounds for each wheelchair position.

T) SLW (Seated Load Weight): Curb weight plus seated load.

U) Supplier: Any manufacturer, company, or agency providing units, components, or

subassemblies for inclusion in the Vehicle. Supplier items shall require qualification by type and acceptance tests in accordance with requirements defined.

V) Work: Any and all labor, supervision, services, materials, machinery, equipment, tools,

supplies, and facilities called for in the contract and necessary to the completion thereof.

ACRONYMS

Listed below are the acronyms of various terms included in the Invitation for Bid: ABS = Anti-Locking Brake System A/C = Air Conditioning ADA = Americans with Disabilities Act AGA = American Gas Associates AGM = Absorbed Glass Mat (battery) AMDT = Advanced Mobil Data Terminal ANSI = American National Standards Institute APA = American Plywood Association APC = Automatic Passenger Counters ASHRAE = American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME = American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASTM = American Society for Testing and Materials ATEC = Allison Transmission Electronic Control ATW = Air to Water Differential AVL = Automatic Vehicle Locator AWS = American Welding Society AWG = American Wire Gauge BNC= Bayonet Connector


Page 12

BMCS = Bureau of Motor Carrier Safety CAN = Community Area Network CARB = California Air Resources Board CCD = Computer Controlled Display CDROM = Compact Disk Read Only Memory CFM = Cubic Feet per Minute CFR = Code of Federal Regulations CNG= Compressed Natural Gas DBA = Decibels (acoustic) DC = Direct Current DIN=Deutsch Industry Norm (German Industry Standard) DMV = Department of Motor Vehicles DOT = Department of Transportation DSP = Digital Signal Processor DVAS = Digital Video System ECM = Electronic Control Module EMI = Electromagnetic Interference EPA = Environmental Protection Agency EPQ = End Product Questionnaire FEA = Failure Element Analysis FMEA = Failure Mode and Effects Analysis FMCSA = Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (DOT) FMCSR = Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations FMVSS = Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard FTA = Federal Transit Administration G = Gravity GAWR=Gross Axle Weight Rating GPS = Global Positioning System GVWR=Gross Vehicle Weight Rating HCI = Head Energy Criterion HG = Hydrargentum/Hydrargyrion (Mercury) HP = Horse Power IB = I keyboard (web forum software) IFB = Invitation for Bid IGN = Ignition I/O = Input/Output IR = Insulation Resistance ISO = International Standards Organization ITS = Intelligent Transportation System HVAC = Heating Ventilation Air Conditioning JIC = Joint Industrial Council LAN = Local Area Network LAT = Limiting Ambient Temperature LED = Light Emitting Diode LEL = Lower Explosive Limit Lux = Dark Matter Detection MAP = Manifold Absolute Pressure MDT = Mobil Data Terminal MDVR = Mobil Digital Video Recorder MPEG = International Standards Organization/International Electro technical Commission MPH = Mile per Hour


Page 13

MSZ = Magyarorsza's Szabza'ny (Hungary Standard) MTBF = Mean Time Before Failure NFPA = National Fire Protection Association NGV = Natural Gas Vehicle NHTSA = National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (US Department of Transportation) NPT = National Pipe Taper (pipe thread specification) NVR = Networked Video Recorder OCU = Operator’s Control Unit OE = Original Equipment OEM = Original Equipment Manufacturer ODK = Operator Display Keyboard PA = Public Address PC = Personal Computer PCB = Printed Circuit Board PLC = Programmable Logic Control PRD = Pressure Release device PS = Product Standard PSI = Per Square Inch PSIG = Pounds per Square Inch Gauge PWM = Pulse Width Modulation QA = Quality Assurance QAO = Quality Assurance Organization RFI = Radio Frequency Interference RFP = Request for Proposal RPM = Revolutions Per Minute LYNX = Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority SAE = Society of Automotive Engineers SAR = Specific Absorption Rate SCF = Standard Cubic Feet SCFM = Standard Cubic Feet per Minute SCA = Supplemental Coolant Additive SD = Secure Digital Card SDS = Safety Data Sheets SGT = Satellite Ground Terminal SGX = One of the Power VR Chipsets SPI = Society for the Plastics Industry TMS = Transportation Management System TTL = Transistor to Transistor UCP = User Control Panel UHF = Ultra High Frequency UL = Underwriters Laboratories UPS = Uninterrupted Power Supply VDC = Volt Direct Current VAS = Voice Annunciation System WIFI = Wireless Fidelity (IEEE 802.11b wireless networking) WLAN = Wireless Local Area Network


Page 14

SECTION 001-GENERAL The Central Florida Transportation Authority (LYNX) intends to purchase Fifteen (15) 60–ft. Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses. The units shall be an air–conditioned 60–ft., low floor Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) transit coaches comprised of a single functional unit. They shall have seating, as further described and shall have doors, and floor configurations suitable for Central Florida passengers’ use. Vehicles shall be supplied with a wheelchair ramp at the entrance door and up to three (3) wheelchair positions with restraints. In all cases, materials must be new and furnished as specified. Where brand names or specific items are used in these specifications, consider the term "approved equal" to follow. Wherever such names appear, approved equals will be accepted only with the prior written concurrence from the Central Florida Transportation Authority. All test data required within these specifications shall be submitted to LYNX prior to delivery of pilot vehicle unless specified otherwise. The Proposer shall conform to these technical specifications and shall not omit any unit or component or both, part or detail to make these buses ready for service, even though such part or detail is not mentioned in these specifications. In absence of a specification, the P r o p o s e r shall adhere to its manufacturing standards. No changes or substitutions are permitted without the prior written consent of LYNX. This procurement will allow retirement of older buses of the revenue fleet. LYNX’s overall objective for purchase, design and operation of a new fleet of CNG buses shall be to satisfy the following requirements:

• Safe and Reliable in Operation • Economic to Purchase, Operate and Maintain • Optimized Performance, Emissions and Fuel Consumption • Full compliance with all applicable rules, regulations and standards in place at the time

of manufacturing. In addition, this solicitation will be a joint procurement with the Metropolitan Atlanta Rapid Transit Authority (MARTA). They intend to purchase Thirty (30) 60–ft. Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses. The units shall be an air–conditioned 60–ft., low floor Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) transit coaches comprised of a single functional unit. They shall have seating, as further described and shall have doors, and floor configurations suitable for Central Florida passengers’ use. Vehicles shall be supplied with a wheelchair ramp at the entrance door and three (3) wheelchair positions with restraints. In all cases, materials must be new and furnished as specified. Where brand names or specific items are used in these specifications, consider the term "approved equal" to follow. Wherever such names appear, approved equals will be accepted only with the prior written concurrence from the Central Florida Transportation Authority. All test data required within these specifications shall be submitted to MARTA prior to delivery of pilot vehicle unless specified otherwise. The Proposer shall conform to these technical specifications and shall not omit any unit or component or both, part or detail to make these buses ready for service, even though such part or detail is not mentioned in these specifications. In absence of a specification, the P r o p o s e r shall adhere to its manufacturing standards. No changes or substitutions are permitted without the prior written consent of MARTA. This procurement will allow retirement of older buses of the revenue fleet. MARTA’s overall objective for purchase, design and


Page 15

operation of a new fleet of CNG buses shall be to satisfy the following requirements:

• Safe and Reliable in Operation • Economic to Purchase, Operate and Maintain • Optimized Performance, Emissions and Fuel Consumption • Full compliance with all applicable rules, regulations and standards in place at the time

of manufacturing. SECTION 002 – GENERAL DIMENSIONS – AXLE AND CURB WEIGHT (APPROXIMATES) It shall be a design goal to construct each bus as light in weight as possible without degradation of safety, appearance, comfort, traction or performance. Buses at a capacity load shall not exceed the wheel, axle, and tire load carrying capacity, brake test criteria or structural design criteria. General Dimensions Curb Weight:

Front Axle 11,600 pounds (Max) Center Axle 13,200 pounds (Max) Rear Axle 22,500 pounds (Max) Total 47,300 pounds (Max)

SECTION 003 – SEATING CAPACITY

Ambulatory Seating Capacity 55 Passengers (Minimum) 2 Wheelchair (Minimum)

SECTION 004-SEATING CAPACITY

Length at Body 60 FT. 61.5 Feet Maximum (including bumpers)

SECTION 005 – WIDTH AT BODY AND BODY R–VALUE

Width 102 inches (Maximum) Wall and Roof Insulation R-Value (Minimum) = 9.75

SECTION 006 – EXTERIOR HEIGHT

145” (Maximum) which includes roof mounted AC system, Roof Vent(s), CNG Tanks and all other roof mounted devices.

SECTION 007 – WHEELCHAIR SPACE

30W x 60L Inches (Minimum)

SECTION 008 – WHEELBASE (FRONT TO REAR)

Wheelbase (front to center) 211 Inches (Maximum) Wheelbase (center to rear) 266 Inches (Maximum)


Page 16

SECTION 009 – TURNING RADIUS

60ft Inside 35.5 Feet (Max) Outside 44 Feet (Max)

SECTION 010 – UNDERBODY CLEARANCE

• The bus shall maintain the minimum clearance dimensions as shown in the figure "Transit

Bus Minimum Road Clearance" and defined in Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J689, regardless of load up to the gross vehicle weight rating.

• Ramp Clearances. Approach angle shall be no less than 8.5 degrees. Breakover angle shall be no less than 9 degree. Departure angle shall be no less than 9 degrees.

• The approach angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the front tire static loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference forward of the front tire to the ground.

• The departure angle is the angle measured between a line tangent to the rear tire static loaded radius arc and the initial point of structural interference rearward of the rear tire to the ground.

• The break-over angle is the angle measured between two lines tangent to the front and rear tire static loaded radius and intersecting at a point on the underside of the vehicle that defines the largest ramp over which the vehicle can roll.

• Ground Clearance. Ground clearance shall be no less than l0 inches, except within the axle zone and wheel area.

• Axle Clearance. Axle zone clearance, which is the projected area between tires and wheels on the same axial centerline, shall be no less than 5 1/2 inches.

• Wheel Area Clearance. Wheel area clearance, shall be no less than 8 inches for parts fixed to the bus body and 6 inches for parts that move vertically with the axles.

Transit Bus Minimum Road Clearance


Page 17

SECTION 011 – FLOOR HEIGHT

Height of the floor above the street shall be no more than 15 inches measured at the centerline of the front (center on 60ft) and rear doorways. The floor may be inclined along the longitudinal axis of the bus, and the incline shall be less than 3 1/2" off the horizontal except locally at the door where 2" slope toward the door is allowed. All floor measurements shall be with the bus at the design running height and on a level surface and with the standard tires. SECTION 012 – STEPS AND AISLE WIDTH

Riser Height 9.0 Inches (Maximum) Tread Depth 9.0 Inches (Minimum) Aisle Width 20.0 Inches (Minimum)

SECTION 013 – PASSENGER ENTRANCE AND EXIT DOOR(S)

Doorway Height – Entrance 87.5 Inches (Minimum) Doorway Height – Exit 85 Inches (Minimum) Doorway Height – Center 85 Inches (Minimum) Doorway Rough Opening – 34 Inches (Minimum) Doorway Clear Opening with Grab Rails – 32 Inches (Minimum) Number of Doorways-5 (Maximum)- Note may affect seating layout and quantity.

SECTION 014 – INTERIOR STANDING HEIGHT (CENTER AISLE)

Headroom above the aisle and at the centerline of the aisle seats shall be no less than 78 inches in the forward half of the bus tapering to no less than 74 inches forward of the rear settee. At the centerline of the window seats, headroom shall be no lower than 65 inches. Headroom at the back of the rear bench seat may be reduced to a minimum of 56 inches, but it shall increase to the ceiling height at the front of the seat cushion. In any area of the bus directly over the head of a seated passenger and positioned where a Passenger entering or leaving the seat is prone to strike his/her head, padding shall be provided on the overhead paneling.

SECTION 015 – FUEL CAPACITY CNG

26,360 Std. cu. fl. @3600 psi (Minimum)

SECTION 016 – OVERALL REQUIREMENTS

The proposer shall ensure that the application and installation of major bus sub–components and systems are compliant with all such sub–component vendors requirements and recommendations. Components used in the bus shall be of heavy–duty design and proven in transit service. Overall, the bus shall be assembled per an inclusive design plan, to include selection, location and application of components, routing and securement of harnesses, piping, hoses, hoses, fittings, fasteners, etc. The following general guidelines shall apply unless specifically addressed otherwise:

• The use/length of flexible piping shall be minimized. • The quantity of fittings shall be minimized (unnecessary use of bushings, adapters, etc) and

SAE O–ring / JIC flare type fittings used as available in place of NPT. NPT fittings shall not be used in any part of the fuel system prior to obtaining LYNX’s written consent.

• Fasteners shall not be of excessive length and critical fasteners subject to loosening shall


Page 18

incorporate a locking mechanism, such as, pinned, safety wire, thread locking adhesive, interference nuts, etc.

• Piping and all cables shall be routed in a parallel fashion and be retained by split type mounting blocks using pinch bolts, therefore the use of "P" clamps shall not be allowed without LYNX’s final approval, and the use of traditional tie straps shall not be permitted.

• Wherever possible electrical harnesses shall be in a fan-out design for ease of individual electrical harness identification.

SECTION 017 – ACCESSIBILITY

All systems or components subject to periodic maintenance or that are subject to periodic failures shall be readily accessible for service and inspection. To the extent practicable, removal or physical movement of components unrelated to the specific maintenance or repair tasks or both involved shall be unnecessary. As a goal, relative accessibility of components, measured in time required to gain access, shall be inversely proportional to frequency of maintenance and repair of the components.

SECTION 018 – INTERCHANGEABILITY

Components with identical functions shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable. These components shall include, but not limited to, passenger window hardware, interior trim, lamps, lamp lenses, and seat assemblies. Components with non–identical functions shall not be, or appear to be, interchangeable– A component shall not be used in an application for which it was neither designed nor intended. Any one component or unit used in the construction of these buses shall be an exact duplicate in design, manufacture, and assembly for each bus in each order group in this Contract. SECTION 019 – LEGAL REQUIREMENTS The Proposer shall comply with all applicable Federal, state and local regulations in effect at time of issuance. Local regulations are defined as those below the state level. These shall include, but not be limited to, Federal ADA as well as state and local accessibility, safety and security requirements. The bus shall meet all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and shall accommodate all applicable Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations in effect at the date of manufacture. The bus shall meet all State of Florida Vehicle Code Requirements. In the event of any conflict between the requirements of this Specification and any applicable legal requirement, the legal requirement shall prevail. Technical requirements that exceed the legal requirements are not considered to conflict.

The Vehicle shall meet all applicable FMVSS, BMCS, NFPA, AGA and ADA regulations in effect at the date of manufacture.

SECTION 020 – ALTOONA TESTING

Prior to acceptance of first Vehicle, the structure of the Vehicle shall have undergone appropriate structural testing and/or analysis, including Federal Transit Administration (FTA) required Altoona testing, to ensure adequacy of design for the urban transit service.

Bidders are required to submit with the bid a final Altoona Bus Test Report or Documentation from the FTA identifying the vehicle(s) offered as compliant with existing Altoona testing.


Page 19

Any items that required repeated repairs or replacement must undergo the corrective action with supporting test and analysis. A report clearly describing and explaining the failures and corrective actions taken to ensure any and all such failures will not reoccur shall be submitted to LYNX. SECTION 021 – GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT RATING (GVWR) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for Vehicles supplied shall be sufficient to accommodate fully loaded Vehicle (fuel, oil and coolant as well as all equipment specified herein) plus full passenger (seated and standing) load for safe and normal in–service transit operation.

In no case shall the vehicle GVWR or the front or rear gross axle weight rating (GAWR) or any component therein, be exceeded, when the vehicle with all options installed is fully loaded with passengers @ 150 lbs per passenger and operator and 250 lbs per mobility aided passenger, seated in the locations designated and offered. A weight distribution schematic and loading calculation must be shown for the floor plan and submitted with the bid for each floor plan offered.

SECTION 022 – PERFORMANCE

Vehicle proposed shall be capable of performing with minimum defects in LYNX’s Transit operating environment for the life of the vehicle, 12 year or 500,000 mile vehicle design. Vehicle proposed shall be capable of performing without defects in LYNX’s Transit operating environment for the term of the warranty. The Vehicles will be used at elevations ranging from one thousand (1,000) feet to three thousand (3,000') feet and in ambient temperatures from twenty (20) to one hundred and thirty (130) degrees Fahrenheit. Propulsion system and drive train shall provide power to enable the Vehicle to meet the defined acceleration, top speed, and gradeability requirements. Sufficient excess power shall be available to operate all accessories. The coach shall be capable of a top speed of sixty five (65) mph on a straight level road, with full passenger load, and all accessories operating. Gradeability requirements shall be met on grades with a dry commercial asphalt or concrete pavement at GVWR with all accessories operating. The propulsion system and drive train of the 60ft. bus shall enable the bus to achieve and maintain a speed of 55 mph on a 2–1/2 percent ascending grade. An average acceleration rate of at least 0.06 g shall be achieved, at GVWR, between zero (0) and fifteen (15) mph. Acceleration measurement shall commence when the accelerator is depressed. Jerk, the rate of change of acceleration, shall be minimized throughout the acceleration/deceleration range and shall be no greater than 0.3 g/sec. This requirement shall be achieved regardless of operator actions. Coach shall be designed for minimum overhang. The wheelbase shall be sufficient to allow for minimal vibration, bounce or jouncing.


Page 20

A test consisting of a coach traveling at twenty (20) mph passing over an isolated bump in the road, to be created by a standard two (2) inch by four (4) inch block that all wheels go over, shall not indicate more than a peak of 2g on an accelerometer positioned at any point on the floor of the coach.

SECTION 023 – OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

The bus shall achieve normal operation in ambient temperature ranges of 20 ºF to 130 ºF, at relative humidity between 5 percent and 100 percent, and at altitudes up to 3000 feet above sea level. Degradation of performance due to atmospheric conditions shall be minimized at temperatures below 20 °F, above 130 °F or at altitudes above 3000 feet. Altitude requirements above 3000 feet will need separate discussions with the engine manufacturer to ensure that performance requirements are not compromised. Speed, Gradeability and Acceleration performance requirements shall be met at 77 °F, and 2200 feet of elevation.

SECTION 024 – NOISE

The combination of inner and outer panels and any material used between them shall provide sufficient sound insulation so that a sound source with a level of 80 dBA measured at the outside skin of the bus shall have a sound level of 65 dBA or less at any point inside the bus. These conditions shall prevail with all openings, including doors and windows, closed and with the engine and accessories switched off. The bus–generated noise level experienced by a passenger during acceleration or at any speed at any seat location in the bus shall not exceed 80 dBA. The driver area shall not experience a noise level of more than 78 dBA. NOTE: An exception shall be made for the turntable area in articulated buses, which shall be considered a separate environment.

Exterior Noise Airborne noise generated by the bus and measured from either side shall not exceed 80 dBA under full power acceleration when operated 0 to 35 mph at curb weight. The maximum noise level generated by the bus pulling away from a stop at full power shall not exceed 83 dBA. The bus–generated noise at curb idle shall not exceed 68 dBA. If the noise contains an audible discrete frequency, a penalty of 5 dBA shall be added to the sound level measured. The Proposer shall comply with the exterior noise requirements defined in local laws and ordinances identified by the Agency and SAE J366.

The bus manufacturer shall provide certification, in writing, that interior dba measurements for each bus are in compliance with the interior sound test requirements prior to final acceptance of each unit delivered.

SECTION 025 – FIRE SAFETY

The bus shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with all applicable fire safety and smoke emission regulations. These provisions shall include the use of fire–retardant/ low–smoke materials, fire detection systems, fire suppression, firewalls, and facilitation of passenger evacuation. In recognition of the high exhaust temperatures experienced, the construction of areas directly surrounding the exhaust stack shall be done using fire–retardant/low–smoke materials. Design of this area shall be such that


Page 21

any material ejected from the exhaust stack will not cause ignition or degradation of the surfaces in the immediate vicinity surrounding the stack. The selection of fire retardant materials, as available, shall extend to fluids as well, such as hydraulic oil, power steering fluid, fluids used as transfer media at heat exchangers, etc. Particular attention to this requirement shall apply to fluids typically used in areas of high heat (engine compartment, exhaust piping/muffler area turbo charger/turbine). There shall be no hydraulic lines or hoses that run above an ignition source, which includes the battery box.

All materials used in the construction of the Passenger Compartment of the bus shall be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90. dated October 20, 1993, as Amended. Materials entirely enclosed from the passenger compartment, such as insulation within the sidewalls, need not comply. In addition, smaller components and items, such as at grab rails, switch knobs and small light lenses' shall be exempt from this requirement. SECTION 026 – ENGINE

The engine shall be a four–cycle Natural Gas engine, minimum 320 HP, no "T" drive-“Near Zero” engine preferred, with gear driven accessories. The engine shall be designed to operate for not less than 300,000 miles without major failure or significant deterioration. Components of the fuel management or control system or both shall be designed to operate for not less than 150,000 miles without replacement or major service. Exception: Spark plugs and wires. Mileage intervals are based upon the design operating profile. The engine/transmission installation shall conform to the “installation design sign off sheets” as signed–off by the OEM per Allison N.A. Bus Tech Data Supplement SA3189 prior to delivery. The vendor shall furnish horsepower, torque curve charts, EPQ test results of coach model offered and ratings for proposed engine operating on Natural Gas fuel. The coach shall also meet the Federal and State EPA Regulations.

The engine shall be equipped with a natural gas electronic control system that complies with SAE J1708 "Recommended Practice for Serial Data Communication Between Microprocessor System In Heavy–Duty Vehicle Applications". This system shall include an engine–mounted, Electronic Control Module (ECM). The engine should be capable of diagnostics, archive of failure data, adaptive learning and programming via a laptop PC in a "Windows" environment. This capability should extend to time stamping of failure data, running in a real time mode for road testing and data storage. The system shall also include electronic fuel system, an electronic accelerator pedal, and various sensors to monitor coolant level, oil pressure, coolant temperature, turbocharger pressure, engine speed, cylinder sequencing (timing and location) and exhaust back pressure (provide access port). When an impairment occurs in any one of these areas, the microprocessor must signal the operator through a properly labeled light on the dashboard. Trouble codes logged by the electronic control module shall be permanently retained in the ECM memory until removed with proper equipment. The ECM shall be accessible from two diagnostic reader ports, one positioned in driver’s area and one in engine control box. The electronic control module shall contain a backup microprocessor unit that takes over engine control in case a fault develops with the main microprocessor system. There shall be no mechanical controls of linkage to the ECM. The system shall include a check engine light (amber) and a stop engine light (red) to be mounted on the dashboard in view of the operator. These lights shall be activated by the electronic control module. The data readers shall be capable of troubleshooting beyond isolating to function.


Page 22

If a fault develops in the engine system due to low oil pressure, high coolant temperature, low coolant level, or high transmission oil temperature, the electronic control module shall activate a programmed shutdown of the engine according to the following schedule:

PERCENT OF THROTTLE SECONDS AFTER FAULT DETECTED

100

0

84

5

68

1

53

1

40

1

Engine shutdown shall occur 30 seconds after fault detection. An override shall be provided to allow an additional 30 seconds of engine operation, each time the override is used, before final shutdown.

Engine shutdown due to low coolant level. A low coolant probe shall be provided with an amber telltale light incorporated into the warning system which shall only activate a shutdown mode if the warning (amber) light is illuminated for more than thirty (30) seconds.

The programmed engine shutdown system shall also be programmed to be activated by receiving a signal from the transmission due to high oil temperature.

Automatic shutdown shall only occur when parameters established for the functions below are exceeded: • Coolant level • Coolant Temperature • Exhaust Temperature • Oil Pressure

A control shall be available to the operator which, when constantly depressed, will allow the driver to delay the engine shutdown for thirty (30) seconds, but not the Fire Suppression System activation and alarm system.

Engine Idle shutdown shall be enabled and set to 12 minutes. SECTION 027 – ENGINE STARTER

The engine shall be equipped with an electric starter manufactured by Delco–Remy, or approved equal– The engine starter shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its engagement when the engine is running. The starter shall also be interlocked to the fuel fill door to prevent starting with door opening. The engine starter shall be protected by an interlock that prevents its engagement when the engine is running or the drive selector is not in the neutral position or both.


Page 23

SECTION 028 – ENGINE AIR INTAKE

The engine air intake shall be through a removable screened opening at the rear of the coach. The screen opening and air duct to cleaner shall be isolated from the primary body structure for noise attenuation. A dry element type air cleaner (Donaldson or approved equal) and silencer assembly, incorporating broad band attenuation centered about 250 hertz, shall be used. Engine air duct shall be so shaped as to minimize water entrance into the air induction system. The duct inlet shall be located in a manner that will not draw air from the engine compartment, exhaust system, or from the rear wheel area. Engine air inlet duct shall be located at the minimum height of five feet above the ground.

SECTION 029 – FAST IDLE DEVICE

The engine shall be equipped with a 1000 rpm fast idle device designed to operate only when the transmission shift lever is in neutral position and the parking brake is engaged. The fast idle control shall be a two–way toggle mounted on the side console. A hand operated Electronic Throttle Control Multi–Turn unit shall be mounted in the engine compartment, Morse part No 310714, or approved equal. The throttle mechanism will not be capable of raising the engine RPM unless (l) the transmission is in neutral (2) the parking brake is applied (3) the engine compartment door is open. The device will incorporate the redundant features for automatically returning to idle. This device may be used to help meet the requirements of bus cool down. The location of these controls shall be approved, in writing, by LYNX.

SECTION 030 – OIL EXTRACTION

An oil extraction fitting (oil sampling probalizer) shall be installed on the engine and transmission, allowing for the easy removal of oil without contamination. The engine and transmission shall be equipped with a spring loaded type probalizer for oil sampling. The engine oil probalizer shall be solid mounted and easily accessible at the rear of the engine compartment. SECTION 031 – ENGINE FILTERS Engine oil, and coolant filters must be AC Delco or approved equal. The filtration systems must be approved by the engine manufacturer and installed according to their recommendations. The coolant filter element should also include a lead anode to act as a sacrificial deterrent to prevent electrolysis deterioration of other hard parts of the engine.

Engine must be able to operate on SAE 15W–40 low ash engine oil.


Page 24

SECTION 032 – COOLING SYSTEM Temperature of operating fluids on the coach shall be controlled by a cooling system(s). The cooling system shall be sized to maintain all engine and transmission fluids and engine intake air at safe, continuous operating temperatures during the most severe operations possible with the coach loaded to GVWR and with ambient temperatures up to 130 degrees Fahrenheit. The cooling system will be pre–charged to 50 percent with a permanent type ethylene glycol coolant which complies with TMC RP–329 "Type A.", suitable for extended service life comparable to O/H life of engine The engine shall be cooled by a pressure type cooling system that does not permit boiling or coolant loss during the operations described above. Engine thermostats shall be easily accessible for replacement. The engine cooling system shall be equipped with a properly sized spin–on, disposable coolant filter. Shutoff valves shall allow filter replacement without coolant loss. Valves shall permit complete shut–off of both lines for the heating and defroster units. All low points in the water– based cooling system shall be equipped with drain cocks. Air vent valves shall be fitted at high points in the cooling system unless it can be demonstrated that the system is self–purging.

EMP electric fan cooling system or approved equal is required. Electric fans shall be brushless, variable speed, reversible and have a corrosion resistant metal shroud with finger guards that meet SAE spec J1308 200808. The fans should provide electronic feedback control and have diagnostics capability through the standard SAE J1939 diagnostics port. The cooling system shall consist of multiple electric DC brushless pusher type variable speed fans with electronic feedback controls. Electric fan motor speeds shall have a minimum operating range of 0-5500 rpm with capability of manual or automatic reverse operation in order to assist in debris removal. Fan reverse shall be automatically activated when fuel door is opened during fueling of the coach (LYNX option). Fan reverse shall be activated by switch in rear engine control box (MARTA option). The cooling system shall be equipped with a master controller with the following capabilities; automatically reduce fan speed when the vehicle stops to minimize noise at the curbside, communicate on the J1939 CAN data link with system diagnostic retorting via DM1 messaging, review and download data via a laptop with service tool software, capable of software and calibration up-dates, receive commands from the engine or transmission ECM, report fault codes by lighting a engine compartment LED flashing light, sense engine compartment temperature and activate fans if maximum temperature is exceeded, collect and store cooling system and vehicle performance histogram data. Service tool software must include history, data and logging analysis tool. If system controller loses communication with the engine or sensors it shall direct all fans to go into a default speed mode to avoid vehicle shutdown. If fans lose communication with system controller, they shall go into a default speed mode to avoid vehicle shutdown. System must allow for engine warm up prior to initiating engine compartment circulation. Curbside quiet mode must rely on two vehicle speed sources. Telematics must be able to query cooling system for performance/malfunction data and reverse fans. This communication shall use the industry standard RP1210 compliant datalink adapters connected via the standard 9-pin diagnostic connector found in the engine compartment and interior of the bus. Independent diagnostic detection shall be capable of identifying specifically which fan, measured input parameter, or datalink input parameter is experiencing a fault condition. Report both active and previously active fault codes with the number of detections/occurrences, time of the first and most recent fault detection, and cumulative time the fault was active. Where electric fans are used for cooling there shall be ample field experience. As a minimum, 500 electric fan based cooling systems shall be in transit revenue generating operation for at least 4 years.


Page 25

A stainless steel surge tank with a sight glass to determine satisfactory engine coolant level shall be mounted above the radiator and shall be accessible by opening one of the engine compartment's access doors. The surge tank shall include a manual pressure relief valve, an automatic cooling system pressure control system, a low coolant sensor and provisions for adequate de-aeration of the cooling system. A spring–loaded, push– button type valve shall be provided, to safely release pressure or vacuum in the cooling system. The coolant filler shall be no more than sixty six (66) inches above the ground and shall be accessible through the same access door.

In the event the system exceeds above stated requirements the cooling system shall have a coolant recovery system consisting of a coolant recovery reservoir and overflow hose. The recovery reservoir shall provide an air space in the cooling system that allows the coolant to expand and contract. Coolant shall be allowed to flow back and forth between the radiator and the reservoir when the pressure in the cooling system gets too high. The pressure valve in the pressure cap shall allow the coolant, which has expanded due to being heated, to flow through the overflow hose and into the recovery reservoir. As the engine cools system cools down and a vacuum is created it shall open the vacuum valve in the pressure cap, allowing some of the coolant in the reservoir to be siphoned back into the radiator. Under normal operating conditions, no coolant shall be lost. As the coolant circulates, any air that is present in the cooling system will accumulate at the pressure cap as this shall be the highest point. When the pressure cap releases it is the air which is expelled first. When the system goes into vacuum it shall draw the coolant back into the cooling system.

The radiator shall be, at a minimum, heavy duty, six (6) row cores with ten (10) fins per inch, of durable corrosion–resistant construction with bolted–on removable tanks. Radiator piping shall be stainless steel or brass tubing and if practicable, rubber hoses shall be eliminated. Necessary hoses shall be premium, silicone rubber type that are impervious to all coach fluids. All hoses shall be secured with premium, stainless steel, self–adjusting constant torque type clamps.

The radiator, and charge air cooler if integrated, shall be of durable corrosion–resistant construction with bolted–on removable tanks. The radiator shall be designed so that a mechanic can gain access to a substantial portion of the side facing the engine for cleaning the radiator in five minutes or less. All radiator solder joints shall be done with 97 % tin, 3% cooper – lead free solder. Radiator headers shall be a minimum of .06 inch yellow brass construction and shall incorporate 1/8 inch airside ring reinforcements. The radiator shall be of sufficient capacity to be capable of maintaining designed optimum operating temperature of the engine and transmission, and shall meet or exceed the ATW (air to water) differential requirements for the Orlando area, when the outside ambient temperature is at 120 degrees Fahrenheit and the coach is operating with the equivalent weight on board equal to a full seated load, plus 3,725 pounds for standees, on a six (6) percent grade with the air conditioning running. Both Engine OEM split cooling system and pressure fill fitting shall be required for MARTA buses. Radiator fins shall be copper flat dimpled design, and shall be soldered to the tubes. Radiators with a fin density greater than 12 fins per inch, and louvered/slit designs, are more susceptible to clogging and deteriorating cooling performance over time and shall not be used.

Radiator tubes shall be of the welded type with minimum wall thickness of .006 inch. Lock seams shall not be used.

No heat producing components or climate control system components shall be mounted between the engine cooling air intake aperture and the radiator. The radiator and charge air cooler shall be designed


Page 26

to withstand thermal fatigue and vibration associated with the installed configuration. The engine cooling system shall be equipped with a properly sized spin–on “Need Release” type SCA coolant filter for releasing supplemental coolant additives as needed to replenish and maintain protection properties. Quarter turn ball shut off valves will be provided to aid in filter replacement.

MARTA options shall add a pressure fill system to add coolant to the system.

SECTION 033 – CHARGE AIR COOLING

The charge air cooling system, also referred to as after–coolers or inter–coolers, shall provide maximum air intake temperature reduction with minimal pressure loss. The charge air radiator shall be sized and positioned to meet engine manufacturer's requirements. The charge air cooler shall not be stacked ahead or behind the engine radiator and shall be positioned as close to the engine as possible unless integrated with the radiator. Air ducting and fittings shall be protected against heat sources, and shall be configured to minimize restrictions and maintain sealing integrity. SECTION 034 – TRANSMISSION COOLING

The transmission shall be cooled by a separate heat exchanger sized to maintain operating fluid within the transmission manufacturer’s recommended parameters of flow, pressure, and temperature. The transmission cooling system shall be matched to retarder and engine cooling systems to ensure that all operating fluids remain within recommended temperature limits established by each component manufacturer. The engine cooling system should provide coolant bypass flow to the transmission cooling system with the engine thermostats closed. SECTION 035 – TRANSMISSION

The transmission should be multiple speed, automatic shift with torque converter, retarder and electronic controls and shall be manufactured by Allison or approved equal. The transmission shall permit the vehicle to operate in forward and reverse motions.

Gross input power, gross input torque and rated input speed shall be compatible with the engine. A specialist mechanic, with optional assistance, shall be able to remove and replace the transmission assembly for service in less than 16 total combined person–hours. The transmissions shall be designed to operate for not less than 300,000 miles on the design operating profile without replacement or major service.

A complete SCAAN, or equivalent, should be included within the bidder’s technical proposal. The transmission should be capable of diagnostics, archive of failure data, adaptive learning and programming via a laptop PC with the latest (Windows) operating environment. This capability should extend to time stamping of failure data, running in real time mode for road testing, and data storage. The self-diagnostics shall at minimum continuously monitor the following functions of components through the microprocessor:

a. Low oil level b. Forward and reverse pressure c. Microprocessor d. Output speed sensor e. Solenoids


Page 27

f. Oil Temperature. (Engine shutdown activated at converter out line temperature of 300 degrees F, amber light for 250 Degrees F) temperature. System must not be subject to premature shutdown. g. Shift selector h. System voltage i. Retarder output to cooler (350 Degrees F)

When an impairment occurs in any one of the above areas, the microprocessor must signal the operator through a properly labeled red light on the dashboard. The particular impairment must be automatically obtainable by the Maintenance Department through a coded signal. If an impairment exists and is of such nature as to affect shifting or cause further damage to the transmission, a system must be integrated into the microprocessor to allow for limited coach operation by the operator to maneuver the coach to a safe location. The function should be present under the following conditions:

• Low input voltage or electrical loss • Loss of output speed signal • Solenoid failure

The operator must receive a visual signal by means of a "DO NOT SHIFT" or "CHECK TRANSMISSION" light, as well as a continuous audible sound.

Continued limited operation capability, while the transmission is in range, must be present when the system loses total electrical power, including removal of the harness at the main transmission connector. The transmission is to be hydraulically operated, and shall have the capability of six forward ranges and one reverse range. It shall automatically change gear ratios and supply oil under pressure to the converter and the lubrication circuits. The torque converter will multiply engine torque and act as a fluid coupling between the engine and transmission gearing while starting and through first gear operation. The transmission gearing will consist of two or three sets of constant mesh planetary gears operated hydraulically actuated disc–type clutches to provide smooth, full power shifting. The clutches to be oil cooled and self–adjusting. The gear train will include at a minimum first, second, third and fourth gear clutches, with a forward clutch applied in all forward ranges. The electronic controls shall be compatible with multiplex wiring systems, capable of receiving inputs from the throttle, shift selector, engine and transmission. Communication between the transmission and other electronically controlled vehicle systems shall be made using the SAE J1939 Recommended Practice communication link. Electronic controls shall be compatible with either 12 or 24 volt systems, provide consistent shift quality, and compensate for changing conditions, such as variations in vehicle weight and engine power. MARTA option shall require Allison “Fuelsense” programming.

The vehicle shall be equipped with an audible warning device in compliance with SAEJ994b (with respect to acoustical performance for Type B device) that is activated when the vehicle transmission is engaged in reverse and continues as the vehicle is being backed up. This should be located behind the rear axle of


Page 28

the vehicle and all wires should be enclosed and secured. The dBA sound measurement shall be a minimum 87 dBA +/–3 dBA. The dBA sound measurement shall be measured from 3 feet above the ground and 2 feet behind rear bumper at the street side rear corner of the vehicle. The electronically controlled transmission shall have on–board diagnostic capabilities, able to monitor functions, store out–o–parameter conditions in memory, and communicate faults and vital conditions to service personnel. A diagnostic reader device connector port, suitably protected against dirt and moisture, shall be provided in the operator’s area and engine control box. The on–board diagnostic system shall trigger a visual alarm to the operator when the control unit detects a malfunction. The transmission shall contain built–in protection software to guard against severe damage. Transmission filtering shall be done by a sump screen and filter. The transmission filler tube should be adequate in size and venting to allow filling the transmission with fluid, after draining, within 5 minutes at an ambient temperature of 30 degrees F. The transmission shall be cooled by a dedicated heat exchanger sized to maintain operating fluid within the transmission manufacturer’s recommended parameters of flow, pressure and temperature. The transmission cooling system shall be matched to retarder and engine cooling systems to ensure that all operating fluids remain within recommended temperature limits established by each component manufacturer. The engine cooling system should provide coolant bypass flow to the transmission cooling system with the engine thermostats closed. The transmission shall have a built–in oil pump, neutral safety switch, back–up light switch, (on rear engine compartment control panel) and electronic shift selection pad. The operator shall require a brake pedal application of 9 to 15 psi to engage forward or reverse range from the neutral position. The transmission shall be equipped with an output retarder as provided by Allison, or approved equal. The retarder shall incorporate a paddle wheel design, which will act as a reverse–type torque converter. This design shall utilize a solenoid–type actuator which will allow for the transmission oil to be directed into the retarder housing. The transmission shall be equipped with an integral hydraulic retarder designed to extend brake lining service life. The application of the retarder shall cause as smooth blending retarder and service brake functions without exceeding jerk requirements as defined in specification no. 36 – Brake lights shall illuminate when the retarder activates. The retarder application shall absorb 80 percent of the normal foundation brake energy. The retarder application should occur automatically and the intensity of application should be determined by the application of the foundation brakes and throttle position. Retarder deactivation should occur quickly to avoid parasitic loading to the vehicle during acceleration or coasting and deactivation via ABS interface. The offeror shall provide the Authority with evidence to support retarder performance and reliability. The highest degree of retardation, e.g. 1,600 ft–lbs, shall be used for these buses. Minimum performance should be a ratio of brake lining wear with and without the retarder of 4 to 1. Based upon historic experience, the Authority anticipates the rear brake reline interval to exceed 40,000 miles and the front brake interval to exceed 60,000 miles. (Retarder activation should be phased as 1/3 @ 0 throttle, 1/3 @ 1 psi brake, 1/3 @ 4 psi brake,) A more preferred rate of retarder application shall be linear, as compared to foundation brake application, rather than the 1/3 steps. Retarder should provide decel at least 0.15g.


Page 29

The heat generated by the above–referenced system will be dissipated through the transmission's cooling system. The transmission shall be capable of satisfactorily operating at extended drain intervals (–48,000) miles) using TES 295 approved fluids. The initial transmission fluid fill at the manufacturing plant shall be a TES 295 approved fluid, preferred Transynd.

The transmission dipstick and filler spouts shall be labeled as such and be easily accessible and mounted to the rear or on the curb side of the coach (away from traffic. The label shall be permanently fixed and shall be made of plastic or metal and be of a durable design. A detailed checking procedure using the dipstick shall be described and illustrated in the Owner's and/or Service Manuals. Transmission filtering shall be done by a sump screen and filter. The bus shall pass the minimum cooling validation tests per Allison N.A. Transit Bus and Coach Transmission Installation Design – Tech Data Supplement SA3189. The transmission cooling system should provide a minimum cooling Limiting Ambient Temperature (LAT) for bus validation at 130F, results of the testing shall be provided to LYNX prior to delivery and acceptance. The installation design, manufacture and assembly shall be performed in accordance with the Allison Tech Data Requirements. The transmission installation shall be certified in writing by the bus manufacture as being designed, manufactured and assembled in accordance with the Allison Tech Data Requirements, before delivery and acceptance of the buses by LYNX.

SECTION 036 – TRANSMISSION JERK Jerk, the rate of change of acceleration measured at the centerline, floor level of the bus, should be minimized throughout the shift of each transmission range and retarder application and should be no greater than 0.3g/sec. for duration of a quarter–second or more. SECTION 037 – MOUNTING The power plant shall be mounted in a compartment in the rear of the bus. All power plant mounting shall be mechanically isolated to minimize transfer of vibration to the body structure. Mounts shall control movement of the power plant so as not to affect performance of belt driven accessories or cause strain in piping and wiring connections to the power plant. Engine mountings shall be replaceable without removal of engine. SECTION 038 – SERVICE The power plant shall be arranged so that accessibility for all routine maintenance is assured. No special tools, other than dollies and hoists, shall be required to remove the power plant. Two mechanics shall be able to remove and replace the engine assembly in less than 24 total combined person–hours. The muffler, exhaust system, air cleaner, air compressor, starter, alternator, radiator, all accessories, and any other component requiring service or replacement shall be easily removable and independent of the engine. A signal gauge displaying engine oil pressure, Transmission oil temperature, coolant temperature and active diagnostic codes shall be provided in the engine compartment. This gauge shall be easily read during service and mounted in an area where they shall not be damaged during minor or major repairs.


Page 30

Engine oil and the radiator filler caps shall be hinged to the filler neck and closed with spring pressure or positive locks. All fluid fill locations shall be properly labeled to help ensure correct fluid is added and all fillers shall be easily accessible with standard funnels, pour spouts, and automatic dispensing equipment. All lubricant sumps shall be fitted with magnetic–type, external, hex head, drain plugs. The engine and transmission shall be equipped with a spring loaded type probilizer for oil sampling. The engine shall be equipped with sufficient heavy–duty fuel and oil filters for efficient operation and to protect the engine and transmission between scheduled filter changes. To the extent practicable, the filters shall be of the spin–on, disposable type or integral with the engine and transmission. All filters shall be easily accessible and the filter bases shall be plumbed to assure correct reinstallation. An air cleaner with a dry filter element and a graduated air filter restriction indicator shall be provided. The filter shall be removable by a mechanic in 10 minutes or less. The location of the air intake system shall be designed to minimize the entry of dust and debris and maximize the life of the air filter. The engine air duct shall be designed to minimize the entry of water into the air intake system. Drainage provisions shall be included to allow any water/moisture to drain prior to entry into air filter. SECTION 039 – ENGINE-DRIVEN ACCESSORIES Engine–driven accessories shall be mounted for quick removal and repair. Accessory drive systems shall operate without unscheduled adjustment or belt replacement for not less than 50,000 miles on the design operating profile. These accessories shall be driven at speeds sufficient to assure adequate system performance during extended periods of idle operation and low route speed portion of the design operating profile. Belt guards shall be provided as required for safety and shall be sturdy in design and installation with a swing out design requiring no special tools to open for quick access. SECTION 040 – HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS The hydraulic system shall demonstrate a mean time between repairs in excess of 50,000 miles. Hydraulic system service tasks shall be minimized and scheduled no more frequently than those of other major coach systems. All elements of the hydraulic system shall be easily accessible for service or unit replacement. Critical points in the hydraulic system shall be fitted with service ports so that portable diagnostic equipment may be connected or sensors for an off–board diagnostic system permanently attached to monitor system operation. A tamper–proof priority system shall prevent the loss of power steering during operation of the bus if other devices are also powered by the hydraulic system. Sensors in the hydraulic system, excluding those in the power steering system, shall indicate on the operator’s on–board diagnostic panel conditions of low hydraulic fluid level. All pressurized circuits, to the extent practical, shall be made of stainless steel pipes and tubing, properly secured using Swagelok, or approved equal, cushion clamps (split–blocks). All “transition” connections between rigid and non–rigid members of the bus shall be made using high pressure hydraulic hoses routed and shielded with a combination ideal flex gear, Wave seal, smart clamps or approved equal, heavy duty, with 500 F degrees minimum operating range, permanently clamped and secured in one end so that failure of a line shall not allow the contents to spray or drain onto any component operable above the auto–ignition temperature of the fluid. This requirement, Snap–Tite sleeves, also applies to the low pressure and high flow circuits (return lines) in the hydraulic system. All pressurized hydraulic lines/hoses, throughout the bus shall be equipped with permanently crimped, non– reusable Parker Seal–Lok, O–Ring Face Seal Fittings, or approved equal. All hydraulic hoses, pipes, flex– lines and others shall be secured by means of using Swagelok and sleeved to avoid content spray, or


Page 31

approved equal rear of bulkhead, i.e. high temperature areas, with cushion clamps, tube support or bolted plastic clamp supports, subject to LYNX’s approval. All fitting attachments to castings, housings and hydraulic components shall be SAE straight thread with O–ring seal rather that tapered pipe thread. These requirements are also applicable to the steering system/circuit. SECTION 041 – FLUID LINES, FITTINGS AND CLAMPS, AND CHARGE AIR PIPING All lines and piping shall be supported to prevent chafing damage, fatigue failures, and tension strain. Lines passing through a panel, frame, or bulkhead shall be protected by grommets (or similar device) that fit snugly to both the line and the perimeter of the hole that the line passes through to prevent chafing or wear or both. Lines shall be as short as practicable and shall be routed and shielded with clamped sleeves so that failure of a line shall not allow the contents to spray or drain onto any component operable above the auto–ignition temperature of the fluid. All fluid lines/pipes/hoses shall be secured, in a maximum of 15 inch centers, using Swagelok, or approved equal rear of bulkhead, i.e. high temperature areas, with cushioned clamp tube support or bolted plastic clamp supports subject to LYNX approval. SECTION 042 – RADIATOR PIPING, HOSES, AND CLAMPS Radiator piping shall be stainless steel or brass tubing and hose quantity/length shall be minimized. Necessary hoses shall be a premium 5 ply silicone rubber type that is impervious to all bus fluids. All hoses shall be secured with premium, stainless steel constant torque clamps that provide a complete 360° seal. The clamps shall maintain a constant tension at all times, expanding and contracting with the hose in response to temperature changes and aging of the hose material. SECTION 043 – OIL AND HYDRAULIC LINES AND PIPES Oil and hydraulic lines and pipes shall be compatible with the substances they carry. The lines and pipes shall be designed and intended for use in the environment, which they are installed, i.e., high temperatures in engine compartment, road salts, oils, etc. Lines and pipes shall be capable of withstanding maximum system pressures. To the extent practical, the Offeror shall use stainless steel piping on all pressurized circuits. All hydraulic hoses, high and low pressure, high flow, etc. shall be covered with Snap–Tite Hose Guard, or approved equal. All fluid lines shall be secured, in a maximum of 15 inch centers, using Swagelok, or approved equal, cushioned clamp tube support or bolted plastic clamp support. SECTION 044 – CHARGE AIR PIPING Charge air piping and fittings if not hard mounted to engine shall be designed to minimize air restrictions and leaks. Piping shall be as short as possible and the number of bends shall be minimized. Bend radius shall be maximized to meet the pressure drop and temperature rise requirements of the engine manufacturer. The cross section of all charge air piping shall not be less than the cross section of the intake manifold inlet. Any changes in pipe diameter shall be gradual to ensure a smooth passage of air and to minimize restrictions. Piping shall be routed away from exhaust manifolds and other heat sources, and shielded as required to meet the temperature rise requirements of the engine manufacturer. Charge air piping shall be constructed of stainless steel or anodized aluminum. Connections between all charge air piping sections shall be sealed with a short section of reinforced hose and secured with stainless steel, constant tension clamps that provide a complete 360° seal.


Page 32

SECTION 045 – CNG FUEL SYSTEM If the Proposer’s proposal differs, in part or all, from these set of specifications, the Proposer is responsible to provide, in writing, calculations, diagrams, drawing, fuel flow patterns, piping, layouts and any others necessary to highlight the advantage(s) and or support of its proposal(s). The Fuel System within this section shall include the design, hardware and installation, as needed to transfer, store and supply the fuel requirement for the engine and extend to the necessary vehicle points of support, bus systems interface and fueling station. The physical extremes of the system shall be between the fuel receptacle, fuel tanks, vent receptacle, roof vent outlet and inlet fitting to the engine's low pressure regulator. All “on–board” systems associated with the safe use of CNG, shall be compatible with both, odorized or non– odorized, gas detection, over pressurization, isolation valves, etc. A CNG fuel system consisting of fuel cylinders, filler provisions, fuel lines, pressure reduction and auxiliary equipment necessary to safely operate under all operating conditions to meet the performance requirements of this specifications shall be provided. The system shall be capable of refueling from 0 psi to 125% of working pressure in a maximum of five minutes. Fittings used in the fuel shall be Swagelok, or approved equal. The fuel filter(s) shall be located above the engine compartment at the rear right hand side of the coach with a latched exterior access door. The fuel filler system will consist of a Sherex 5000 Series high flow receptacle and a Sherex 1000 Series Receptacle, both receptacles shall be installed within the fuel fill compartment. The 5000 Series high flow shall be the primary filler, and the 1000 Series shall be the secondary auxiliary filler. Additionally a 1/4 turn Whitey manual shut off valve which shall isolate the roof tanks from the rest of the system, a Raycor primary filter, one way check valve and a 0–5000 psi pressure gauge shall be installed in the fuel fill system. CNG FUEL SYSTEM OVERALL REQUIREMENTS The fuel system shall be expected to meet the following overall requirements: Pressure Regulators A Tescom, or approved equal, primary fuel pressure regulator shall be supplied and mounted in an accessible location for servicing. Coolant lines shall be routed in a manner to prevent trapping air or draining coolant when the regulator is removed for service.

Fuel Capacity The fuel capacity shall be sufficient to meet the required operating range of 400 miles, without mid– day refueling and without exceeding the maximum allowable bus configuration/specification and/or curb weight. The Proposer, with its proposal, shall provide fuel consumption calculations (engine, speed, bus weight, fuel pressure, fuel load, number of passengers, etc.) to support its claim of meeting the 400–miles required range. Installation Fuel cylinders shall be installed in accordance with ANSI/IAS NGV2–1998, Basic Requirements for Compressed Natural Gas Vehicles Fuel Containers, CNG fuel tank must meet the CNG container requirements of FMVSS No. 304 (49 CFR 571.304) in effect at the time of manufacture of the vehicle .


Page 33

Each CNG fuel container shall be permanently labeled in accordance with the requirements of FMVSS No. 304, S7.4., NPFA 52, Compressed Natural Gas Vehicular Fuel Systems Code, 2010 edition. For low floor buses, the placement of tanks shall be limited to the roof of the bus or in the compartment above the engine. Fuel cylinders, attached valves, pressure relief devices and mounting brackets should be installed and protected so that their operation is not affected by bus washers and environmental agents such as rain, snow, ice or mud. All components shall be protected from significant damage caused by road debris or collision. The roof mounted tanks shall be contained within a skeletal structure resembling a roll cage and contained within an enclosure. The enclosure shall incorporate a hinged clamshell type access. The access panels shall be designed to offer protection from weather and sacrificial as a means of providing an escape path to atmosphere upon rapid enclosure pressure rise. The access panels shall also be interlocked via proximity sensors, such that, if other than in their fully closed/locked position, an interlock will prevent engine starter engagement, prevent selection of forward or reverse transmission and shall apply the brake interlock at speeds less than 3 MPH The latching method shall utilize quick release captive hardware that can be demonstrated to last the life of the bus. Additional shielding shall be provided surrounding end fittings and valves as needed. Shields shall be attached to the bus structure hinged in a manner that permits one mechanic to unlatch and swing the shield open for routine inspections. As practical, electrical components shall not be located within the roof enclosure and if unavoidable, they shall be intrinsically safe

Fuel Pressure Gauge

An oil–filled gauge shall be located in the high–pressure manifold that shall indicate fuel system pressure. The fuel gauge shall have minimum 100–PSI increments, 0 to 5,000 PSI range, and shall be visible during fueling operations. Fuel Lines

All tubing shall be a minimum seamless Type 304 stainless steel (ASTM A269 or equivalent). Fuel lines shall be securely mounted, braced and supported every 24 inches (max) or as designed by the bus manufacturer to minimize vibration and shall be protected against damage, corrosion or breakage due to strain, rubbing, or wear. Manifolds connecting fuel containers shall be designed and fabricated to minimize vibration and shall be installed in protected location(s) to prevent line or manifold damage from unsecured objects or road debris. Fuel hose connections, where permitted, shall be less than 48 inches in length, made from materials resistant to corrosion and action of natural gas, and protected from fretting and high heat. High pressure CNG lines shall be pressure tested to a minimum of 125% of system working pressure and lines to 200%, prior to fueling. CNG or Nitrogen shall be used to pressure test the lines/assembly. The bus manufacturer shall have and provide to LYNX a documented procedure of testing the high–pressure line assembly.


Page 34

Each assembly/bus/unit–test shall be recorded individually and copy of results, clearly signed, stamped and approved by the Manufacturer’s Engineering Department, shall be provided with each set of bus documentation at the time of delivery. The fuel system shall be reliable, leak free and of the quality typically expected of a pressurized fuel system or refrigeration system. A “leak” shall be defined as observance of gas, liquid loss or bubbles at applied soap solution (Snoop) or both. Leak detection may be further supplemented by electronic or infra–red methane detection or acoustic measurements. The design, selection of hardware and workmanship shall be in support of this objective. Inspectability, Maintainability and Serviceability The fuel system shall be designed in a manner to facilitate ease and effectiveness of inspection, repair and serviceability. Examples of this objective to include, but not limited to, are isolation valves at all points that may require service, system test ports and means of testing components inherently providing regulation via springs.

SECTION 046 – CNG FUEL SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

The following shall represent minimum levels of system performance:

Vehicle Performance/Operating range

Useable fuel shall provide a range of 400 miles. LYNX will conduct a range test upon delivery of the buses. The system shall be capable of meeting fuel flow/pressure/temperature requirements at engine maximum load under any condition.

System Functionality

The bus shall be capable of being reliably fueled to within 95 to 100 percent of the tank’s useable capacity, regardless of beginning fuel tank(s) pressure. The fuel system shall incorporate provisions for individual tank de–fueling. De–fueling shall be via reverse flow at receptacle/nozzle interface to fueling station. SECTION 047 – FUEL STATION INTERFACE

The fueling port receptacle shall be via Sherex 5000 Series high flow and a Sherex 1000 Series Receptacle nozzle/receptacle, ANSI/AGA NGV1 certified receptacle. The bus shall be capable of being fueled by a nozzle. The Authority, at the pre–production meeting, shall provide detailed information about fueling nozzle. The fueling port receptacle shall be such that connection, by fueling personnel, shall be performed without physical strain or interference.

A “dust cap” shall be permanently “tethered” to the fueling port receptacle. The fueling port receptacle shall be equipped with an interlock sensor that shall disable the engine’s starting system when the access door is open, to prevent drive–aways. The interlock shall be of the type such if the sensor fails, the bus shall not start.

Note: LYNX will advise the Proposer of which nozzle, nozzle angle and vent connection to install at the pre–production meeting.


Page 35

The center line of the fill receptacle shall be 38 inches above grade plus or minus 2 inches and 400 inches rearward plus or minus 5 inches of the center line of the front door opening. The fill and vent receptacles shall be located within an enclosure on the right side of the bus. The access door shall be sized to allow full viewing of gauges, ease of hookups and maneuver of fuel nozzle. The access door interlock shall also power “on” the fuel level gauges/illumination when in the open position.

A static ground plug shall be installed near the fueling receptacle for grounding during refueling operations. The fuel fill receptacle and vent receptacle attachment shall be robust and capable of routine fueling connects/disconnects without deflection or metal fatigue, and capable of withstanding mechanical loads induced by a fueling drive away incident without attachment failure. MARTA option: Bus will automatically shut down after fuel door has been opened for 30 seconds.

SECTION 048 – CNG DE–FUELING SYSTEM

The CNG de–fueling port shall be an ANSI/AGA NGV1 certified receptacle. The CNG de–fueling port shall be located on the curbside of the bus (next to the fuel fill nozzle’s enclosure). Subject to LYNX’s approval. The de–fueling system shall incorporate the following characteristics:

• Dust Cap permanently “tethered” to the de–fueling port • De–fueling valve, remotely located to prevent accidental de–fueling (to be discussed

during the pre–production meeting). • Others for discussion during pre–production meetings (*)

(*)Details such as final operating pressures, brand name of fuel nozzles, grounding devices to discharge static energy, and others shall be discussed during the pre–production meeting.

SECTION 049 – HARDWARE/COMPONENT LEVEL REQUIREMENTS

The fuel system shall be suitable for its intended application to include highest potential operating pressures and temperature range.

Tank(s) • Fuel Containers – Cylinders

Tanks shall be Type IV and rated at 5,000 psig. The tank system shall provide a minimum useable quantity of gas of 26,360 SCF, and this useable quantity shall be on–board pressure range between a fill of 3,600 psig (temperature corrected to 70 degrees F) down to 500 psig. Each tank shall be isolated via a “NC” valve.

• Design and construction CNG fuel containers/cylinders shall be designed, constructed, manufactured, tested and mounted in accordance with all applicable rules, practices and regulations at the time of manufacturing to include, among others, all applicable state and/or local standards specifically intended for CNG fuel containers.

• Operating Range The operating range of the bus in LYNX environment shall be 400 miles with a gas settled pressure of 3,600 psi @70 °F. Fuel tanks shall be manufactured by Lincoln Composite, Structural Composites Industries (Pomona, CA) or approved equal. The Proposer, with its proposal, shall explain the benefits of using the proposed fuel containers. Scaled and clear


Page 36

AutoCAD drawings, with all fuel tanks dimensions, shall be provided The tank manufacturer shall permanently mark on every fuel tank the capacity, date of manufacture, manufacturer name, and certification of compliance to meet the CNG container requirements of FMVSS No. 304 (49 CFR 571.304), FMCSR, ASME or DOT in effect at the time of manufacture of the vehicle.. These markings shall be clearly visible when the fuel tank’s storage door is opened.

Service Valves

A quarter turn valve shall be accessible through the fuel door that shall isolate the high–pressure manifold and fuel storage system from the rest of the engine fuel system. The valve function and open and closed positions shall be clearly marked. An additional ½” 3–way valve shall be provided for draining the high–pressure manifold and any fuel cylinder(s) through a service port. Type and location of the service port(s) shall be subject to the Authority’s approval.

• Isolation, manual valves, of packless type, shall be provided for tank isolation, gauge isolation

and a means of isolation for components requiring isolation for inspection. Automated valves, of normally closed type, shall be provided at each tank fuel out line as close to the tank as practical and as necessary to shutdown the engines fuel supply.

• Vent valves, of packless type manual or pneumatic remote, shall be provided to vent each tank to a common poppeted vent port at the control enclosure and a common vent valve shall be provided to the common roof vent stack. The common vent stack shall serve as the vent and primary pressure relief valve exit and incorporate a means of condensate drain. The preferred vent stack shall terminate in a flapper style valve.

• Pressure relief valves, primary and secondary pressure relief devices (PRDs) shall be provided at each tank and at all locations necessary for system pressure protection resulting from potential trapping. All fuel releases shall be routed away from the source and vented through pipes located in the rear corner of bus (opposite to the engine stack) in compliance with recommended practices for venting pipes as listed in NPFA 52, 2010 edition.

• Flow and check valves shall be provided as necessary for isolation, preventing reverse flow and minimize excessive flow resulting from gross product loss. The excess flow protection may also be supplemented by remote activation of the fuel system automated shutoff valves. Excess flow valves shall satisfactorily function regardless of mixed phase fluid flow, provide positive shut–off and not be influenced by typical g force occurring during vehicle roadway operation, bumps, dips, vibrations, etc.

• Pressure regulators; pressure regulating valves shall be used to regulate fuel pressure entering the engine’s fuel system and may be used to manage tank pressure. These valves shall incorporate a means of inspection, adjustment and ease of isolation without system depressurization.

SECTION 050 – CONTROL PANEL/INSTRUMENTATION

The fuel system filling receptacle, vent receptacle, vent valves and tank–system pressure gauges shall be located within an enclosure as previously defined. Each tank shall require a pressure gauge. Pressure gauges shall be of rugged quality, liquid filled. The tank pressure gauges shall be graduated in 1/8 increments and accurate within one increment.


Page 37

SECTION 051 – CNG DOCUMENTATION

The following documentation shall be provided in addition to the general requirements of this overall procurement specification:

Certification The following levels of review/approval and certification shall be required:

• The bus manufacturer shall be responsible for overall fuel system and engine, and

integration to the vehicle. • The engine manufacturer shall be responsible for the engine and the engines

integration with the fuel system. • The fuel system supplier shall be responsible for the fuel system and fuel system

integration with the engine.

Design Suitability/Application Approval

The overall fuel system shall be suitable for the intended application and require application approval. (Note: Components of the system will be subject to suitability at OE level.)

Electronic Manuals and Schematics

Manuals, schematics and drawings shall be comprehensive, providing the following level of detail:

• Description of system operation • Preventive maintenance guideline • Diagnostic and repair guideline, at system and component level • Piping/Component schematic, to include System heat leak Flow and pressure drops • Procedure for fueling, de–fueling, venting, purging • Procedure for components requiring adjustment • O.E.M. level specification sheets at component level to include all systems part numbers

(both, manufacturers and OEM’s) • Tank calculations, to include, gross volume, useable capacity, gas flow/pressure, etc. • System Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and listing of applicable code/regulation

compliance • Component, splice and pin-out locations shall be provided within or pertaining to designated

manuals.

Three sets of electronic draft Manuals, schematics and drawings shall be delivered with the first article.


Page 38

SECTION 052 – FINAL DRIVE A single heavy–duty axle at the rear shall drive the bus with a load rating sufficient for the bus loaded to GVWR. Transfer of gear noise to the bus interior shall be minimized. The drive axle shall be designed to operate for not less than 300,000 miles on the design operating profile without replacement or major repairs. The lubricant drain plug shall be magnetic type, external hex head. If a planetary gear design is employed, the oil level in the planetary gears shall be easily checked through the plug or sight gauge. The drive shaft and universal joints shall be heavy duty. Universal joints and drive shaft slip joints will have separate grease fittings accessible by a standard grease gun. The drive shaft shall be guarded to prevent it striking the floor of the coach or the ground in the event of a tube or universal joint failure.

SECTION 053 – EMISSIONS/EXHAUST

The engine shall meet all applicable EPA and CARB emission requirements for heavy duty natural gas engines in effect at time of manufacturing. Complete Title 13, Section 1956.1 certification documentation shall be provided to LYNX prior to final acceptance of vehicles.

SECTION 054 – EXHAUST SYSTEM

Exhaust gases and waste heat shall be discharged from the roadside rear corner of the roof. The exhaust system shall be of sufficient clearance and height to prevent exhaust gases and waste heat from discoloring or causing heat deformation to the bus and comply with FMVSS 108. The entire exhaust system shall be adequately shielded to prevent heat damage to any bus component. The exhaust outlet shall be designed to minimize rain, snow or water generated from high–pressure washing systems from entering into the exhaust pipe and causing damage to the catalyst. The exhaust system shall be stainless steel. The entire exhaust system, to include insulation, heat blankets, etc. shall be covered by a three–year unlimited miles, warranty.

SECTION 055 – CHASSIS SUSPENSION

The front, center and rear suspensions shall be pneumatic type. The basic suspension system shall last the service life of the bus without major overhaul or replacement. Normal replacement items, such as suspension bushing, shock absorbers, or air spring shall be replaceable by a service mechanic in 45 minutes or less. Adjustment points shall be minimized and shall not be subject to a loss of adjustment in service. Necessary adjustments shall be easily accomplished without removing or disconnecting the components. SECTION 056 – SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS

Travel

The suspension system shall permit a minimum wheel travel of 3 inches bounce–upward travel of a wheel when the bus hits a bump (higher than street surface), and 3 inches rebound– downward travel when the bus comes off a bump and the wheels fall relative to the body. Elastomeric bumpers shall be provided at the limit of jounce travel. Rebound travel may be limited by Elastomeric bumpers or hydraulically within the shock absorbers. Suspensions shall incorporate appropriate devices for automatic height control so that regardless of load the bus height relative to the centerline of the wheels does not change more than (+/-) 1/2 inch at any point from the height required to maintain normal ride height.


Page 39

Damping Hydraulic shock absorbers mounted to the suspension arms or axles and attached to an appropriate location on the chassis shall accomplish vertical damping of the suspension system. Damping shall be sufficient to control coach motion to 2 cycles or less after hitting road perturbations. Shock absorbers shall maintain their effectiveness for at least 150,000 miles of the service life of the bus. Each unit shall be replaceable by a service mechanic in less than 35 minutes. The shock absorber bushing shall be made of Elastomeric material that will last the life of the shock absorber. Lubrication All elements of steering, suspension, and drive systems requiring scheduled lubrication shall be provided with grease fittings conforming to SAE Standard J534. These fittings shall be located for ease of inspection, and shall be accessible with a standard grease gun with flexible hose end from a pit or with the bus on a hoist. Each element requiring lubrication shall have its own grease fitting with a relief path. Lubricant specified shall be standard for all elements on the bus serviced by standard fittings. Additional requirements for lubrication if any are contained in an attachment to this technical specification. Air Bellows

The air suspension system shall consist of four air bellows for center and rear axles and two air bellows for the front axle. The system shall use leveling valves to maintain constant vehicle height, regardless of vehicle loading. SECTION 057 – KNEELING

A kneeling system shall lower the (2) two PMAD entrance(s) of the bus a minimum of 2.5 inches during loading or unloading operations regardless of load up to GVWR, measured at the longitudinal centerline of the entrance door(s), by the driver using a three position, spring loaded to center switch:

• Downward direction will lower the bus. Release of switch at any time will completely stop lowering motion and hold height of the bus at that position. Upward direction of the switch will allow the system to go to floor height without the driver having to hold the switch up.

Brake and Throttle interlock shall be activated and shall prevent movement when the bus is kneeled. The kneeling control shall be disabled when the bus is in motion. The bus shall kneel at a maximum rate of 1¼ inches per second at essentially a constant rate. After kneeling, the bus shall rise within 2 seconds to a height permitting the bus to resume service and shall rise to the correct operating height within 7 seconds regardless of load up to GVWR. During the lowering and raising operation, the maximum acceleration shall not exceed 0.2g and the jerk shall not exceed 0.3g/sec. measured on the front step tread.

An indicator visible to the driver shall be illuminated until the bus is raised to a height adequate for safe street travel. An audible warning alarm will sound simultaneously with the operation of the kneeler to alert passengers and bystanders. A warning light mounted near the curbside of the front door, minimum 2 inch diameter, amber lens shall be provided that will blink when the kneel feature is activated. Kneeling shall not be operational while the wheelchair ramp is deployed or in operation.


Page 40

SECTION 058 – WHEELS

Wheels and rims shall be hub–piloted with 2–sided polished aluminum Alcoa, or approved equal and shall resist rim flange wear. All wheels shall be interchangeable and shall be removable without a puller. Wheels shall be compatible with tires in size and load–carrying capacity. Front wheels and tires shall be balanced as an assembly per SAE J1986. Front, rear and spare wheel/tire assemblies shall be alike.

SECTION 059 – TIRES

Tires shall be suitable for the conditions of transit service and sustained operation at the maximum speed capability of the bus. Load on any tire at GVWR shall not exceed the tire supplier’s rating. The tires shall be of the radial type, capable of sustained speeds of 65 MPH. The Proposer shall be responsible for providing Bridgestone tires (*).

(*) Bridgestone it’s the current tire supplier for LYNX. Due to LYNX’s contracting services with tire suppliers/manufacturers, the applicable tire’s brand name, if changed by the time of manufacturing, shall be provided during the pre–production meeting.

SECTION 060 – STEERING FRONT AXLE

The front axle shall be non–driving with a load rating sufficient for the bus loaded to GVWR and shall be equipped with sealed, grease type front wheel bearings. All friction points on the front axle shall be equipped with replaceable bushings or inserts and lubrication fittings easily accessible from a pit or hoist.

SECTION 061 – CENTER AXLE The center axle shall be a heavy–duty axle incorporating a one piece stamped stud axle housing, The load tubes shall be replaceable and are to be threaded to allow for adjustment of wheel bearing nuts. Axle shafts to be floating type with all steel bearing loads carried on the axle housing end sleeves. Capacity of this axle to be sufficient for the coach loaded to GVWR. The axle shall be equipped with grease seals. SECTION 062 – STRENGTH

Fatigue life of all steering components shall exceed 1,000,000 miles. No element of the steering system shall sustain a Class I failure when one of the tires hits a curb or strikes a severe road hazard. Inadvertent alternations of steering because of striking road hazards shall be considered steering failures.


Page 41

SECTION 063 – STEERING TURNING EFFORT

The steering wheel shall be removable with a standard or universal puller. The steering column shall have full tilt and telescoping capability allowing the operator to easily adjust the location of the steering wheel. Hydraulically assisted power steering shall be provided, and electric assisted steering should be offer as an option.

The steering gear shall be an integral type with flexible lines eliminated or the number and length minimized. With the bus on dry, level, commercial asphalt pavement, and tires inflated to recommended pressure and the front wheels positioned straight ahead, the torque required to turn the steering wheel 10 degrees shall be no less than 5–foot pounds and no more than 10 foot pounds. Steering torque may increase to 70–foot pounds when the wheels are approaching the steering stops, as the relief valve activates. Steering effort shall be measured with the bus at GVWR, stopped with the brakes released and the engine at normal idling speed on clean, dry, level, commercial asphalt pavement and the tires inflated to recommended pressure. Power steering failure shall not result in loss of steering control. With the bus in operation, the steering effort shall not exceed 55 pounds at the steering wheel rim and perceived free play in the steering system shall not materially increase because of power assist failure. Gearing shall require no more than seven (7) turns of the steering wheel lock–to–lock.

Caster angle shall be selected to provide a tendency for the return of the front wheels to the straight position with minimal assistance from the driver.

SECTION 064 – STEERING WHEEL AND HORN – GENERAL The steering wheel diameter shall be no less than 14 inches and no more than 20 inches; the rim diameter shall be 7/8 inch to 1¼ inches and shaped for firm grip with comfort for long periods. The steering wheel shall be removable with a standard or universal puller. Steering wheel spokes and wheel thickness should be such as to insure that visibility is within the range of a 95–percentile range as described in SAE 1050. Placement of steering column must be as far forward as possible, but either in–line or behind the instrument cluster. A horn button shall be located in the steering wheel hub and shall be protected from debris accumulation and shall incorporate the manufacturer logo. Dual electric horns shall be mounted to prevent water and dirt into horn trumpets. The horns shall sound high and low notes (notes D and F) that are clearly audible over 80 dBA traffic noises at a distance of 300 feet. SECTION 065 – STEERING WHEEL TILT The steering wheel shall have a rearward tilt adjustment range of no less than 40 degrees as measured from the horizontal and upright position.


Page 42

SECTION 066 – STEERING WHEEL TELESCOPIC ADJUSTMENT Measurement – From the top of the rim of the steering wheel in the horizontal position to the cab floor at the heel point. The steering wheel shall adjust to maximum height of 35 inches and a minimum low–end adjustment of 29 inches.

The following chart is acknowledged as the standard for measurements of thigh clearance, resting elbow height, the slope of the steering wheel, and the height of the wheel, and the relationship of one to another, to assist in determining the appropriate telescopic range.

(Based on data from BIFMA 2002)

Thigh Clearance Arm Rest Height 5 Percentile Female 21.0” 21.0” + 6.9” 95 Percentile Male 26.8” 26.8” + 10.8” Steering Wheel Height (Measured from Bottom Portion Closest to Driver) Relative to Angle of Slope At Minimum Telescopic Height Adjustment (29”)

At Maximum Telescopic Height Adjustment (5”)

Angle of

Height Angle of Slope Height 0 degrees 29” 0 degrees 35” 15 degrees 26.2” 15 degrees 30.2” 25 degrees 24.6” 25 degrees 28.6” 35 degrees 22.5” 35 degrees 26.5”

SECTION 067 – BRAKES

Service brakes shall be air actuated disc type. The disc brake system and replacement parts shall be commercially available in North America. The entire service brake system, including friction materials, shall be designed to have an overhaul or minimum replacement life of 60,000 miles with brake retardation. The disk brake system shall be equipped with all wheel anti-lock braking system (ABS) with Traction Control by Rockwell, Wabco or approved equal. The Proposer shall provide complete performance data and system design of the brake system with ABS. The design shall be reviewed by LYNX.

SECTION 068 – BRAKE ACTUATION

Service brakes shall be compressed air operated and controlled with a single actuator at each wheel.

Force to activate the brake pedal control shall be an essentially linear function of the coach deceleration rate and shall not exceed 50 pounds at a point seven (7) inches above the heel point of the pedal to achieve maximum braking. The heel point is the location of the driver’s heel when foot is rested flat on the pedal and the heel is touching the floor or heel pad of the pedal.

Disc brakes shall have either axial or radial air actuation with a single floating caliper operation.


Page 43

SECTION 069 – ROTORS

Brake rotors shall be sized to the vehicle weight and wheel diameter and meet all FMVSS requirements. The brake rotors shall be able to be resurfaced in the field and have the minimum thickness size stamped in the casting.

SECTION 070 – FRICTION MATERIAL

Disc pad friction material shall be non-asbestos and bonded to the pad. A light on the driver’s dash board shall indicate need for brake service. Also, the disc brake pads shall be equipped with an easy to read wear indicator.

SECTION 071 – HUBS

Replaceable wheel bearing seals shall run on replaceable wear surfaces or be of an integral wear surface sealed design. The brake system material and design shall be selected to absorb and dissipate heat quickly so the heat generated during braking operation does not glaze brake rotors. The heat generated shall not increase the temperature of tire beads and wheel contact area to more than that allowed by the tire manufacturer.

SECTION 072 – PARKING /EMERGENCY BRAKE

The parking brake shall be a spring–operated system, actuated by a valve that exhausts compressed air to apply the brakes. The parking brake may be manually enabled when the air pressure is at the operating level per FMVSS 121. An emergency brake release shall be provided to release the brakes in the event of automatic emergency brake application. The parking brake valve button will pop out when air pressure drops below requirements of FMVSS 121. The driver shall be able to manually depress and hold down the emergency brake release valve to release the brakes and maneuver the bus to safety. Once the operator releases the emergency brake release valve, the brakes shall engage to hold the bus in place. SECTION 073 – PNEUMATIC SYSTEM

The bus air system shall operate the air–powered accessories and the braking system with reserve capacity. New buses shall not leak down more than 3 psi as indicted on the instrument panel mounted air gauges, within 15 minutes from the point of governor cut–off.

Provision shall be made to apply shop air to the bus air systems using a standard tire inflation type valve. A quick disconnect fitting shall be easily accessible and located in the engine compartment and near the front bumper area for towing. Retained caps shall be installed to protect fitting against dirt and moisture when not in use. Air for the compressor shall be filtered through the main engine air cleaner system. The air system shall be protected by a pressure relief valve set at 150 psi and shall be equipped with check valve, pressure protection valves and positive hand shut–off valves to assure partial operation in case of line failures. All air tank drains shall be identified with labels and made easily accessible.


Page 44

SECTION 074 – AIR COMPRESSOR

The air compressor shall be Wabco HD 30.4, twin cylinder, turbo aspirated or approved equal and sized to charge the air system from 40 psi to the governor cutoff pressure in less than 3 minutes while not exceeding the fast idle speed setting of the engine. The compressor output rating shall be dependent of the manufacturer’s calculations of the required volumes necessary for normal transit operation including but not limited to braking, door operation, air suspension and all other components requiring pneumatic power. The calculation shall be presented and explained to LYNX for approval.

SECTION 075 – AIR LINES AND FITTINGS

Air lines, except necessary flexible lines, shall conform to the installation and material requirements of SAE Standard J1149 for copper tubing with standard, brass, flared or ball sleeve fittings, or SAE Standard J844 for nylon tubing if not subject to temperatures over 200 degrees F. Nylon tubing shall be installed in accordance with the following color–coding standards:

Green. Indicates primary brakes and supply Red. Indicates secondary brakes Brown. Indicates parking brake Yellow. Indicates compressor governor signal Black. Indicates accessories Blue Indicates Suspension

Line supports shall prevent movement, flexing, tension strain, and vibration. Copper lines shall be supported to prevent the lines from touching one another or any component of the bus. To the extent practicable and before installation, the lines shall be pre–bent on a fixture that prevents tube flattening or excessive local strain. Copper lines shall be bent only once at any point, including pre–bending and installation. Rigid lines shall be supported at no more than 5–foot intervals. Nylon lines may be grouped and shall be supported at 2–foot intervals or less.

The compressor discharge line between power plant and body–mounted equipment shall be flexible convoluted copper or stainless steel line, or may be flexible Teflon hose with a braided stainless steel jacket. Other lines necessary to maintain system reliability shall be flexible Teflon hose with a braided stainless steel jacket. End fittings shall be standard SAE or JIC brass or steel, flanged, swivel type fittings. Flexible hoses shall be as short as practicable and individually supported. They shall not touch one another or any part of the bus except for the supporting grommets. Flexible lines shall be supported at 2–foot intervals or less.

Air lines shall be clean before installation and shall be installed to minimize air leaks. All air lines shall be sloped toward a reservoir and routed to prevent water traps. Grommets or insulated clamps shall protect the air lines at all points where they pass through understructure components.


Page 45

SECTION 076 – AIR RESERVOIRS All air reservoirs shall meet the requirements of FMVSS Standard 121 and SAE Standard J10 and shall be equipped with clean–out plugs and manual and automatic drain valves. Major structural members shall protect these valves and any automatic moisture ejector valves from road hazards. Reservoirs shall be sloped toward the drain valve. All air reservoirs shall have brass drain valves that discharge below floor level with lines routed to eliminate the possibility of water traps in the drain line. Automatic drain valves shall be Haldex or approved equal. All tank drains shall be permanently labeled. SECTION 077 – AIR SYSTEM DRYER

An air dryer shall prevent accumulation of moisture and oil in the air system. The air dryer system shall include a replaceable desiccant bed, electrically heated drain, and activation device. A mechanic shall replace the desiccant in less than 15 minutes. The dryer will be a Graham White dual dryer assembly, or approved equal, shall be installed following the manufacturer’s specifications for location, height and ease of draining. SECTION 078 – BODY DESIGN

The bus shall have a clean, smooth, simple design, primarily derived from bus performance requirements and passenger service criteria established by these Technical Specifications.

The exterior and body features, including grilles and louvers, shall be shaped to facilitate cleaning by automatic bus washers without snagging washer brushes. Water and dirt shall not be retained in or on any body feature to freeze or bleed out onto the bus after leaving the washer. The body, doors and windows shall be sealed to prevent leaking of air, dust, or water under normal operating conditions and during cleaning in automatic bus washers for the service life of the bus.

Exterior panels shall be sufficiently stiff to minimize vibration, drumming or flexing while the bus is in service. When panels are lapped, the upper and forward panels shall act as a watershed. However if entry of moisture into interior of bus is prevented by other means, then rear cap panels may be lapped otherwise. The windows, hatches, and doors shall be able to be sealed. Accumulation on any window of the bus of spray and splash generated by the bus’ wheels on a wet road shall be minimized. The basic bus structure shall be designed so that fatigue damage will not occur throughout the service life of the vehicle.

SECTION 079 – CRASHWORTHINESS

The bus body and roof structure shall withstand a static load equal to 150 percent of the curb weight evenly distributed on the roof with no more than a 6–inch reduction in any interior dimension. Windows shall remain in place and shall not open under such a load.

The bus shall withstand a 25–mph impact by a 4,000–pound automobile at any point, excluding doorways, along either side of the bus with no more than 3 inches of permanent structural deformation at seated passenger hip height. This impact shall not result in sharp edges or protrusions in the bus interior.

Exterior panels below 35 inches from ground level shall withstand a static load of 2,000 pounds applied perpendicular to the bus by a pad no larger than 5 inches square. This load shall not result in deformation that prevents installation of new exterior panels to restore the original appearance of the bus. In addition to the above requirements any federal and state regulations must be met.


Page 46

SECTION 080 – MATERIALS

Body materials shall be selected and the body fabricated to reduce maintenance, extend durability, and provide consistency of appearance throughout the service life of the bus. Detailing shall be kept simple; add–on devices and trim, where necessary, shall be minimized and integrated into the basic design.

SECTION 081 – CORROSION The bus flooring, sides, interior walls, panels, enclosures, roof, understructure, axle suspension components shall resist corrosion or deterioration from atmospheric conditions for a period of twelve (12) years or 500,000 miles whichever comes first. It shall maintain structural integrity and nearly maintain original appearance through its service life. The bus shall be constructed using only inherently corrosion–resistant materials such as, stainless steel, non– metallic composites and fasteners to minimize deterioration. All materials that are not inherently corrosion resistant shall be protected with corrosion–resistant coatings such as corrosion protected fill in tubing and undercoating. All joints and connections of dissimilar metals shall be corrosion–resistant and shall be protected from galvanic corrosion.

SECTION 082 – RESONANCE AND VIBRATION

All structure, body, and panel–bending mode frequencies, including vertical, lateral, and torsional modes, shall be sufficiently removed from all primary excitation frequencies to minimize audible, visible, or sensible resonant vibrations during normal service. SECTION 083 – DISTORTION

The bus, loaded to GVWR and under static conditions, shall not exhibit deflection or deformation that impairs the operation of the steering mechanism, doors, windows, passenger escape mechanisms and service doors. Static conditions shall include the bus at rest with any one wheel or dual set of wheels on a 6–inch curb or in a 6–inch deep hole.

SECTION 084 – FIRE PROTECTION

The passenger and engine compartments shall be separated by a bulkhead(s) that shall, by incorporation of fireproof materials in its construction, be a firewall. The engine compartment shall include areas where the engine and exhaust system are housed including the muffler, if mounted above the horizontal shelf. This firewall shall preclude or retard propagation of an engine compartment fire into the passenger compartment and shall be in accordance with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices detailed in FTA Docket 90 dated October 20, 1993, as Amended.

Only necessary openings shall be allowed in this firewall, and these shall be fireproofed. Any passageways for the climate control system air shall be separated from the engine compartment by fireproof material.

Piping through the bulkhead shall have copper, brass, or fireproof fittings scaled at the firewall with copper or steel piping on the forward side. Wiring may pass through the bulkhead only if connectors or other


Page 47

means are provided to prevent or retard fire propagation through the firewall. Engine access panels in the firewall shall be fabricated of fireproof material and secured with fireproof fasteners. These panels, their fasteners, and the firewall shall be constructed and reinforced to minimize warping of the panels during a fire that will compromise the integrity of the firewall.

A fire detection/suppression system (SECTION 224) shall be provided to include, control module, UPS (48 hour back up), minimum three (3) optical detectors, minimum 22 pound purple K agent or FFF, discharge nozzles and required harnesses, brackets, etc. The subject supplier shall also be responsible for providing installation guidelines and certification and approval by a registered, professional fire protection engineer and approval of final installation/operation. The control module shall be capable of recording events (time stamp log), sensor/zone ID and provide a standard data communication port to facilitate interface to an on–board industrial computer. The fire detection system may also include a local means of thermal detection in addition to the optic sensors.

The bus shall also include an on–board methane detection system (SECTION 227). The system shall be integrated into the above fire detection system and at a minimum consist of multiple IR type detectors located within the passenger compartment and areas most likely capable of fuel release, such as, fuel storage, engine, etc. The detectors shall be suitable for the intended application and shall provide 20 and 50% LEL detection. The offeror must provide documentation supporting the location of the detectors in the passenger compartment and in areas most likely capable of a fuel release. The supporting documentation shall include certification of the system's acceptability to a registered, professional, fire protection engineer.

The methane detection system shall be equipped with a display panel, visible and accessible to the driver – while seated, constantly displaying, at the same time, each sensor, by location and status e.g. SENSOR XX is at 0% LEL ,– 20% LEL, – 50% LEL.

Incidents resulting from triggering any of the methane detectors at a level of 20% LEL or higher shall be:

• Logged • Time stamped • Sensor or sensors triggered shall be identified on the driver's display • Sensor status shall monitored and constantly displayed, in real time, on the driver's panel • Indication of methane level reached • Duration of the incident • Driver's acknowledgement button shall not clear historical data. • All historical data shall be displayed, one incident at the time, using driver's display • System shall store historical data for thirty days • Historical data shall be clear only by a "password" protected procedure not accessible to the driver

Others, associated with this display shall be discussed during the pre–production meeting(s).

SECTION 085 – STRENGTH AND FATIGUE LIFE

The structure of the bus shall be designed to withstand the transit service conditions typical of an urban duty cycle throughout its service life. The proposer shall supply LYNX with a Failure Element Analysis (FEA) to indicate the structure has been designed so that fatigue damage will not occur during the service life of the vehicle.


Page 48

SECTION 086 – TOWING DEVICES

Towing devices shall be provided on each end of the bus. Towing devices should accommodate flat–bedding or flat–towing. Each towing device shall withstand, without permanent deformation, tension loads up to 1.2 times the curb weight of the bus within 20 degrees of the longitudinal axis of the bus. The rear towing device(s) shall not provide a toehold for unauthorized riders. The rear towing devices shall permit lifting and towing of the bus for a short distance, such as in cases of an emergency, to allow access to provisions for front towing.

The front towing devices shall allow attachment of adapters for a rigid tow bar and shall permit lifting and towing of the bus, at curb weight, until the front wheels are clear off the ground. The method of attaching the tow bar or adapter shall require the specific, in writing, approval of the Authority prior to delivery of the buses. Each towing device shall accommodate a crane hook with a 1–inch throat.

Manufacturer shall provide (2) two tow adapters. SECTION 087 – JACKING

It shall be possible to safely jack up the bus, at curb weight, with a common 10–ton floor jack with or without special adapter, when a tire or dual set is completely flat and the bus is on a level, hard surface, without crawling under any portion of the bus. Jacking from a single point shall permit raising the bus sufficiently high to remove and reinstall a wheel and tire assembly. Jacking pads located on the axle or suspension near the wheels shall permit easy and safe jacking with the flat tire or dual set on a 6–inch–high run–up block not wider than a single tire. The Proposer shall be responsible for providing 12 sets of adapters (front and rear) if required.

Jacking and changing any one tire shall be completed by a specialist mechanic in less than 30 minutes from the time the bus is approached. The bus shall withstand such jacking at any one or any combination of wheel locations without permanent deformation or damage. Jacking pads shall be painted safety yellow or orange for ease of identification. SECTION 088 – ARTICULATION The trailer shall be articulated from the tractor, by a mechanical turntable type articulation system, which shall allow limited horizontal articulation. The maximum horizontal articulation shall be not less than eleven (11°) degrees. If backing, a buzzer and warning light shall operate when the maximum horizontal angle has been reached. If backing is continued, a brake interlock shall be energized to stop the vehicle before damage to the vehicle occurs. A socket shall allow a technician to diagnose problems using the diagnostic tool. The articulated joint shall have an electronic damping system to insure the stability of the vehicle and the protection of the articulated joint. Turntable damage shall not result while negotiating a vertical curve up to nine (9°) degrees, limited by the "front overhang angle." The equipment below the turntable shall have easy access for maintenance and servicing. Crossover lines, hoses, and electrical harnesses shall be installed in such a way to prevent damage caused by chaffing or pulling during normal turning conditions


Page 49

The articulation area shall be covered by replacement fabric type bellows from "Hubner" or approved equal with draft-free, no-sag bottom closure with guard and water drains shall be provided between the lead and trailing sections to seal the bus interior and keep it free of water, dirt, and drafts. Bellows hardware shall be corrosion resistant and the under floor area of the bellows shall be easy to clean when necessary. The passageway between the lead unit and trailing unit shall have an inside cross section that is as nearly equal as possible to the inside cross section of the bus bodies, with no tripping hazards created by the turn table cross section or close outs. The bellows shall be durable and its’ supporting structure and stiffeners shall support the bellows material in a neat, sag-free manner. The Proposer shall supply information on the actual service life achieved by the type of bellows being proposed. Sample of bellows and attaching hardware may be requested for evaluation at the Agency's option. The material shall be gray in color. Bellows shall be approved by the Agency. The surface of the turntable shall be covered with Linex or approved equal nonskid finish.

The articulated joint area shall contain two (2) perimeter passenger seats on the street side and a grab/leaning pole arrangement on the opposite side. SECTION 089 – JACK STAND INTERFACE

The bus shall be equipped with pads suitable for placement of stationary jack stands. These pads shall be permanently located to the buses main structure and capable of providing a stable platform when used in combination with “standard” jack stands. Further requirements of pads and standard interface, as follows: Pads shall be located as near the vehicles perimeter as practical, ahead of the front axle and rearward of the rear axle.

Pads shall be located to facilitate un–obstructed removal of the front axle, rear axle, differential

carrier assembly, engine and transmission.

Pads shall interface to a standard jack stand having a 5 inch square platform with a center indexing pin of 1 inch diameter x 1 inch in height. SECTION 090 – FLOOR DESIGN

The floor shall be essentially a continuous flat plane, except at the wheel housings and platforms. The floor height shall be designed to eliminate steps and facilitate boarding and de–boarding of passengers.

The floor design shall consist of two levels (bi–level construction). Aft of the rear door extending to the rear settee riser, the floor height may be raised to a height approximately 18 inches above the lower level. An increase slope shall be allowed on the upper level not to exceed 3½ degrees off the horizontal.

Where the floor meets the walls of the bus, as well as other vertical surfaces, such as, platform risers, the surface edges shall be blended with a circular section of radius not less than 1 inch. Similarly, a molding or cove shall prevent debris accumulation between the floor and wheel housings. The bus floor in the area of the entrance and exit doors shall have a lateral slope not exceeding 2 degrees to allow for drainage.

The floor shall be constructed of exterior waterproof plywood (marine grade), a minimum of ¾ inch thick. The floor shall be supported, fastened and sealed to maintain its integrity throughout the life of the vehicle. The floor covering should be Altro flooring Transflor Figura in Crackle color or approved equal as per LYNX or MARTA specifications, for aisle and underseats. or approved equal, and be installed


Page 50

without gaps between mating joints. The entrance area and standee areas are to be separated by a yellow strip molded into the flooring. The driver’s area shall be covered with smooth flooring. LYNX is interested in alternatives to the traditional plywood floor and manufacturers sharing this interest are encouraged to submit composite alternatives during the approved equals period. Manufactures are encouraged to provide alternative flooring materials that do not corrode.

SECTION 091 – INTERIOR FLOOR STRENGTH

The floor deck may be integral with the basic structure or mounted on the structure securely to prevent chafing or horizontal movement and designed to last the life of the bus. Sheet metal screws shall not be used to retain the floor, and all floor fasteners shall be serviceable from one side only. The use of adhesives to secure the floor to the structure shall be allowed only in combination with the use of bolt or screw fasteners and its effectiveness shall last throughout life of the coach. Tapping plates, if used for the floor fasteners, shall be no less than the same thickness as a standard nut and all floor fasteners shall be secured and protected from corrosion for the service life of the bus.

The floor deck shall be reinforced as needed to support passenger loads. At GVWR, the floor shall have an elastic deflection of no more than 0.60 inches from the normal plane. The floor shall withstand the application of 2.5 times gross load weight without permanent detrimental deformation. Floor, with coverings applied, shall withstand a static load of at least 150 pounds applied through the flat end of a ½–inch diameter rod, with 1/32– inch radius, without permanent visible deformation. SECTION 092 – FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

The floor shall consist of the sub floor and the floor covering. The floor, as assembled, including the sealer, attachments and covering shall be waterproof, non–hygroscopic, and resistant to mold growth. The sub floor shall be resistant to the effects of moisture, including decay (dry rot). It shall be impervious to wood destroying insects such as termites.

If plywood is used, it shall be certified at the time of manufacturing by an industry approved third–party inspection agency such as APA – The Engineered Wood Association (formerly the American Plywood Association). Plywood shall be of a thickness adequate to support the design loads, manufactured with exterior glue, satisfy the requirements of a Group I Western panel as defined in PS 1–95 (Voluntary Product Standard PS 1–95, Construction and Industrial Plywood) and be of a grade that is manufactured with a solid face and back. Plywood shall be installed with the highest–grade veneer up and will all edges sealed. Plywood shall be pressure–treated with a preservative chemical that prevents decay and damage by insects.

Before any preservative treating, the plywood shall be certified at the time of manufacturing by an industry approved third–party inspection agency such as APA, the Engineered Wood Association (formerly the American Plywood Association). Preservative treatments shall use no EPA listed hazardous chemicals. The concentration of preservative chemical shall be equal to or greater than required for an above ground level application. Treated plywood will be certified for preservative penetration and retention by a third party inspection agency. Pressure–preservative treated plywood shall have a moisture content at or below fifteen percent. A barrier shall be installed to prevent contact by road salt with the plywood panels.


Page 51

SECTION 093 – PLATFORMS

Platform height shall not exceed 15 inches. Trim shall be provided along top edges of platforms unless integral nosing is provided. Except where otherwise indicated, covering of platform surfaces and risers shall be same material as specified for floor covering. Trim installed along edges of platforms shall be constructed of stainless steel. Other raised areas such as for providing space for under–floor installation of components shall be limited. Such raised areas shall be constructed in accordance to these specifications.

SECTION 094 – OPERATOR PLATFORM

The operator's platform shall be of a height that, in a seated position, the operator can see an object located at an elevation of 42" above the road surface, 24" from the leading edge of the bumper. Notwithstanding this requirement, the platform height shall not position the operator such that the operator's vertical upward view is less than 15 degrees. A warning decal or sign shall be provided to alert the operator to the change in floor level. The following schematic diagram illustrates a means for determining platform height using the Critical Line of Sight. Anti–skid material shall be used on the driver’s platform. An adhesive type of antiskid material shall not be accepted. The Proposer shall apply or install a long lasting friction enhancing coating or RCA flooring and this item shall be subjected to LYNX’s approval.


Page 52

SECTION 095 – FAREBOX AND FAREBOX PLATFORM

An electronic registering farebox will not be provided but space will be provided to install a SPX Genfare Farebox, when mounted, the farebox shall allow a minimum 36 inches of available space between farebox and vehicle interior wall (or wheelwell), for maneuvering of passenger wheelchairs/scooters.

MARTA option: MARTA will supply fareboxes for manufacturer installation and power testing. SECTION 096 – INTERMEDIATE PLATFORM If the bus is of a bi–level floor design, an intermediate platform shall be provided along the center aisle of the bus to facilitate passenger traffic between the upper and lower floor levels. This intermediate platform shall be cut into the rear platform and shall be approximately the aisle width, 18 inches deep and approximately one–half the height of the upper level relative to the lower level. The horizontal surface of this platform shall be sloped slightly for drainage. A warning decal or sign shall be provided at the immediate platform area to alert passengers to the change in floor level. SECTION 097 – WHEEL HOUSING DESIGN Sufficient clearance and air circulation shall be provided around the tires, wheels, and brakes to preclude overheating when the bus is operating on the design operating profile. Interference between the tires and any portion of the bus shall not be possible in maneuvers up to the limit of tire adhesion with weights from curb weight to GVWR. Wheel housings shall be adequately reinforced where seat pedestals are installed. Wheel housings shall have sufficient sound insulation to minimize tire and road noise and meet all requirements of Noise. Design and construction of the street side front wheel housings shall allow for the installation of radio/electronic equipment’s storage box/compartment that shall extend, continually, from the wheel well housing’s top surface to the ceiling using the maximum available section/foot–print. This storage box, and trays, is subject to the Authority’s approval. The radio/electronic equipment compartment shall be keyed using a flush–mounted ¼”–turn square–key access. The exterior finish of the front wheel housings shall be scratch–resistant, meeting requirements of Interior Panels and Finishes, and complement interior finishes of the bus to minimize the visual impact of the wheel housing. If fiberglass wheel housings are provided, then they shall be color–impregnated to match interior finishes. The lower portion extending to approximately 18 inches above floor shall be equipped with additional more resistant coating or stainless steel trim. SECTION 098 – WHEEL HOUSING CONSTRUCTION

Wheel housings shall be constructed of corrosion–resistant, fire–resistant material. Wheel housing as installed, shall withstand impacts of a tire tread dislodging from the tire at a maximum vehicle speed without penetration. Wheel housings, as installed and trimmed, shall withstand impacts of a 2–inch steel ball with at least 200 pounds of energy without penetration.


Page 53

SECTION 099 – EXTERIOR PANELS AND FINISHES

Exterior protrusions greater than 1/2 inch and within 80 inches of the ground shall have a radius no less than the amount of the protrusion. The exterior rearview mirrors and required lights and reflectors are exempt from the protrusion requirement. Grilles, doors, bumpers and other features on the sides and rear of the bus shall be designed to minimize the ability of unauthorized riders to secure toeholds or handholds.

SECTION 100 – EXTERIOR PANEL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT

Exterior panels below the lower daylight opening and within 35 inches above ground level shall be divided into sections that are repairable or replaceable in less than 30 minutes for a section up to 5 feet long (excludes painting). SECTION 101 – RAIN GUTTERS

Rain gutters shall be provided to prevent water flowing from the roof onto the passenger doors, operator’s side window, and exterior mirrors. When the bus is decelerated, the gutters shall not drain onto the windshield, or operator's side window, or into the door boarding area. Cross sections of the gutters shall be adequate for proper operation. Rain gutters shall also be provided above passenger side windows. The rain gutter shall be a continuous design to prevent damming. SECTION 102 – LICENSE PLATE PROVISIONS

Provisions shall be made to mount standard size U.S. license plates per SAE J686 on the rear of the bus. These provisions shall direct mount or recess the license plates so that they can be cleaned by automatic bus washing equipment without being caught by the brushes. License plates shall be mounted at the lower center or lower street side of the bus and shall not allow a toehold or handhold for unauthorized riders.

The Proposer shall be responsible for installing a vehicle registration holder, Truck–lite model 97960, or approved equal, subject to LYNX approval.

SECTION 103 – WHEEL HOUSE FENDERS/WHEEL COVERS

Features to minimize water spray from the bus in wet conditions shall be included in wheel housing design. Any wheel house fenders shall be easily replaceable. They shall be flexible if they extend beyond the allowable body width. Wheels and tires shall be removable with the wheel house fenders in place. Drive and center axles shall have wheel covers for aesthetics that will be easily removable for quick service of axle and wheel components.

SECTION 104 – SPLASH APRONS

Splash aprons, composed of ¼–inch–minimum composition or rubberized fabric, shall be installed behind or in front of wheels or both as needed to reduce road splash and protect under floor components. The splash aprons shall extend downward within 4 inches of the road surface at static conditions. Apron widths shall be no less than tire widths. Splash aprons shall be bolted to the bus understructure. Splash aprons and their attachments shall be inherently weaker than the structure to which they are attached. The


Page 54

flexible portions of the splash aprons shall not be included in the road clearance measurements. Other splash aprons shall be installed where necessary to protect bus equipment.

SECTION 105 – ACCESS DOORS

Vertically hinged or pantograph hinged doors shall be used for the engine compartment and for all auxiliary equipment compartments including doors for checking the quantity and adding to the engine coolant, engine lubricant, transmission fluid and the windshield washer reservoir. The upper engine radiator/A.C. compartment door may be horizontally hinged

Access openings shall be sized for easy performance of tasks within the compartment including tool operating space. Access doors shall be of rugged construction and shall maintain mechanical integrity and function under normal operations throughout the service life of the coach. They shall close flush with the body surface. All doors shall be hinged at the top or on the forward edge and shall be prevented from coming loose or opening during transit service or in bus washing operations.

Doors with top hinges shall have safety props stored behind the door or on the doorframe. All access doors shall be retained in the open and closed positions by props or counterbalancing with over–center or gas–filled springs and shall be easily operable by one person. Springs and hinges shall be corrosion resistant.

Latch handles shall be flush with, or recessed behind, the body contour and shall be sized to provide an adequate grip for opening. At a minimum, all access doors larger in area than 100 square inches shall be equipped with corrosion resistant flush–mounted locks. All such access door locks shall be flush mount, push to open type. Access doors that are not equipped with locks shall be remotely accessible from only the operator’s area or other secured compartment via a cable release or similar device.

Access doors, when opened, shall not restrict access for servicing other components or systems. Large access doors shall hinge up and out of the way or open more than 90 degrees and shall be easily operable by one person. These doors, when opened, shall not restrict access for servicing other components or systems. Retention devices used to hold the engine compartment access doors in the open position shall be heavy duty and designed to last the service life of the coach. Access doors subject to becoming open by wind force shall be positioned such that the normal air flow influence by the bus moving in a forward direction shall bias closing the door. Engine doors shall be vented when possible to allow heat to escape. SECTION 106 – BATTERY COMPARTMENT

The battery compartment or enclosure shall be constructed of stainless steel, vented and self–draining. It shall be accessible only from outside the bus. All components within the battery compartment, and the compartment itself, shall be protected from damage or corrosion from the electrolyte and gases emitted by the battery, and from snow, slush, salt spray, mud, etc. generated from environmental conditions outside the bus. Louvers, vents and others used for air circulation shall not allow the introduction of dust, dirt and/or road debris inside the battery compartment. The inside surface of the battery compartment's access door shall be electrically insulated, as required, to prevent the battery terminals from shorting on the door if the door is damaged in an accident or if a battery comes loose.


Page 55

The battery compartment shall be free of any component(s) that generate or produce sparks In general, no other components, devices or wirings, specifically required for battery operation, shall be located in the battery compartment or the immediate vicinity of the battery if not in an enclosed compartment.

Battery cables shall not be less than 4/0 gauge, shall be a premium grade welding cable 2200 strand minimum and 105º C or higher and incorporate a redundant insulation sleeve. The preferred sleeve shall be Packard Flex Guard loom. Cables shall be routed in a manner to prevent abrasion and pinch points during the routine sliding of the battery tray during battery service. Cable routing securement shall be accomplished using insulated split blocks with pinch bolts, (subject to LYNX’s approval) “P” clamps are not permitted.

* No relays, circuit breakers or others, similar in nature or functioning shall be mounted inside the battery compartment. The battery compartment door shall have a permanently mounted –non fading – plate depicting the main electrical cable routings and circuits.

SECTION 107 – SERVICE AREA LIGHTING

Lights shall be provided in the engine and all other compartments, where service may be required, to generally illuminate the area for night emergency repairs or adjustments. Sealed lamp assemblies shall be provided in the engine compartment and shall be controlled by a switch located near the rear start controls in the engine compartment. Necessary lights, located in other service compartments, shall be provided with switches on the light fixture or convenient to the light. All lights, when available, shall be LED with a lifetime warranty. SECTION 108 – BUMPER LOCATION

Bumpers shall provide impact protection for the front and rear of the bus with the top of the bumper being 28 inches plus or minus 2 inches above the ground. Bumper height shall be such that when one bus is parked behind another, a portion of the bumper faces will contact each other. SECTION 109 – FRONT BUMPER

No part of the bus, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 5–mph impact of the bus at curb weight with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the bus. The bumper shall return to its pre–impact shape within 10 minutes of the impact. The bumper shall protect the bus from damage as a result of 6.5 mph impacts at any point by the Common Carriage with Contoured Impact Surface defined in Figure 2 of FMVSS 301 loaded to 4,000 pounds parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the bus and 5.5–mph impacts into the corners. System of the bumper shall be independent of every power system of the bus and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the bus. The bumper may increase the overall bus length by no more than 7 inches.


Page 56

SECTION 110 – REAR BUMPER

No part of the bus, including the bumper, shall be damaged as a result of a 2–mph impact with a fixed, flat barrier perpendicular to the longitudinal centerline of the bus. The bumper shall return to its pre–impact shape within 10 minutes of the impact. When using a yard tug with a smooth, flat plate bumper 2 feet wide contacting the horizontal centerline of the rear bumper, the bumper shall provide protection at speeds up to 5 mph, over pavement discontinuities up to 1 inch high, and at accelerations up to 2 mph/sec. The rear bumper shall protect the bus, when impacted anywhere along its width by the Common Carriage with Contoured Impact Surface defined in Figure 2 of FMVSS 301 loaded to 4,000 pounds, at 4 mph parallel to, or up to a 30 degree angle to, the longitudinal centerline of the bus. The rear bumper shall be shaped to preclude unauthorized riders standing on the bumper. The bumper shall be independent of all power systems of the bus and shall not require service or maintenance in normal operation during the service life of the bus. The bumper may increase the overall bus length specified by no more than 7 inches. SECTION 111 – BUMPER MATERIAL

Bumper material shall be corrosion–resistant and withstand repeated impacts of the specified loads without sustaining damage. Visible surfaces shall be the same color as the rest of the bus. These bumper qualities shall be sustained throughout the service life of the bus. SECTION 112 – BIKE RACK

The bus shall have a front bumper mounted two position bike rack, as manufactured by Byk-Rak, “Sportsworks” DL-2 bike rack or approved equal. The bike rack shall be made of stainless steel, with a matte stainless steel finish and include a solid–state proximity–sensing device. The sensing device shall be incorporated into the operator's indicator panel, alerting the operator of bike rack position when not in its fully stowed position. Bike racks shall be installed prior to receipt of buses by LYNX.


Page 57

SECTION 113 – FINISH AND COLOR All exterior surfaces shall be smooth and free of wrinkles and dents. Exterior surfaces to be painted shall be properly prepared as required by the paint system supplier, prior to application of paint to assure a proper bond between the basic surface and successive coats of original paint for the service life of the bus. Drilled holes and cutouts in exterior surfaces shall be made prior to cleaning, priming and painting to prevent corrosion. The bus shall be completely painted prior to installation of exterior lights, windows, mirrors and other items that are applied to the exterior of the bus. Body filler materials may be used for surface dressing, but not for repair of damaged or improperly fitted panels.

Paint shall be applied smoothly and evenly with the finished surface free of dirt and the following other imperfections:

• Blisters or bubbles appearing in the topcoat film. • Chips, scratches, or gouges of the surface finish. • Cracks in the paint film. • Craters where paint failed to cover due to surface contamination. • Overspray • Peeling • Runs or sags from excessive flow and failure to adhere uniformly to the surface. • Chemical stains and water spots

All coatings will be tested based on OEM recommendations which will include adhesion testing, thickness tested either wet or dry mag, and Orange peel threshold agreement. Undercoating will only include thickness and adhesion. All exterior finished surfaces shall be impervious to diesel fuel, gasoline and commercial cleaning agents. Finished surfaces shall resist damage by controlled applications of commonly used graffiti– removing chemicals. Except for periodic cleaning, exterior surfaces of the bus shall be maintenance–free, permanently colored and not require refinish/repaint for the life of the bus. Durable, peel–resistant pressure sensitive appliqués shall be used for any striping and coloring required.

Coach exteriors will be painted to the general graphic design submitted by LYNX at the pre-production meeting. Minor variations to this general graphic design scheme may be required in order to accommodate the specific styling and construction of proposer's coaches. Variations must be approved by LYNX.

Black masking to be painted around windows.

LYNX’s color scheme shall consist of design specifications to be provided prior to manufacture. The color scheme shall be no more than three (3) base colors plus base white and clear coat. Paint color will be provided at the pre-production meeting.

Please note: before acceptance of finished product, both interiors and exteriors of coaches shall be free of over spray, dust, dirt and any other contaminants.

The exact size, quantity and location of decals are subject to review/final acceptance by LYNX and will be conducted with the successful Proposer between time of award and pre–production meeting. The subject review will also include elements of subjective color coordination such as, but not limited to, exterior color approval and interior colors that have not been specifically addressed otherwise.


Page 58

SECTION 114 – NUMBERING AND SIGNING Monograms, numbers and other special signing specified by LYNX shall be applied to the inside and outside of the bus as required. Signs shall be durable and fade, chip, and peel–resistant. The signs may be painted signs, decals, or pressure–sensitive appliqués. All decals shall be sealed with clear, waterproof sealant around all exposed edges if required by the decal supplier. LYNX and MARTA bus ID numbers will be provided at the pre– production meeting. Signs shall be provided in compliance with the ADA requirements defined in 49 CFR Part, Subpart B, 38.27. Decals indicating on–board CNG fuel shall be affixed to the bus.

INTERIOR

Coach Interior decal layout shall consist of the following basic items:

• Information required by Federal State and Local regulations • International graphic symbols typical of transit buses • LYNX and MARTA bus ID numbers • Driver and Passenger information typical of the proposed bus

LYNX and MARTA reserves the right of final approval upon acceptance of the buses.

EXTERIOR The exterior decal layout shall consist of the following basic items: • Side reflective arrows • Bike rack operation instructions • LYNX and MARTA logos and identification • LYNX and MARTA bus ID numbers (front, rear, driver’s side, street side, others) • Rooftop ID numbers (48 inches high) • CNG decals Decals shall consist of 3M Reflective 680 CR Series material with 9700 Series ink, or approved equal. LYNX reserves the right of final approval upon acceptance of the CNG buses. LYNX specific list and description of decals will be discussed during the pre-production meeting.

SECTION 115 – EXTERIOR LIGHTING

The headlamps, brake/tail, backup, turn signal and marker lamps will be LED type. All exterior lighting shall conform to all State regulations and FMVSS 108. High beam headlamps shall be halogen and Low beam headlamps shall be LED. High and low beam shall be separate assemblies. OEM headlight installation shall be provided in accordance with FMVSS 108 and Part 393, Subpart B of the FMVSA as applicable.


Page 59

All exterior lights shall be designed to prevent entry and accumulation of moisture or dust, and each lamp shall be replaceable in less than five (5) minutes. Commercially available LED (Light Emitting Diode) type lamps, with a lifetime warranty, shall be used wherever possible.

Lights mounted on the engine compartment doors shall be protected from the impact shock of door opening and closing. Lamps, lenses and fixtures shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable. Two hazard lamps at the rear of the bus shall be visible from behind when the engine service doors are opened. Light lenses shall be designed and located to prevent damage when running the bus through an automatic bus washer. Clearance marker lights shall be installed either recessed or surface mounted facing front, rear, and each side at center and rear. Lights located on the roof and sides (directional) of the bus shall have protective shields or be of the flush mount type to protect the lens against minor impacts. As available, lamps shall operate at nominal 24 vdc and include internal voltage regulation.

Two hazard, 7 inch LED lamps shall be installed at the rear of the bus and shall be visible from behind when the engine service doors are opened. Two Stop, 7 inch LED lights shall be installed on the center of the rear service door and wired to the brake lights.

Visible and audible warning shall inform following vehicles/bus or pedestrians of reverse operation. Visible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Standard J593. Audible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J994 Type C or D.

Turn–signal lights, 7 inch LED amber lamps, shall be provided on both sides of the rear of the bus. SECTION 116 – BRAKE, DECELERATION AND BACK–UP LIGHTS/ALARM

Two vertically mounted 7 inch LED red brake lights, shall be installed in each side of the rear section of the bus.

Two LED amber deceleration lights shall be flush mounted at the same height of the center brake light, with one light on each side of the center mounted red brake light, design and location to be approved by LYNX.

Two 4 inch LED back–up lights shall be vertically mounted on the rear section of the bus. Visible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Standard J593. A beeper alarm located in engine compartment shall be actuated when transmission is placed in reverse gear. Audible reverse operation warning shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J994-Type C or D. SECTION 117 – INTERIOR PANELS AND FINISHES

Materials shall be selected based on maintenance, durability, appearance, safety, flammability, and tactile qualities. Trim and attachment details shall be kept simple and unobtrusive. Materials shall be strong enough to resist everyday abuse and vandalism; they shall be resistant to scratches and markings. Interior trim shall be secured to avoid resonant vibrations under normal operational conditions.

Interior surfaces more than 10 inches below the lower edge of the side windows or windshield shall be shaped so that objects placed on them fall to the floor when the coach is parked on a level surface. The entire interior shall be cleanable with a hose, using a liquid soap attachment. Water and soap should not normally be sprayed directly on the instrument and switch panels.


Page 60

SECTION 118 – FRONT END

The entire front end of the bus shall be sealed to prevent debris accumulation behind the dash and to prevent the operator's feet from kicking or fouling wiring and other equipment. The front end shall be free of protrusions that are hazardous to passengers standing or walking in the front of the bus during rapid decelerations. Paneling across the front of the bus and any trim around the operator's compartment shall be formed metal or plastic material. Formed metal dash panels shall be painted and finished. Plastic dash panels shall be reinforced, as necessary, vandal–resistant, and replaceable. All colored, painted, and plated parts forward of the operator's barrier shall be finished with a dull matte surface to reduce glare. SECTION 119 – REAR END

The rear bulkhead and rear interior surfaces shall be material suitable for exterior skin, painted and finished to exterior quality, or paneled with melamine–type material, plastic, or carpeting and trimmed with stainless steel, aluminum, or plastic. LYNX reserves the right of selecting from any of the listed materials. SECTION 120 – INTERIOR PANELS

Interior side trim panels shall be melamine–type material. The operator's barrier shall be a melamine or fiberglass-type panel. Panels shall be easily replaceable and tamper–resistant. They shall be reinforced, as necessary, to resist vandalism and other rigors of transit bus service. Individual trim panels and parts shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable, Grey carpet shall be used on top of non–corrosive material at the rear section of the bus. Untrimmed areas shall be painted and finished. All materials shall comply with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90 dated October 20, 1993, as Amended. Only stainless steel panels or materials that inherently do not permit corrosion shall be allowed on the interior of the bus unless, the Proposer obtains The Authority’s approval in writing for a different type of material(s). SECTION 121 – OPERATOR BARRIER AND SCHEDULE HOLDER

A barrier or bulkhead between the operator and the street–side front passenger seat shall be provided. The barrier shall minimize glare and reflections in the windshield directly in front of the barrier from interior lighting during night operation.

Operator's Barrier shall extend continually from floor to ceiling and from the bus wall to first stanchion immediately behind the Operator to provide security to the Operator and limit passenger conversation. Upper front portion of the operator’s barrier shall contain a driver’s locker.

Location and shape must permit full seat travel possibilities and accommodate the shoulders of a 95th percentile male.

Partition shall have a side return and stanchion to prevent passenger from standing behind the Operator's seat; lower area between seat and panel must be accessible to the Operator.


Page 61

Partition must be strong enough in conjunction with entire partition assembly for mounting of such equipment as flare kits, fire extinguishers (1.2kg), microcomputer, public address amplifier, etc. Partition shall start 25mm (1") above floor.

An enclosed Operator storage area shall be provided with a positive latching door and key–lock minimum approximate size: 355 mm x 355 mm x 355 mm (14" x 14" x 14").

An equipment box shall be located within the interior of the operator barrier and be accessible from

the interior of the bus. Enclosure must be large enough to include separate sliding trays for the head sign and voice announcement, the radio and the on–board security camera road recorder. The equipment box must have a door, equipped with a latch, and lock (one set of keys to be provided with each bus). Exterior finish of this compartment, shall match the exterior finish of the trim panels.

Schedule and handout holder shall be mounted, at LYNX’s decision, horizontally on the passenger side of the barrier or vertically, facing the passenger isle. Schedule holder must consist of two (2) Letter size clear plastic holders for announcements and four (4) standard size maps holder (4 inches slots). SECTION 122 – REAR BULKHEAD

The rear bulkhead paneling shall be contoured to fit the ceiling, side walls, and seat backs so that any litter, such as a cigarette package or newspaper, will tend to fall to the floor or seating surface when the bus is on a level surface. Any air vents in this area shall be louvered to reduce airflow noise and to reduce the probability of trash or liter being thrown or drawn through the grille. To service components located on the rear bulkhead, the panel shall be hinged or shall be able to be removed and replaced by a specialist mechanic in 5 minutes. Grilles where access to or adjustment of equipment is required shall be heavy duty and designed to minimize damage. SECTION 123 – MODESTY PANELS

Sturdy divider panels constructed of durable, unpainted, corrosion–resistant material complementing the interior trim shall be provided to act as both a physical and visual barrier for seated passengers. Modesty panels shall be immune to vandalism or be of a design incorporating inexpensive/easily replaceable sacrificial panels, firms, etc.

Modesty panels shall be located at, when applicable, front and rear sections of doorways to protect passengers on adjacent seats, and along front edge of rear upper level. Design and installation of approved modesty panels located in front of forward facing seats shall include a handhold/grab handle along its top edge. These dividers shall be mounted on the sidewall and shall project toward the aisle no farther than passenger knee projection in longitudinal seats or the aisle side of the transverse seats.

Modesty panels shall extend no higher than the lower daylight opening of the side windows and those forward of transverse seats shall extend downward to a level between 1–1/2 and 1 inches above the floor. Panels forward of longitudinal seats shall extend to below the level of the seat cushion. Dividers positioned at the doorways shall provide no less than a 2–1/2–inch clearance between the modesty panel and the opened door to protect passengers from being pinched. Modesty panels installed at doorways shall be equipped with grab rails. The modesty panel and its mounting shall withstand a static force of 250 pounds applied to a four–inch by four–inch area in the center of the panel without permanent visible deformation.


Page 62

There shall be a smoked finish panel between the front door and curbside front wheel well used to reduce nighttime interior light glare.

SECTION 124 – HEADLINING

Ceiling panels shall be a material that inherently does not corrode such as textured stainless steel, anodized aluminum, melamine–type material, carpeting, or material suitable for exterior skin painted and finished to exterior quality. Headlining shall be supported to prevent buckling, drumming, or flexing and shall be secured without loose edges. Headlining materials shall be treated or insulated to prevent marks due to condensation where panels are in contact with metal members. Moldings and trim strips, as required to make the edges tamperproof, shall be stainless steel, aluminum, or plastic, colored to complement the ceiling material. Headlining panels covering operational equipment that is mounted above the ceiling shall be on hinges for ease of service but retained to prevent inadvertent opening.

SECTION 125 – INTERIOR PANEL FASTENING

Interior panels shall be attached so that no exposed unfinished or rough edges or rough surfaces exist. Panels and fasteners shall not be easily removable by passengers. Interior trim fasteners, where required, shall be cross– recessed head screws. Fasteners shall be stainless steel and not self-tapping.


Page 63

SECTION 126 – INSULATION

Any insulation material used between the inner and outer panels shall be physically retained and be sealed or self–sealing to minimize entry or retention of moisture or both. Insulation properties shall be unimpaired during the service life of the bus. Any insulation material used inside the engine compartment shall not absorb or retain oils or water and shall be designed to prevent casual damage that may occur during maintenance operations. All insulation materials shall comply with the Recommended Fire Safety Practices defined in FTA Docket 90. dated October 20, 1993, as Amended.

The combination of inner and outer panels on the sides, roof, wheel wells and ends of the bus, and any material used between these panels shall provide a thermal insulation sufficient to meet the interior temperature requirements of these Technical Specifications. The bus body shall be thoroughly sealed so that the operator or passengers cannot feel drafts during normal operations with the passenger doors closed.

SECTION 127 – FLOOR COVERING

The floor covering shall have a non–skid walking surface that remains effective in all weather conditions and complies with all ADA requirements. The floor covering, as well as transitions of flooring material to the main floor and to the entrance and exit area, shall be smooth and present no tripping hazards. The standee line shall be at least 2 inches wide and shall extend across the bus aisle. This line shall be the same color as the outboard edge of the entrance/exit areas. Color/pattern shall be consistent throughout the floor covering. Floor covering to be Altro floor covering, for aisle and underseats or approved equal. The ADA priority seating area shall incorporate an ADA symbol in the floor. Flooring in ADA space to be yellow color with black ADA symbol. Final design to be determined prior to production of the buses.

Any areas on the floor, which are not intended for standees, such as areas “swept” during passenger door operation, shall be clearly and permanently marked. The floor in the operator's compartment shall be easily cleaned and shall be arranged to minimize debris accumulation. A one–piece center strip shall extend from the vertical wall of the rear settee between the aisle sides of transverse seats to the standee line. If the floor is of a bi–level construction, then center strip shall be one–piece at each level. The covering between the center strip and the wheel housings may be separate pieces. At the rear door, however, a separate strip as wide as the door shall extend from the center strip to the outboard edge of the rear/exit area.

The floor under the seats and wheelchair locations shall be covered with smooth antiskid surface flooring material and the center strip shall be ribbed. The floor covering shall closely fit the sidewall cove or extend to the top of the cove.


Page 64

SECTION 128 – PASSENGER INTERIOR LIGHTING

The LED passenger interior lighting system shall be Pretoria or approved equal. The interior lighting system shall provide a minimum 15 foot-candle illumination on a 1 square foot plane at an angle of 45 degree from horizontal, center 33 inches above the floor and 24 inches in front of the seat back at each seat position. Allowable average light level for the rear bench seats shall be 7 foot-candles. Floor surface in the aisles shall be a minimum of 10 foot-candles, vestibule area a minimum of 4 foot-candles with the front doors open and minimum of 2 foot-candles with the front doors closed. The front entrance area and curb lights shall illuminate when the front door is open and master run switch is in the “Lights” positions. Rear exit area and curb lights shall illuminate when rear door is unlocked.

The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare with distribution of the light focused primarily on the passengers’ reading plane while casting sufficient light onto the advertising display. The brightness of each individual light fixture shall be software programmable to minimize glare. Photo sensor detects and adjusts light level automatically relative to ambient light for passenger comfort. The lighting system shall interface with vehicle multiplex control systems supplied by various vendors through J1939 gateway with serial data input or discrete inputs to automatically adjust the brightness of each individual light fixture to improve driver’s visibility when the windshield wiper motor is set at high speed. High power 1 watt solid state LED strip shall be in approximately fourteen (14) inches increment with high power 1 watt LED manufactured by either Nichia or Philips or approved equal with expectation to maintain on average 60-70% of original brightness after 60,000 hours of operation.

Lens material shall be non-flammable polycarbonate in compliance with Doc 90A. Lens shall be designed to effectively “mask” all individual LED’s to make them invisible and there shall be no visible “hot spot” or “dark spot”. Lens shall be sealed to inhibit incursion of dust and insects yet are easily removable for service. If threaded fasteners are used they must be held captive in the lens. Access panels shall be provided to allow servicing of components located behind light panels.

Individual driver module shall be provided for each light fixture. Driver module shall have built-in self- protection of thermal shut-down and restart, PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) output to regulate light level, reverse polarity protect and rebuildable.

When the master switch is in the RUN mode, the first light module on each side of the coach shall slowly fades to darkness when the front door is in the closed position and light output shall gradually illuminate to reach maximum light level when the door is opened. Solid state LED lighting shall have unlimited on-off cycles.

Failure of any light fixture or driver module shall be broadcasted via telltale light panel or dashboard display. The system will look for supply current and lighting fixture temperature to be approximately the same for all of the driver modules, and will show which module(s) seem to have a problem.

The light system may be designed to form part of the entire air distribution duct.

Provisions for advertising in the coach interior shall be incorporated into the interior lighting fixtures.


Page 65

SECTION 129 – ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS – INTERIOR

Panels and doors that appear to be an integral part of the interior shall provide access for maintenance and replacement of equipment. Access doors shall be hinged with gas props or over–center springs, where practical, to hold the doors out of the mechanic's way. Panel fasteners shall be standardized so that only one tool (one tool to be provided with each bus) is required to service all special fasteners within the bus.

Locks shall secure access doors for the door actuator compartments and shall prevent entry of mechanism lubricant into the bus interior. The locks shall be standardized so that only one tool (two tools to be provided with each bus) is required to open access doors on the bus. All fasteners that retain access panels shall be captive in the cover.

Access openings in the floor shall be sealed to prevent entry of fumes and water into the bus interior. Flooring material shall be flush with the floor and shall be edge–bound with stainless steel, or other material that is acceptable to LYNX, to prevent the edges from coming loose. Access openings shall be asymmetrical so that reinstalled flooring shall be properly aligned. Fasteners shall tighten flush with the floor.

SECTION 130 – PASSENGER SEATING

Proposer must provide a full technical description of seat arrangement proposed, for each size coach, including dimension for knee room, spacing, and side view, and any alternate layout the Proposer may wish to include for consideration. Information must include price adjustments for alternate seating plans. Final seating plan subject to approval by LYNX/MARTA.

Passenger seats shall be USSC seats Aries model or comparable equal with stainless steel structure, replaceable seat and back inserts, and stainless steel hand rails. The ADA priority seating shall incorporate symbols for ADA, elderly and expectant mothers on the priority seating area. Final design and seat color selection to be determined prior to production of the buses.

All materials, as applicable shall conform to the flammability and smoke emission standards in accordance with the DOT and FTA Recommended Fire Safety Practices for Transit Bus and Van Material Selections as contained in the Federal Register, Volume #58, #201 dated Wednesday, October 20, 1993 or as currently amended. Also include Citi-Pro seating-blue plastic onserts (MARTA standard). SECTION 131 – ARRANGEMENTS AND SEAT STYLES

The passenger seating arrangement in the bus shall be such that seating capacity is maximized and in compliance to the following requirements. LYNX recognizes that ramp location, foot room, hip–to–knee room, doorway type and width, seat construction, floor level type, seat spacing requirements, etc. ultimately affect seating capacity and layout.


Page 66

Passenger seats shall be arranged in a transverse, forward facing configuration, except at the wheel housings where aisle–facing seats may be arranged as appropriate with due regard for passenger access and comfort. Other areas where aisle–facing seats may be provided are at wheelchair securement areas and platforms (such as for fuel tank storage space). All passenger flip seats shall have a strut assist with the ability to lock in the up position.

The last row of passenger seats shall accommodate five passengers and be evenly spaced in the area provided. The center seats shall latch in the closed position and shall be hinged to fully open for easy access to the engine compartment. A gas spring shall be provided to assist lifting to the fully open position. A prop rod shall be provided to hold the seat in the fully opened position. An engine access door shall be provided under the last row of seats in the bus. Such removable door/cover shall be noise and thermally insulated,

The passenger seats shall be equipped with vandal–resistant padded inserts throughout the bus. Note that all applicable seat dimensions specified below shall be measured with the pad fully depressed. Hip–to–knee room measured from the front of one seat back horizontally across the highest part of the seat to the seat or panel immediately in front, shall be no less than 26 inches. Hip–to–knee room shall be no less than 26.5 inches at all seating positions in paired transverse seats immediately behind other seating positions.

Foot room, measured at the floor forward from a point vertically below the front of the high-grade deep blue or charcoal grey vinyl leatherette seat cushion, shall be no less than 14 inches. Seats immediately behind the wheel housings and modesty panels may have foot room reduced, provided the wheelhouse is shaped so that it may be used as a footrest or the design of modesty panel effectively allows for foot room. Thickness of the transverse seat backs shall be minimized at the bottom to increase passenger knee room and passenger capacity. The area between the longitudinal seat backs and the attachment to the bus sidewalls shall be designed to prevent debris accumulation.

The aisle between the seats shall be no less than 20 inches wide at seated passenger hip height. Seat backs shall be shaped to increase this dimension to no less than 24 inches at standing passenger hip height. Raised platforms for passenger seats shall not be allowed without the Authority’s approval. If bus is of a sloped floor design, then raised platforms for passenger seats may be provided in the rear sloped section.

All Proposer(s) shall submit in accordance to requirements under Section 1 Offeror Communications and Requests, a copy of his proposed seat layout consistent with these specifications showing hip–to–knee and foot room dimensions, stanchion layout and wheelchair maneuverability layout prior to bid for LYNX’s review and approval. The Proposers shall also indicate on this layout the Free Floor Space available to standees and include the calculation of the Free Floor Space area.


Page 67

SECTION 132 – SEATING DIMENSIONS

Following are the seat dimensions for the various seating arrangements: (Refer to the diagram below.)

• The width, W, of the seat shall be 35 inches. • The length, L, shall be 17 ±1 inches. • The seat back height, B, shall be a minimum of 15 inches. • The seat height, H, shall be 17 ± 1 inches. For the rear lounge (or settee) and

longitudinal seats, and seats located above raised areas for storage of under floor components, a cushion height of up to 18 ±2 inches will be allowed. This shall also be allowed for limited transverse seats, but only with expressed approval of the Authority.

• The seat cushion slope, S, shall be between 5° to 11°. • The seat back slope, C, shall be between 8° to 17°

ADDITIONAL DIMENSION TO BE CONSIDERED: SEAT BACK SLOPE: 8 – 17 degrees


Page 68

SECTION 133 – SEATING STRUCTURE AND DESIGN

The passenger seat frame and its supporting structure shall be constructed and mounted to maximize that space to increase wheelchair maneuvering room and is completely free of obstructions to facilitate cleaning. The transverse seat structure shall be fully cantilevered from the sidewall with sufficient strength for the intended service. The lowest part of the seat assembly that is within 12 inches of the aisle shall be at least 10 inches above the floor. Folding seats used in wheelchair securement areas, as well as, transverse seats mounted in locations at which cantilevered installation is precluded by design or structure, or both, need not be cantilevered. All seat support structures shall be free of sharp edges.

The underside of the seat and the sidewall shall be configured to prevent debris accumulation and the transition from the seat underside to the bus sidewall to the floor cove radius shall be smooth. All transverse objects, including seat backs, modesty panels, and longitudinal seats, in front of forward facing seats shall not impart a compressive load in excess of 1,000 pounds onto the femur of passengers ranging in size from a 5th–percentile female to a 95th–percentile male during a 10g deceleration of the bus. This deceleration shall peak at .05 .015 seconds from initiation. Permanent deformation of the seat resulting from two 95th–percentile males striking the seat back during this 10g deceleration shall not exceed 2 inches, measured at the aisle side of the seat frame at height H. Seat back should not deflect more than 14 inches, measured at the top of the seat back, in a controlled manner to minimize passenger injury. Structural failure of any part of the seat or sidewall shall not introduce a laceration hazard.

The seat assembly shall withstand static vertical forces of 500 pounds applied to the top of the high-grade deep blue or charcoal grey vinyl leatherette seat cushion in each seating position with less than 1/4–inch permanent deformation in the seat or its mountings. The seat assembly shall withstand static horizontal forces of 500 pounds evenly distributed along the top of the seat back with less than 1/4–inch permanent deformation in the seat or its mountings. The seat backs at the aisle position and at the window position shall withstand repeated impacts of two 40–pound sandbags without visible deterioration. One sandbag shall strike the front 40,000 times and the other sandbag shall strike the rear 40,000 times. Each sandbag shall be suspended on a 36–inch pendulum and shall strike the seat back 10,000 times each from distances of 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches. Seats at both seating positions shall withstand 4,000 vertical drops of a 40–pound sandbag without visible deterioration. The sandbag shall be dropped 1,000 times each from heights of 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches. Seat cushions shall withstand 100,000 randomly positioned 3–1/2–inch drops of a squirming, 150–pound, smooth–surfaced, buttocks–shape striker with only minimal wear on the seat covering and no failures to seat structure or cushion suspension components.

The back of each transverse seat shall incorporate a handhold no less than 7/8 inch in diameter for standees and seat access/egress. The handhold shall not be a safety hazard during severe decelerations. The handhold shall extend above the seat back near the aisle so that standees shall have a convenient vertical assist, no less than 4 inches long that may be grasped with the full hand. This handhold shall not cause a standee using this assist to interfere with a seated 50th–percentile male passenger. The handhold shall also be usable by a 5th–percentile female, as well as by larger passengers, to assist with seat access/egress for either transverse seating position. During a 10g deceleration of the bus, the HIC number (as defined by SAE Standard J211a) shall not exceed 400 for passengers ranging in size from a 5th percentile female through a 95th percentile male. The seat back handhold may be deleted from seats that do not have another transverse seat directly behind and where vertical assist is provided. Armrests shall not be included in the design of transverse seats.


Page 69

Longitudinal seats shall be the same general design as transverse seats but without seat back handholds. Longitudinal seats may be mounted on the wheelhouses. Armrests shall be included on the ends of each set of longitudinal seats except on the forward end of a seat set that is immediately to the rear of a transverse seat, the operator's barrier, or a modesty panel and these fixtures perform the function of restraining passengers from sliding forward off the seat. Armrests are not required on longitudinal seats located in the wheelchair parking area that fold up when the armrest on the adjacent fixed longitudinal seat is within 1–1/2 to 3–1/2 inches of the end of the seat cushion. Armrests shall be located from 7 to 9 inches above the seat cushion surface. The area between the armrest and the seat cushion shall be closed by a barrier or panel. The top and sides of the armrests shall have a minimum width of 1 inch and shall be free from sharp protrusions that form a safety hazard.

Seat back handhold and armrests shall withstand static horizontal and vertical forces of 250 pounds applied anywhere along their length with less than 1/4–inch permanent deformation. Seat back handhold and armrests shall withstand 25,000 impacts in each direction of a horizontal force of 125 pounds with less than 1/4–inch permanent deformation and without visible deterioration.

The Proposer shall provide a test report at LYNX’s request fully documenting compliance with all the requirements defined above upon request. The test report shall contain a record of all testing activities, test diagrams, testing equipment, as well as test data related to loads, deflections and permanent deformation of the seat assembly. The report shall include a statement of compliance with the requirements of this section of these Technical Specifications.

SECTION 134 – SEATING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS

Seats shall be constructed with materials that comply with the physical test. Selected materials shall minimize damage from vandalism and shall reduce cleaning time. The seats shall be attached to the frame with tamperproof fasteners. Coloring shall be consistent throughout the seat material, with no visually exposed portion painted. All visually exposed metal of the standard seat structure including mounting brackets and other components shall be aluminum or stainless steel. The seat, pads and cushions shall be contoured for individuality, lateral support, and maximum comfort and shall fit the framework to reduce exposed edges.

The minimum radius of any part of the seat back, handhold, or modesty panel in the head or chest impact zone shall be a nominal 1/4–inch. Seat covering materials shall be selected based on durability, ease of maintenance, and pleasing texture and appearance. The seat back and seat back handhold immediately forward of transverse seats shall be constructed of stainless steel materials. Complete seat assemblies shall be interchangeable to the extent practicable.


Page 70

SECTION 135 – PASSENGER ASSISTS

Passenger assists in the form of full grip, vertical stanchions or handholds shall be provided for the safety of standees and for ingress/egress. Passenger assists shall be convenient in location, shape, and size for both the 95th–percentile male and the 5th–percentile female standee. Starting from the entrance door and moving anywhere in the bus and out the exit door, a vertical assist shall be provided either as the vertical portion of seat back assist or as a separate item so that a 5th–percentile female passenger may easily move from one assist to another using one hand and the other without losing support. All handholds and stanchions shall be a mix of stainless steel/powder coat, final colors to be determined during design review.

Excluding those mounted on the seats and doors, the assists shall have a cross–sectional diameter between 1–1/4 and 1–1/2 inches or shall provide an equivalent gripping surface with no corner radii less than 1/4 inch. vertical stanchions at exits and rear riser steps shall be blue powdercoated SST; vertical stanchion fore of streetside front wheelhouse shall be black stainless or carbon steel; vertical stanchion aft of streetside front wheelhouse – to match color of forward of streetside wheelhouse stanchion; vertical stanchion fore of curbside front wheelhouse shall be blue powdercoated stainless or carbon steel; vertical stanchion aft of curbside front wheelhouse to match color of forward of curbside wheelhouse stanchion; vertical stanchions at seats shall be blue powdercoated stainless or carbon steel; articulated joint grabrail color shall be blue powdercoated SST; horizontal black tube wraps around aft, aisle and fore sides shall be stainless or carbon steel.

All passenger assists shall permit a full hand grip with no less than 1–1/2 inches of knuckle clearance around the assist. Passenger assists shall be designed to minimize catching or snagging of clothes or personal items and shall be capable of passing the NHTSA Drawstring Test.

Any joints in the assist structure shall be underneath supporting brackets and securely clamped to prevent passengers from moving or twisting the assists. Passenger assists shall be designed to minimize glare in the Operator’s area to the extent possible. With the exception of seat and door handholds, all areas of the passenger assists that are handled by passengers including functional components used as passenger assists shall be of anodized aluminum or stainless steel. Seat handholds may be of the same construction and finish as the seat frame. Door mounted passenger assists shall be of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, or powder coated metal. Connecting tees and angles may be powder coated metal castings, final colors to be determined during design review. Assists shall withstand a force of 300 pounds applied over a 12–inch lineal dimension in any direction normal to the assist without permanent visible deformation. All passenger assist components, including brackets, clamps, screw heads, and other fasteners used on the passenger assists shall be designed to eliminate pinching, snagging and cutting hazards and shall be free from burrs or rough edges. SECTION 136 – FRONT DOORWAY

Front doors, or the entry area, shall be fitted with ADA compliant assists. Assists shall be as far outward as practicable, but shall be located no farther inboard than 6 inches from the outside edge of the entrance step and shall be easily grasped by a 5th–percentile female boarding from street level, no less than 3/4 inch in width and shall provide at least 1–1/2 inches of knuckle clearance between the assists and their mounting.. Door assists shall be functionally continuous with the horizontal front passenger assist and the vertical assist and the assists on the wheel housing or on the front modesty panel.


Page 71

The bus shall comply with 1997, ASTM International adopted ASTM F1816-97, a voluntary safety standard for drawstrings on children's upper outerwear that followed the CPSC's guidelines.

SECTION 137 – VESTIBULE

The aisle side of the operator’s barrier, the wheel housings, and when applicable the modesty panels shall be fitted with vertical passenger assists that are functionally continuous with the overhead assist and that extend to within 36 inches of the floor. These assists shall have sufficient clearance from the barrier to prevent inadvertent wedging of a passenger’s arm.

A horizontal passenger assist shall be located across the front of the bus and shall prevent passengers from sustaining injuries on the fare collection device or windshield in the event of a sudden deceleration. Without restricting the vestibule space, the assist shall provide support for a boarding passenger from the front door through the fare collection procedure. Passengers shall be able to lean against the assist for security while paying fares. The assist shall be no less than 36 inches above the floor. The assists at the front of the bus shall be

arranged to permit a 5th–percentile female passenger to easily reach from the door assist, to the front assist, to vertical assists on the operator’s barrier, wheel housings, or front modesty panel.

SECTION 138 – REAR AND CENTER DOORWAY

Vertical assists that are functionally continuous with the overhead assist shall be provided at the aisle side of the transverse seat immediately forward of the rear door and on the aisle side of the rear door modesty panel(s). Passenger assists shall be provided on modesty panels that are functionally continuous with the rear door assists. Rear doors, or the exit area, shall be fitted with assists no less than 3/4 inch in width and shall provide at least 1–1/2 inches of knuckle clearance between the assists and their mounting. The assists shall be designed to permit a 5th–percentile female to easily move from one assist to another during the entire exiting process. The assists shall be located no farther inboard than 6 inches from the outside edge of the rear doorway.

The bus shall comply with 1997, ASTM International adopted ASTM F1816-97, a voluntary safety standard for drawstrings on children's upper outerwear that followed the CPSC's guidelines. SECTION 139 – OVERHEAD

Except forward of the standee line and at the rear and center door, a continuous, full grip, overhead assist shall be provided. This assist shall be convenient to standees anywhere in the bus and shall be located over the center of the aisle seating position of the transverse seats. The assist shall be no less than 70 inches above the floor. All vertical stanchions and horizontals identified by LYNX shall be covered by a rubber like energy absorbing sleeve (adhesive will be applied to tubing and sleeve).

Split design straps shall be provided for sections where vertical assists are not available and for the use by passengers that cannot reach to 70 inches and the quantity has to be equal to the allowable number of standees. The Authority shall determine the hand strap’s final location. Overhead assists shall simultaneously support 150 pounds on any 12–inch length. No more than 5 percent of the full grip feature shall be lost due to assist supports.


Page 72

SECTION 140 – LONGITUDINAL SEATS

Longitudinal seats shall have vertical assists located between every other designated seating position, except for seats that fold/flip up to accommodate wheelchair securement. Assists shall extend from near the leading edge of the seat and shall be functionally continuous with the overhead assist. Assists shall be staggered across the aisle from each other where practicable and shall be no more than 52 inches apart or functionally continuous for a 5th percentile female passenger.

SECTION 141 – WHEEL HOUSING BARRIERS/ASSISTS

Unless passenger seating is provided on top of a wheel housing, passenger assists shall be mounted around the exposed sides of the wheel housings (and propulsion compartments if applicable) which shall also be designed to prevent passengers from sitting on wheel housings.

SECTION 142 – PASSENGER DOORS

Three doorways shall be provided on the curbside of the bus for passenger ingress and egress. The front doorway shall be forward of the front wheels and located so that the operator will be able to collect or monitor the collection of fares. Passenger doors and doorways shall comply with ADA requirements. The center door on the front car shall be ahead of the center rear wheels and the rear door located just ahead of the rear of bus. All doors shall be slide glide with yellow hand bars. MARTA may require two additional streetside doors. SECTION 143 – DOORS MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION

Door structures, their attachments, inside and outside trim panels, and any mechanism exposed to the elements shall be corrosion–resistant. Door panel construction shall be of corrosion–resistant metal or reinforced non– metallic composite materials. The doors, when fully opened, shall provide a firm support and shall not be damaged if used as an assist by passengers during ingress or egress. The front leaves of the passenger doors shall overlap the rear leaves.

SECTION 144 – DOOR DIMENSIONS Front, center, and rear door clear width shall be no less than 32.00 inches with the doors fully opened. When opened, the doors shall leave an opening no less than 76 inches in height.


Page 73

SECTION 145 – DOOR GLAZING

Opening Width

Door Height Clear Width

Floor

Transit Bus Minimum Door Opening

The full length of front, center and rear doors shall be glazed. The door panel glazing material shall have a nominal one–quarter (¼) inch or 6 mm thick laminated safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 2 and the Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673. Glazing material in the center and rear doorway door panels shall be the same material, thickness and color as the side windows.


Page 74

SECTION 146 – DOOR PROJECTION The exterior projection of the front doors beyond the side of the bus shall be minimized and shall not block the line of sight of the rear exit door via the curb side mirror when the doors are fully open. The exterior projection of both doors shall be minimized and shall not exceed 6.5 inches during the opening or closing cycles or when doors are fully opened. Projection inside the bus shall not exceed 21 inches. The closing edge of each door panel shall have no less than 2 inches of soft weather stripping. The doors, when closed, shall be effectively sealed and the hard surfaces of the doors shall be at least 4 inches apart. The combined weather seal and window glazing elements of the front door shall not exceed 10 degrees of binocular obstruction of the operator's view through the closed door.

SECTION 147 – DOOR HEIGHT ABOVE PAVEMENT

It shall be possible to open and close either passenger door when the bus, loaded to GVWR, is not knelt and parked with the tires touching an 8–inch–high curb on a street sloping toward the curb so that the street side wheels are 5 inches higher than the right side wheels.

SECTION 148 – DOOR CLOSING FORCE Closing door edge speed shall not exceed 19 inches per second. Power close rear doors shall be equipped with a sensitive edge or other obstruction sensing system such that if an obstruction is struck by a closing door edge, the doors will stop or reverse direction or both prior to imparting a 10–pound force on 1 square inch of that obstruction. Whether or not the obstruction sensing system is present or functional, it shall be possible to withdraw a 1–1/2 inch diameter cylinder from between the center edges of a closed and locked door with an outward force not greater than 35 pounds.

SECTION 149 – DOOR ACTUATORS

Door actuators shall be adjustable so that the door opening and closing speeds can be independently adjustable. Actuators and the complex door mechanism shall be concealed from passengers but shall be easily accessible for servicing. LYNX shall approve access panels for actuators. The door actuators shall be rebuildable. If powered by compressed air, exhaust from the door system shall be routed below the floor of the bus to prevent accumulation of any oil that may be present in the air system and to muffle sound. The f r o n t door actuators shall be equipped with Vapor’s contact–less proximity switches (instead of micro–switches), or approved equal. Exit door actuators shall be touch bars-no proximity sensors.


Page 75

SECTION 150 –DOOR EMERGENCY OPERATION In the event of an emergency, it shall be possible to open the doors manually from inside the bus using a force of no more than 25 pounds after actuating an unlocking device at each door. The unlocking devices shall be clearly marked as an emergency–only device and shall require two distinct actions to actuate. The respective door emergency unlocking device shall be accessible from the entrance and exit areas. The emergency release activation mechanisms shall be located within hinged enclosures and the intent for passenger use shall require breaking an etched clear lens. The hinged enclosure shall remain in the closed position by means of magnets.

When the rear door emergency device is actuated, the door interlock throttle system shall return the engine to idle and the door interlock brake system shall apply to stop the bus. When the front door emergency device is actuated only the door interlock throttle system shall be actuated. Locked doors shall require a force of more than 100 pounds to open manually. When the locked doors are manually forced to open, damage shall be limited to the bending of minor door linkage with no resulting damage to the doors, engines, and complex mechanism. Application of the brake interlock shall be dependent upon the bus being at near zero speed (less than 3 MPH).

SECTION 151 – ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS

The Proposer shall design and construct the bus in accordance with all requirements defined in 49 CFR, Part 38, Subpart B: ADA Accessibility Specifications for Transportation Vehicles – Buses, Vans and Systems. The Proposer shall provide space and body structural provisions at the front and center door of the bus to accommodate the wheelchair loading system. Prior to submission of bid, the Proposer shall provide a plan, including layout drawings for entry, maneuvering, parking, and exiting of wheelchair passengers, to show compliance with ADA regulations.

SECTION 152 – LOADING SYSTEM

An automatically–controlled, power–operated ramp system compliant to requirements defined in 49 CFR Part 38, Subpart B, §38.23c shall provide ingress and egress quickly, safely, and comfortably, both in forward and rearward directions, for a passenger in a wheelchair from a level street or curb. The Proposer shall provide a ramp at the front of the 60 foot coach. The ramp shall have a minimum width of 32 inches. When the system is not in use, the passageway shall appear normal. In the stored position of the ramp, no tripping hazards shall be present and any resulting gaps shall be minimized. The controls shall be simple to operate with no complex phasing operations required, and the loading system operation shall be under the surveillance and complete control of the operator. The controls for the loading system shall be located near the door in which the system is located. A hooded on/off toggle switch, shall be located at the driver’s console/dashboard panel.

A hooded toggle switch shall be provided in the operator's overhead area to disable the loading system. The bus shall be prevented from moving during the loading or unloading cycle by a throttle and brake interlock system.


Page 76

The wheelchair loading system shall not present a hazard, nor inconvenience any passenger. The loading system shall be inhibited from retracting or folding when a passenger is on the ramp/platform. A passenger departing or boarding via the ramp shall be able to easily obtain support by grasping the passenger assist located on the doors or other assists provided for this purpose. The platform shall be designed to protect the ramp from damage and persons on the sidewalk from injury during the extension/retraction or lowering/raising phases of operation.

The loading platform shall be covered with Linex or approved equal finish replaceable or renewable, nonskid material and shall be fitted with devices to prevent the wheelchair from rolling off the sides during loading or unloading. Deployment or storage of the ramp shall require no more than 15 seconds. The device shall function without failure or adjustment for 500 cycles or 5,000 miles in all weather conditions on the design operating profile when activated once during the idle phase. A manual override system shall permit unloading a wheelchair and storing the device in the event of a primary power failure. The manual operation of the ramp shall not require more than 20 lbs. of force. The ramp assembly components shall be replaceable within 60 minutes by a specialist mechanic.

The unit shall be equipped with a “non–zeroing” historical counter controlled, recorded and operated within the PLC. The extracted data shall be time stamped and downloadable into a Windows PC environment, Excel or other format, for analysis (to evaluate activity daily, monthly, time of the day, day of the week, etc.)

SECTION 153 – WHEELCHAIR ACCOMMODATIONS Three forward facing locations, as close to the wheelchair loading system as practical, shall provide parking space and securement system compliant with ADA requirements for a passenger in a wheelchair. Additional equipment, including passenger restraint seat belts, shoulder harnesses and wheelchair securement devices shall be provided for each wheelchair passenger. All belt assemblies must stow up and out of the way when not in use. The basic securement system shall include belting system for conventional wheelchairs as well as 3 wheel scooters. Antiskid flooring material, subject to LYNX’s approval, is required at all wheelchair location.

Lights shall be provided above the doorway equipped with the wheelchair lift/ramp system to floodlight the loading area. The lamps shall illuminate when the lift system is in operation and shall illuminate the street surface to a level of no less than 1 foot–candle for a distance of three–feet square outward from the lowest step tread edge.

SECTION 154 – INTERIOR CIRCULATION

Maneuvering room inside the bus shall accommodate easy travel for a passenger in a wheelchair from the loading device through the bus to the designated parking area and back out. No portion of the wheelchair or its occupant shall protrude into the normal aisle of the bus when parked in the designated parking space(s). As a guide, no width dimension with exception of doorway clear opening and aisle should be less than 34 inches. Areas requiring 90–degree turns of wheelchairs should have a clearance arc dimension no less than 45 inches and in the parking area where 180–degree turns are expected, space should be clear in a full 60–inch–diameter circle. A vertical clearance of 12 inches above the floor surface should be provided on the outside of turning areas for wheelchair footrest.

The proposer shall submit a scaled drawing with clear and complete dimensions indicating seat layout, wheelchair turning radius, wheelchairs in parked position.


Page 77

SECTION 155 – PASSENGER INFORMATION

ADA priority seating signs as required and defined by 49 CFR, Part 38.27 shall be provided to identify the seats designated for passengers with disabilities. Additional signage and passenger information requirements are outlined within the following sections of these technical specifications:

• Public Address System • Destination Signs • Passenger Stop Request • Voice Annunciation System

SECTION 156 – OPERATOR’S AREA AND PROVISIONS

The operator’s work area shall be designed to minimize glare to the extent possible. Objects within and adjacent to this area shall be matte black or dark gray in color wherever possible to reduce the reflection of light onto the windshield. The use of polished metal and light–colored surfaces within and adjacent to the operator’s area shall be avoided. Such objects include dash panels, switches and controls, cowlings, windshield wipers and arms, barriers and modesty panels, fare stanchions, access panels and doors, fasteners, flooring, ventilation and heating ducting, window and door frames, and visors. Interior lighting located ahead of the standee line shall be controlled by the operator. The operators’ area shall include a beverage holder large enough to accommodate a 32 ounce travel mug. The beverage holder shall not obstruct drivers line of sight or impede use of driver controls. The beverage holder location shall be reviewed and approved at design review. In general, when designing the operator’s area, SAE Recommended Practice, J833, Human Physical Dimensions, shall be used.

SECTION 157 – OPERATORS SOLAR SCREEN

Operators windshield and side window shall have a Front roller blind - black mesh blind with 10 inch solid vinyl at bottom. Scissor type with 20" travel.

Roller blind shall be affixed to coach wall by a quick remove system, allowing for replacement within fifteen (15) minutes.

Roller blind shall be mounted to maximize the operators protection from heat and solar glare. Screen shall not be mounted in any way that diminishes the operators ability to operate the coach safely. Screens shall not have any strings or loose attachment hardware. Screens shall be of constant tension design to minimum rattle. The screen design shall allow infinite adjustment of the screen length. A folding sun visor shall be added as well.


Page 78

SECTION 158 – OPERATOR'S CONTROLS

All switches and controls necessary for the safe operation of the bus shall be conveniently located in the operator's area and shall provide for ease of operation. Switches and controls shall be divided into basic groups and assigned to specific areas, in conformance with SAE Recommended Practice J680, Revised 1988, Location and Operation of Instruments and Controls in Motor Truck Cabs, and be essentially within the hand reach envelope described in SAE Recommended Practice, J287, Driver Hand Control Reach.

Operational controls, instrumentation, switches, and other system controls shall not be mixed with ventilation diffusers and non–operational controls or readouts. Controls shall be located so that boarding passengers may not easily tamper with control settings.

The door control, kneel control, windshield wiper/washer controls, and run switch shall be in the most convenient operator locations. They shall be identifiable by shape, touch, and permanent markings. Doors shall be operated by a single control, conveniently located and operable in a horizontal plane by the operator's left hand. The setting of this control shall be easily determined by position and touch.

All panel–mounted switches and controls shall be marked with easily read identifiers. Text designating position (on/off) shall be a minimum of 9 points, identifying legends shall be a minimum of 11 points. Extremely condensed or italic type fonts shall not be used. Graphical symbols shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice J2402, Road Vehicles – symbols For Controls, Indicators, and Tell Tales, where available and applicable. Color of switches and controls shall be dark with contrasting typography or symbols. Red type on a black or gray field (or vice versa) shall not be used. Mechanical switches and controls shall be replaceable, and the wiring at these controls shall be serviceable from the vestibule or the operator's seat. Switches, controls, and instruments shall be dust and water resistant.

Chart for Normal Bus Operations identifies bus controls used to operate the bus safely and efficiently. These controls are frequently used, or they are critical to the operation of the bus. They should be located within easy reach of the operator. The operator should not be required to stand or turn his/her body to view or to actuate these controls unless specified otherwise. All indicators shall have a method of momentarily testing operation. Wherever possible, sensors shall be of the closed circuit type so that failure of the circuit, sensor or both shall activate the malfunction indicator. Audible alarms shall be loud enough for the operator to hear and to be inclined to discontinue operation of the bus

Critical systems or components monitored by onboard diagnostics system shall be displayed in clear view of the operator. This display shall have visual or audible indicators or both. The intensity of indicators shall permit easy determination of on/off status in bright sunlight, but shall not cause a distraction or visibility problem at night. All indicators shall be illuminated using back lighting.

Space shall be provided on the panel for future additions of no less than five spare indicators as the capability of onboard diagnostic systems improves. Blank spaces shall contain bulbs (or LED’s)

MARTA Option: LCD display on front dash.


Page 79

SECTION 159 – MASTER RUN SWITCH

The run switch shall be a four–position rotary switch with the following functions:

OFF – All electrical systems off, except power available for the stoplights, turn lights, hazard lights, radio, silent alarm, horn, fare box, fire detection equipment, engine compartment lights, methane detection if provided and electronic equipment that require continuous energizing. If the bus is not operated for a period of 3 days, the total electric load due to devices that require continuous energizing shall not cause the battery to be discharged below the level necessary to start the engine. Electrical loads resulting from LYNX’s devices, such as, fare box, GPS, radio, etc., shall not exceed 1.5 amps with the master run switch in the OFF position.

CL/ID – All electrical systems off, except those listed in OFF and power to destination signs, interior lights and marker lights.

RUN – All electrical systems and engine on, except the headlights, parking lights and marker lights. Daytime running lights (DRL), if provided, shall be on.

NITE/RUN – All electrical systems and engine on. NITE/PARK - All electrical systems off.

SECTION 160 – DOOR CONTROL

Doors shall open or close completely in not more than 3.5 seconds from the time of control actuation and shall be subject to closing force requirements and adjustment requirements. The 5 position door control shall be located on the street side of the operator’s area within the hand reach envelope described in SAE Recommended Practice, J287, Driver Hand Control Reach. The front door shall remain in commanded state position even if power is removed or lost.

MARTA Option: J1939 door/ramp/kneel controller on side dash.

To preclude movement of the bus while any door is open, an accelerator interlock shall lock the accelerator in the closed position and a brake interlock shall engage the service brake system when the any door control is activated. The interlock system shall also energize the emergency four–way flasher system. When the interlock system has been activated, it will not release until a light application and release of the brake pedal is made.

Operation of, and power to, the front passenger doors shall be completely controlled by the operator. Power to rear doors shall be controlled by operator. The opening of rear and center doors shall be controlled by the operator door control. An alarm shall sound whenever the rear door is opened or attempted to be opened when rear doors are not powered.

A control or valve in the operator's compartment shall shut off the power to, or dump the power from, the front door mechanism or both to permit manual operation of the front door. A master door switch that is not within reach of the seated operator when set in the “Off” position shall close the doors, deactivate the door control system, release the interlocks, and permit only manual operation of the doors.


Page 80

SECTION 161 – STEP WELL LAMP

Front center and rear step well areas shall be lighted by LED step well lights in each step well, suitable mounted so that the entire step well and a portion of the ground area immediately outside the bus is sufficiently illuminated. These lights shall be shielded to protect passengers’ eyes from glare. Step well lights shall be on with door open and off when the door is closed.

Raised floor step lighting shall be provided by round LED side mounted or strip mounted in the step riser. Step lighting for the intermediate steps between the lower and upper floor levels shall be a minimum of 4 foot-candles and shall illuminate in night and night park positions. (Must be recess mounted low-profile to minimize tripping and snagging hazards for passengers and to protect accidental damage by passengers contacting light while using step). Exterior step light shall be mounted away from wheel splash and provide light a minimum of three (3) feet beyond the first step on the ground area outside the bus. SECTION 162 – OPERATOR/INTERIOR LIGHTS

The operator's area shall have a fixed light to provide general illumination, and it shall illuminate the half of the steering wheel nearest the operator to a level of 5 to 10 foot–candles. This light shall be operator controlled by an adjustable switch located on the operator's control panel or other approved location. These lights shall be LED with a lifetime warranty.

The LED passenger interior lighting system shall be DINEX or approved equal. The interior lighting system shall provide a minimum 15 foot-candle illumination on a 1 square foot plane at an angle of 45 degree from horizontal, center 33 inches above the floor and 24 inches in front of the seat back at each seat position. Allowable average light level for the rear bench seats shall be 7 foot-candles. Floor surface in the aisles shall be a minimum of 10 foot-candles, vestibule area a minimum of 4 foot-candles with the front doors open and minimum of 2 foot-candles with the front doors closed. Lighting in the turntable can be reduced to 7 foot-candles. Exterior and interior ramp lighting shall comply with CFR Part 49, Sections 19.29 and 19.31.

The light source shall be located to minimize windshield glare with distribution of the light focused primarily on the passengers’ reading plane while casting sufficient light onto the advertising display. The brightness of each individual light fixture shall be software programmable to minimize glare. Photo sensor detects and adjusts light level automatically relative to ambient light for passenger comfort. The lighting system shall interface with vehicle multiplex control systems supplied by various vendors through J1939 gateway with serial data input or discrete inputs to automatically adjust the brightness of each individual light fixture to improve driver’s visibility.

Lens material shall be non-flammable polycarbonate in compliance with Doc 90A. Lens shall be designed to effectively “mask” all individual LED’s to make them invisible and there shall be no visible “hot spot” or “dark spot”. Lens shall be sealed to inhibit incursion of dust and insects yet are easily removable for service. If threaded fasteners are used they must be held captive in the lens. Access panels shall be provided to allow servicing of components located behind light panels.

The light system may be designed to form part of the entire air distribution duct with provisions for advertising in the coach interior shall be incorporated into the interior lighting fixtures.

A three–position toggle switch, labeled "Interior Lights; On (at top), Off, Normal" shall control the lights. "On"" turns on all lights in any Master Switch position


Page 81

"Off" turns off lights except as noted in (2) and (3) "Normal" turns on all lights in "Night Run" and "Night Park" except as noted in (2).

(1) The first light on each side (behind the Operator and the front door) is normally turned on only when the front door is opened, in "Night Run" and "Night Park." As soon as the door closes, these lights shall Dim/Extinguish. These lights shall be turned on when the toggle switch is in the "On" position. (2) To help eliminate windshield reflection on suburban roads, where street lighting is at a low level, the first light on each side, when "Night Run" or "Night Park" is selected, shall be controlled by the toggle switch; off in "Off" and on in "Normal." (These lights shall be turned on when the toggle switch is in the "On" position.) The lights shall have a programmable dimming function, programming to be discussed at pre-production meeting.

(3) All interior lighting shall be turned off whenever the transmission selector is in the reverse and engine run switch is in the "On" position. LYNX shall approve the interior lighting design. SECTION 163 – DASH FAN An operator's fan shall be mounted in the dash area at a location to be approved by LYNX, this fan shall be swivel adjustable and controlled with a separate switch. The fan shall have two speeds high and low.

SECTION 164 – ACCELERATOR PEDAL ANGLE

The angle of the accelerator pedal shall be determined from a horizontal plane regardless of the slope of the cab floor. The accelerator pedal shall be positioned at an angle of 27–35 degrees at the point of initiation of contact, and extend downward to an angle of 10–18 degrees at full throttle. LYNX shall approve the accelerator pedal angle, actuation and recovery force as well as location. SECTION 165 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL DIMENSIONS

The floor mounted accelerator pedal shall be 10 inches – 12 inches long and 3 inches – 4 inches wide.

SECTION 166 – ACCELERATOR PEDAL FORCE

The force to depress the accelerator pedal shall be measured at the midpoint of the accelerator. The accelerator force shall be no less than 7 foot pounds and no more than 9 foot pounds. SECTION 167– ACCELERATOR INTERLOCK

To preclude movement of the bus, an accelerator interlock shall lock the accelerator in the closed position and a brake interlock shall engage the service brake system when the rear door control is activated. The braking effort shall be adjustable with hand tools. Rear doors shall not open until bus speed is at 0 m.p.h. and brake interlock shall not activate until bus speed is at 0 mph. SECTION 168 – BRAKE PEDAL ANGLE

The brake pedal angle shall be determined from a horizontal plane regardless of the slope of the cab floor. The brake pedal shall be positioned at an angle of 27–35 degrees at the point of initiation of contact, and extend downward to an angle of 20–28 degrees at full depression. LYNX shall approve the brake pedal angle, actuation and recovery force as well as location.


Page 82

SECTION 169 – BRAKE PEDAL DIMENSIONS The floor mounted brake pedal shall be 10 inches – 12 inches long and 3 inches – 4 inches wide. SECTION 170 – BRAKE FORCE The force to depress the brake pedal shall be measured at the midpoint of the brake pedal. The brake pedal force shall be no less than 10 foot pounds and no more than 50 foot pounds. SECTION 171 – RELATIVE POSITION BETWEEN ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE PEDALS The accelerator and brake pedals shall be positioned such that the spacing between them, measured at the heel of the pedals, is between 1 inch and 2 inches. LYNX shall approve the relative position between accelerator and brake pedals. SECTION 172 – ACCELERATOR AND BRAKE PEDAL LOCATION AND LATERAL ANGLE

The Proposer shall determine the location of the brake and accelerator pedals based upon space needs, visibility, lower edge of windshield, and vertical H–point. The brake pedal shall have a 0–degree lateral angle. The accelerator shall have a 12–degree lateral angle to coincide with the position of the operator's leg as it moves outward to operate the accelerator pedal. SECTION 173 – TURN SIGNAL PLATFORM

The angle of the turn signal platform shall be determined from a horizontal plane, regardless of the slope of the cab floor. The turn signal platform shall be angled at a minimum of 10 degrees and a maximum of 21 degrees. It shall be located no closer to the seat–front than the heel point of the accelerator pedal. All turn signal lights, when available, shall be LED with a lifetime warranty.

SECTION 174 – TURN SIGNAL CONTROLS

Turn signal controls shall be floor–mounted, foot–controlled, waterproof, heavy–duty, momentary contact switches. SECTION 175 – INSTRUMENTATION

The speedometer, air pressure gauge(s), and certain indicator lights shall be located in Instrument Panel immediately ahead of the steering wheel. The steering wheel spokes or rim shall not obstruct the operator's vision of the instruments when the steering wheel is in the straight–ahead position. Illumination of the instruments shall be simultaneous with the marker lamps. Glare or reflection from the windshield, side window, or front door windows from the instruments, indicators, or other controls shall be minimized. Instruments shall be easily readable in direct sunlight or shielded in such a manner that sunlight does not adversely affect legibility. Instrument covers shall be non–reflective, without electrostatic qualities that attract and hold dust, and shall be resistant to scratching or hazing as a result of cleaning.

Text shall be a minimum of 11 points. Extremely condensed or italic type fonts shall not be used. The color of the display field shall be dark with contrasting typography. Indicator lights or illuminated symbols or


Page 83

typography immediately in front of the operator shall be restricted to those concerned with the operation of the bus, as identified in the following table.

The instrument panel shall include an electronic speedometer indicating no more than 80 mph and calibrated in maximum increments of 5 mph. The speedometer shall be a rotating pointer type, (Electronic LCD type will be considered as an option) with a dial deflection of 220 to 270 degrees and 40 mph near the top of the dial. The speedometer shall be sized and accurate in accordance with SAE Recommended Practice J678. If the speedometer requires replacement, the replacement unit shall have the provision for mileage update. If a special tool is required for mileage update, the manufacturer shall provide necessary tools.

The instrument panel shall also include air brake reservoir pressure gauge(s) with indicators for primary and secondary air tanks and voltmeter(s) to indicate the operating voltage across the bus batteries. The instrument panel and wiring shall be easily accessible for service from the operator's seat or top of the panel. The diagnostic panel shall be separately removable and replaceable without damaging the instrument panel or gauges. Wiring shall have sufficient length and be routed to permit service without stretching or chafing the wires. All instrument panels shall be electronic LCD type.

SECTION 176 – VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS

The bus shall be equipped with visual and audible alarms linked to an on–board diagnostic system that will indicate conditions that require immediate action by the operator to avoid an unsafe condition or prevent further damage to the bus. The indicator panel shall be located in Area 1 of the Instrument Panel. The intensity of visual indicators shall permit easy determination of on/off status in bright sunlight or shielded in such a manner that sunlight does not adversely affect legibility. Indicator illumination shall not cause a visibility problem at night. All indicators shall have a method of momentarily testing their operation. The audible alarm shall be tamper resistant and shall have an outlet level between 80 and 83 dBA when measured at the location of the operator's ear. Wherever possible, sensors shall be of the closed circuit type, so that failure of the circuit or sensor or both shall activate the malfunction indicator.

To avoid unnecessary confusion and anxiety on the part of the operator, on–board displays visible to the operator shall be limited to indicating the status of those functions described herein that are necessary for the safe operation of the bus and protection of assets. All other indicators needed for diagnostics and their related interface hardware shall be concealed and protected from unauthorized access. The intent of the overall physical layout of the indicators shall be in a logical grouping of systems and severity nature of fault. The sentry indicator strategy is to provide a simple method of consolidating individual indicators into a central easily viewed layout for the operator to determine that all systems are ok or at some stage of fault/failure. Activation of the sentry system shall require the operator to depress an acknowledgement reset button in an effort to extinguish/mute the alarm.

The sentry system, as well as the individual source of alarm shall be managed/recorded within the PLC or central on–board computer or both in a fashion to time stamp events and allow event data to be moved from an active to an inactive historic file. The inactive file shall not be capable of deletion by operator or technician.

SECTION 177 – WINDSHIELD WIPER

The bus shall be equipped with a variable speed electric Wet Arm Sprague, or approved equal 24 volt windshield wiper for each half of the windshield. For non–synchronized wipers, separate controls for each side shall be supplied. A variable intermittent feature shall be provided to allow adjustment of


Page 84

wiper speed for each side between approximately 5 to 25 cycles per minutes. At 60 mph, no more than 10 percent of the wiped area shall be lost due to windshield wiper lift. Both wipers shall park along the edges of the windshield glass. Windshield wiper motors and mechanisms shall be easily accessible for repairs or service and shall be removable as complete units. The fastener that secures the wiper arm to the drive mechanism shall be corrosion resistant. SECTION 178 – WINDSHIELD WASHERS

The windshield washer system shall deposit washing fluid on the windshield and, when used with the wipers, shall evenly and completely wet the entire wiped area. The windshield washer system shall have a minimum 3–gallon reservoir, located for easy refilling from outside of the bus and protected from freezing. Reservoir pumps, lines, and fittings shall be corrosion–resistant, and the reservoir itself shall be translucent for easy determination of fluid level.

SECTION 179 – OPERATOR’S SEAT

The Proposer shall provide a Recaro drivers seat or comparable equal. The seat shall accommodate operators from the fifth percentile female to 95th percentile male, and include the following items:

• PNEUMATIC PENDULUM SUSPENSION: Eliminates torque during suspension movement and

provides six (6) inches of vertical height adjustment.

• QUICK DUMP: Air valve shall incorporate quick dump feature for easy entry and egress. Air valve will have roll pin stop, not snap ring. Air valve will be mounted on the left–hand side of the seat cushion, close to the front of the seat.

• BILATERAL DAMPERS: Suspension system shall be damped by two (2) shock absorbers and one shock shall be adjustable to eliminate torque in the suspension system. Dampers to attach to the scissors system.

• THREE (3) POSITION SUSPENSION LOCKOUT: Seat shall be provided with a three– (3) position suspension lockout located on the left rear side of the seat frame. The outward position allows full suspension travel; the middle position limits suspension range; the inside position locks out the suspension completely for use during maintenance and for shipping purposes.

• PROTECTIVE BELLOWS: Seat shall be provided with protective bellows that prevent dust and debris from fouling the suspension system and keep fingers and other body parts clear of the scissors system.

• SEAT PAN CUSHION LENGTH AND WIDTH: Measurement is from the front edge of the seat pan to the rear at its intersection with the seat back. The seat pan length shall be no less than 16” at its minimum length and no less than 20” at its maximum length adjustment. 2” of seat cushion adjustment is required. The seat cushion pan should be a minimum of 19” wide.

• AIR SLIDE RELEASE: Seat shall be equipped with air activated fore and aft slide release, (United States Patent No. 5,613,733), air pressure shall be required to release the fore/aft slides from the locked position. Design shall ensure that seat remains locked in position should there be loss of


Page 85

air pressure. There shall be a manual override.BILATERAL ADJUSTMENTS: All seat adjustments shall activate both sides of the seat to prevent torque and increase durability.

• BACK RECLINE: Recline system shall engage on both sides of the backrest. Operators shall be able to adjust the backrest recline from knobs on either side of the back. Recline shall be adjustable from45 to 105 degrees.

• SEAT TILT: two (2) knobs shall manually operate Eight (8) degrees of stepless seat tilt, one on either side of the seat. Seat tilt knob on one side is unacceptable. Seat tilt shall operate independently of the seat height adjustment, allowing full tilt at all heights. Bilateral tilt is necessary to eliminate torque in the suspension system.

• FORE/AFT ADJUSTMENT: The entire seat shall adjust fore/aft a minimum of 9.45". Slides shall be double locking, roller bearing design. Slides shall be located below the suspension.

• LUMBAR SUPPORT: Three (3) air bladders shall be located in the lumbar region of the back frame. Independent switches located on the right front side of seat frame shall activate lumbar bags. Lumbar systems shall operate off the vehicle air pressure, without pumps or motors.

• SECUREMENT OF UPHOLSTERY TO FOAM: Foam shall have Velcro molded into the foam. Velcro shall be used to secure the upholstery material in place allowing quick, easy reupholstering of the operator’s seat without having to remove it from the vehicle. Foam shall be self–skinning polyurethane.

• SOLID STEEL BACK: Seat shall be equipped with solid steel back that prevents break–through.

• INTEGRATED LAP BELT: Seat shall be provided with ALR (Automatic Locking Retractor) 2– point lap belt. Seat shall have integral tether straps that allow seat to meet FMVSS 207/210–pull test. Seat systems shall allow operator to move seat front to back without having to loosen lap belts. Seat belt shall be adjustable to fit up to 72” in length.

• SEAT CUSHION: Minimum 19” width; minimum 18.5” length; 16–21” from uncompressed seat cushion to the floor

• UPHOLSTERY: Seat shall be upholstered with Fabric inserts with vinyl boxing. FOAM REQUIREMENT: Seat to be manufactured with a closed cell foam tested to meet:

• DIN Standards: Density – 53420; Compression Hardness – 53577; Coefficient Hardness/ Compression Force – 53579; Compression Set – EN ISO1856; Tensile Strength – 53571; Tear Strength – 53356; Heat Aging – 53578; Must meet all FMVSS/CMVSS requirements.

• WIDE BACKREST: Measurement is the distance between the outer-most points of the front of the seat back, at or near its midpoint in height. The seat back width shall be no less than 21”. A solid stamped steel back must support the seat back foam. Seat back must have dual recliner gears for added support.

• 4–Way adjustable head rest


Page 86

SECTION 180 – OPERATOR’S SEAT DIMENSIONS

The operator's seat shall be comfortable and adjustable so that persons ranging in size from the 95th– percentile male to the 5th–percentile female may operate the bus. While seated, the operator shall be able to make seat adjustments by hand without complexity, excessive effort, or being pinched. Adjustment mechanisms shall hold the adjustments and shall not be subject to inadvertent changes. Graphical symbols shall conform to SAE Recommended Practice (Proposed) J1458, Universal Symbols for Seat and Suspension Adjustments. SECTION 181 – SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT

A Type I seat belt shall attach at a point that moves with the assembly, so that the operator may adjust the seat without resetting the seat belt. Seat belts shall be stored in automatic retractors. Seat belts shall be extended to a length of 72 inches. Location of seat belt lock, right side of driver’s seat, shall be approved by LYNX. SECTION 182 – OPERATOR’S SEAT STRUCTURE AND MATERIALS

The operator's seat shall be contoured to provide maximum comfort for extended period of time. Cushions shall be fully padded with at least 3 inches of closed–cell polyurethane foam or material with equal properties, in the seating areas at the bottom and back. Side bottom cushion/foam shall be of a denser material to prevent premature deterioration or sagging. Upholstery shall be ventilated, transportation grade material. All visually exposed metal on the operator's seat, including the pedestal, shall be painted black, aluminum or stainless steel.

The seat and seatbelt assemblies, as installed in the bus, shall withstand static horizontal forces as required in FMVSS 207 and 210. The seat shall withstand 10,000 impacts of a 40–pound sandbag dropped from a height of 12 inches without visible deterioration. The seat shall be tested in the lowest vertical position and repeated with the seat in the top vertical position. The 40–pound sandbag shall be suspended on a 36–inch pendulum and shall strike the seat back 10,000 times from distances of 6, 8, 10, and 12 inches. Seat cushion shall withstand 100,000 randomly positioned 3–1/2–inch drops of a squirming, 150–pound, smooth–surfaced, buttocks–shape striker with only minimal wear on the seat covering. At the request of LYNX, the Proposer shall provide a certified test report fully documenting compliance with all the above defined requirements. The test report shall contain a record of all testing activities, test diagrams, testing equipment, as well as test data related to loads, deflections and permanent deformation of the seat assembly. The report shall include a statement of compliance with the requirements of this section of these Technical Specifications.


Page 87

SECTION 183 – EXTERIOR MIRRORS

The Proposer shall equipped with Hadley or approved equal corrosion–resistant, outside rearview mirror on each side of the bus. Mirrors shall permit the operator to view the roadway along both sides of the bus, including the rear wheels. The bus shall be equipped with 2 outside mirrors of unit magnification (flat), each with not less than 50 sq. in. of reflective surface and include a turn indicator feature, mounted on the mirror housing, not on the mirror glass itself. The mirrors shall be corrosion–resistant and be installed with stable supports on each side of the bus. The mirrors shall be located so as to provide the operator a view to the rear along both sides of the bus and shall be adjustable both in the horizontal and vertical directions to view the rearward scene. The curbside rearview mirror shall be mounted so that its lower edge is no less than 78 inches above the street surface. The roadside rearview mirror shall be mounted lower on the bus body so that the operator's line of sight is not obstructed.

The operator shall be able to adjust the curbside mirror remotely while seated in the driving position. The control for remote positioning of the mirror shall be a single membrane switch or device. Mirrors shall be firmly attached to the bus to minimize vibration and prevent loss of adjustment, but not so firmly attached that the bus or its structure is damaged when the mirror is struck in an accident. The tube arm shall be at least 1” in diameter. Mirrors shall retract or fold sufficiently to allow bus washing operations. Location and type of mirrors shall be approved by LYNX.

SECTION 184 – INTERIOR MIRRORS

Mirrors shall be provided for the operator to observe passengers throughout the bus without leaving his seat and without shoulder movement. With a full standee–load, including standees in the vestibule, the operator can observe passengers in the front and by the rear door, anywhere in the aisle and in the rear seats. Inside mirrors shall not be in the line of sight to the right outside mirror. Location and type of mirrors shall be approved by LYNX.


Page 88

SECTION 185 – WINDSHIELD

The windshield shall permit an operator’s field of view as referenced in SAE Recommended Practice J1050. The vertically upward view shall be a minimum of 15 degrees, measured above the horizontal and excluding any shaded band. The vertically downward view shall permit detection of an object 3–1/2 feet high no more than 2 feet in front of the bus. The horizontal view shall be a minimum of 90 degrees above the line of sight. Any binocular obscuration due to a center divider may be ignored when determining the 90–degree requirement, provided that the divider does not exceed a 3–degree angle in the operator’s field of view. Windshield pillars shall not exceed 10 degrees of binocular obscuration. The windshield shall be designed and installed to minimize external glare as well as reflections from inside the bus. The upper portion of the front windshield(s) shall be tinted as dark as permissible by both Federal, and State regulations. The windshield shall be easily replaceable by removing zip–locks from the windshield retaining moldings. Bonded–in–place windshield shall not be used. The windshield glazing material shall have a ¼–inch or 6– mm nominal thickness laminated safety glass conforming to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 1A and the Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673. The glazing material shall have single density tint. The upper portion of the windshield above the operator’s field of view shall have a dark, shaded band with a minimum luminous transmittance of 6 percent when tested in accordance to ASTM D–1003.

SECTION 186 – OPERATOR’S SIDE WINDOW

The operator’s side window shall be the sliding type, requiring only the rear half of sash to latch upon closing and shall open sufficiently to permit the seated operator to easily adjust the street side outside rearview mirror. When in an open position, the window shall not rattle or close during braking. The entire assembly shall be hinged and have a single release for Emergency Egress. This window section shall slide in tracks or channels designed to last the service life of the bus. The operator’s side window shall not be bonded in place and shall be easily replaceable. The glazing material shall have a single density tint. Light transmittance shall be 75% on the glass area below 53” from the operator platform floor.

The operator’s view, perpendicular through operator’s side window glazing, should extend a minimum of 840 mm (33 inches) to the rear of the Heel Point on the accelerator, and in any case must accommodate

a 95th percentile male operator. The view through the glazing at the front of the assembly should begin not more than 560 mm (26 inches) above the operator’s floor to ensure visibility of an under–mounted convex mirror. Operator’s window construction shall maximize ability for full opening of the window.

The operator’s side window glazing material shall have a ¼ inch nominal thickness tempered safety glass conforming with the requirements of ANSI Z26.1, as stated in 49VFR571.205, Test Grouping 2 and the Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673.


Page 89

SECTION 187 – SIDE WINDOWS CONFIGURATION

All side passenger windows shall be seamless design. All side windows, except windows in passenger doors and those smaller than 500 square inches, shall have window panels that passengers can open with adequate exits for quick passenger escape during emergency conditions. All emergency exits shall comply with applicable codes and requirements and the best industry practice, this is to include NHTSA TP-217TB-00 06/25/2002. Window panels that passengers can open shall be equipped with latches that secure the window in the fully open and fully closed positions. Large side windows shall be push out type, hinged at top for emergency escape. Sash shall be equipped with a positive locking device to prevent accidental opening. All push out windows shall have a minimum clear opening height of seventeen (17) inches and a minimum width of twenty four (24) inches.

An identification plate with instructions for operating push–out sash shall be attached to the adjacent body panel next to each push out window. Escape latch handles shall be coated with red pliable plastic.

All side windows shall be easily replaceable without disturbing adjacent windows and shall be mounted so that flexing or vibration from engine operation or normal road excitation is not apparent. The windows shall be designed and constructed to enable removal and replacement in less than 15 minutes.

All side windows shall be ¼” thick tempered glass without window guard and, at the time of delivery in Orlando, the proposer shall have SunTex 6 mil anti-graffiti or approved equal, anti- graffiti film. This anti-vandalism provision shall be approved by LYNX. SECTION 188 – SIDE WINDOWS MATERIALS

Window construction and glazing must comply with FMVSS No. 217.

Side windows glazing material shall have a 1/4–inch nominal thickness tempered safety glass. The material shall conform to the requirements of ANSI Z26.1 Test Grouping 2 and the Recommended Practices defined in SAE J673. Windows on the bus sides and in the rear door shall be tinted a neutral color, complementary to the bus exterior. The maximum solar energy transmittance shall not exceed 37 percent, as measured by ASTM E–424, and the luminous transmittance shall be no less than 9 percent as measured by ASTM D–1003. Windows over the destination signs shall not be tinted.

SECTION 189 – HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING The Heating, Ventilation Air Conditioning (HVAC) units may either be roof or rear–mounted. Sutrak all electric Air Conditioning system or approved equal should be offered as an option, Fuel tank location will affect the location of the HVAC unit. Accessibility and serviceability of components shall be provided without requiring maintenance personnel to climb–up on the roof of the bus. MARTA Option: Thermo King with belt driven screw compressor.


Page 90

SECTION 190 – HVAC CAPACITY AND PERFORMANCE

The HVAC climate control system shall be capable of maintaining the interior of the bus at the temperature and humidity levels defined in the following paragraphs:

With the bus running, at the design operating profile with corresponding door opening cycle, and carrying a number of passengers equal to 150 percent of the seated load, the HVAC system shall maintain an average passenger compartment temperature within a range between 65oF and 85oF, while controlling the relative humidity to a value of 50 percent or less. The system shall maintain these conditions while subject to any outside ambient temperatures within a range of 10oF to 110oF and at any ambient relative humidity levels between 5 and 50 percent. Additional testing shall be performed as necessary to ensure compliance to performance requirements stated herein. SECTION 191 – HVAC CONTROLS AND TEMPERATURE UNIFORMITY The HVAC system, excluding the operator's heater/defroster, shall be centrally controlled with an advanced electronic/diagnostic control system with provisions for extracting/reading data. After manual selection or activation or both of climate control system operation mode, and all interior climate control system requirements for the selected mode shall be attained automatically to within ±2oF of specified temperature control set–point.

The operator shall have full control over the defroster and operator's heater. The operator shall be able to adjust the temperature in the operator's area through air distribution and multiple speed fan control. The interior climate control system shall switch automatically to the ventilating mode if the refrigerant compressor or condenser fan fails. Interior temperature distribution shall be uniform to the extent practicable to prevent hot or cold spots or both.. After stabilization with doors closed, the temperatures between any two points in the passenger compartment in the same vertical plane, and 6 inches to 72 inches above the floor, shall not vary by more than 5oF with doors closed. The interior temperatures, measured at the same height above the floor, shall not vary more than ± 5oF, from the front to the rear, from the average temperature determined in accordance to APTA Recommended Instrumentation and Performance Testing for Transit Bus Air Conditioning System. Variations of greater than ± 5oF will be allowed for limited, localized areas provided the majority of the measured temperatures fall within the specified requirement.

SECTION 192 – AIR FLOW PASSENGER AREA

The cooling mode of the interior climate control system shall introduce air into the bus at or near the ceiling height at a minimum rate of 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm) per passenger. This level is based upon the standard configuration bus carrying a number of passengers equal to 150 percent of the seated load. Airflow shall be evenly distributed throughout the bus with air velocity not exceeding 100 feet per minute on any passenger. The ventilating mode shall provide air at a minimum flow rate of 20 cfm per passenger.


Page 91

Airflow may be reduced to 15 cfm per passenger (150 percent of seated load) when operating in the heating mode. The fans shall not activate until the heating element has warmed sufficiently to assure at least 70oF air outlet temperature. The heating air outlet temperature shall not exceed 120oF under any normal operating conditions. The air shall be composed of no less than 20 percent outside air. All test results shall be provided to LYNX.

SECTION 193 – AIR FLOW OPERATOR'S AREA

The Proposer shall provide separate heating, ventilation, and defroster system for the operator's area and the operator shall control the system. The system shall meet the following requirements:

The heater and defroster system shall provide heating for the operator and heated air to completely defrost and defog the windshield, operator's side window, and the front door glasses in all operating conditions. Fan(s) shall draw air from the bus body interior or the exterior or both through a control device and pass it through the heater core to the defroster system and over the operator's feet. A minimum capacity of 100 cfm shall be provided. The operator shall have complete control of the heat and fresh airflow for their area.

The Proposer shall locate defroster supply outlets at the lower edge of the windshield. These outlets shall be unbreakable and shall be free of sharp edges that can catch clothes during normal daily cleaning. The system shall be designed so that foreign objects, such as coins or tickets, cannot fall into the defroster air outlets. Adjustable ball vents shall be provided at the left of the operator's position to allow direction of air onto the side windows. Two additional ball vents shall be located on the vertical front dash panel adjacent to the front door to allow direction of air onto the door windows or entrance area or both.

The Proposer shall provide a ventilation system to ensure operator comfort and shall be capable of providing fresh air in both the foot and head areas. Vents shall be controllable by the operator from the normal driving position. Decals shall be provided indicating "operating instructions" and "open" and "closed" positions as well. When closed, vents shall be sealed to prevent the migration of water or air into the bus.

SECTION 194 – CONTROLS FOR THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (CCS) The controls for the operator's compartment for heating, ventilation, and cooling systems shall be integrated and shall meet the following requirements:

A separate switch shall control the heat/defrost system fan that has an "Off" position and at least two positions for speed control. All switches and controls shall preclude the possibility of clothing becoming entangled and shields shall be provided, if required. If the Authority approves the fans, an "On–Off" switch shall be located to the right of or near the main Defroster switch. No fan, motor or other shall remain energized when the master switch is in the “off” or “night–park” position.

A manually operated control valve shall control the coolant flow through the heater core. If a cable operated manual control valve is used, the cable length shall be kept to a minimum to reduce cable seizing. Heater water control valves shall be "positive" type, closed or open. The method of operating remote valves shall require the written approval of LYNX.


Page 92

SECTION 195 – HVAC MAINTAINABILITY

Manually controlled shutoff valves in the refrigerant lines shall allow isolation of the compressor and dehydrator filter for service. To the extent practicable, self–sealing couplings using O–ring seals shall be used to break and seal the refrigerant lines during removal of major components, such as the refrigerant compressor. Shut–off valves may be provided in lieu of self–sealing couplings.

The condenser shall be located to efficiently transfer heat to the atmosphere, and shall not ingest air warmed above the ambient temperature by the bus mechanical equipment, or to discharge air into any other system of the bus. The location of the condenser shall preclude its obstruction by wheel splash, road dirt or debris. HVAC components located within 6 inches of floor level shall be constructed to resist damage and corrosion.

SECTION 196 – HVAC AIR FILTRATION

Air shall be filtered before discharge into the passenger compartment. The filter shall meet the ANSI/ASHRAE 52.1 requirement for 5 percent or better atmospheric dust spot efficiency, 50 percent weight arrestance, and a minimum dust holding capacity of 120 gram per 1,000 cfm cell. More efficient air filtration may be provided to maintain efficient heater and/or evaporator operation. Air filters shall be easily removable for service. Air filters shall be cleanable. SECTION 197 – ROOF VENTILATORS/ESCAPE HATCH

The Proposer shall provide two roof ventilators in the roof of the bus, one approximately over or just forward of the front axle and the other, approximately over the rear axle.

Each ventilator shall be easily opened and closed manually by a 50th percentile female. If roof ventilator(s) cannot be reached by a 50th percentile female, then a tool shall be provided to facilitate this action. When open with the bus in motion, this ventilator shall provide fresh air inside the bus. Each ventilator shall cover an opening area no less than 425 square inches and shall be capable of being positioned as a scoop with either the leading or trailing edge open no less than 4 inches, or with all four edges raised simultaneously to a height of no less than 3–1/2 inches.

The Proposer shall incorporate an escape hatch into the roof ventilator. Roof ventilator(s) shall be sealed to prevent entry of water when closed.

SECTION 198 – FANS, MOTORS AND PUMPS

All HVAC electric motors shall be brushless and each motor shall be serviced by a solid state controller. All electric boost pumps shall be brushless and seal less.


Page 93

SECTION 199 – DESTINATION SIGNS

The sign system shall be Twin Vision Silver series, 100% White LED matrix configuration of 17 x 160, or approved equal, Twin Vision Chroma IV should be included as an option, consisting of a front, side, rear, and Operator Display Keyboard (ODK). to include the following signs:

• front, 17 x 160 • side, 8 x 96 • rear, 16 x 48

Sign system control shall be capable of accepting logon and route entry via interface to Clever Devices Communication interface and manual key in.

The destination sign compartments shall be designed to meet the following minimum requirements:

• Prevent condensation and entry of moisture and dirt. • Prevent fogging of both compartment window and glazing on unit itself. • Access shall be provided to allow cleaning of inside compartment window and unit glazing. • Front window shall have an exterior display area of no less than 8.5”h by 56”w.

SECTION 200 – DESTINATION SIGN SYSTEM CAPABILITIES

The sign system capability shall include the following features:

• Console operation from the driver’s work station, to include display, key pad and programming

receptacle • Capacity of 10,000 message lines at 12 characters per line • Illumination of night visibility • Pre–selection of two destination messages and one public relation message • Auto blanking • Front and side sign shall be hinged to facilitate glass cleaning

SECTION 201 – DESTINATION SIGN EXPANSION CAPABILITY

The sign system shall be capable of expansion, to include pre–wiring for operating an interior sign and interior/exterior automated voice with GPS interface.

SECTION 202 – INTERIOR SIGN AND ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEM

A fully automated interior sign and annunciation system shall be provided as manufactured by Mentor Ranger and interfaced to the existing Twin Vision Destination sign system, model Silver Series. The integrated system shall be capable of automatic stop announcement, GPS, PA system and be programmed to LYNX’s fixed route assignment. LYNX shall be provided with 2 complete sets of hardware/software, training and 2 devices needed to transfer the program to the bus. Include Trapeze interior sign and announcement system.


Page 94

SECTION 203 – PASSENGER INFORMATION AND ADVERTISING INTERIOR DISPLAYS

Provisions shall be made on the rear, or aisle side, of the operator's barrier for a frame to retain information such as routes and schedules. Advertising media 11 inches high and 0.09 inches thick shall be retained near the juncture of the bus ceiling and sidewall. The retainers may be concave and shall support the media without adhesives. The media shall be illuminated by the interior fluorescent light system. SECTION 204 – PASSENGER STOP REQUEST/EXIT SIGNAL

A passenger “Stop Requested” signal system that complies with applicable ADA requirements defined in 49 CFR, Part 38.37 shall be provided. The system shall consist of pull cord, push buttons, chime, and interior sign message. The touch tape and push buttons shall be located the full length of the bus on the sidewalls and stanchions at the level where the transom is located. It shall be easily accessible to all passengers, seated or standing.

At each wheelchair parking position and priority seating positions additional provisions shall be included to allow a passenger in a mobility aid to easily activate “Stop Requested” signal.

A single “Stop Requested” chime shall sound when the system is first activated. A double chime shall sound when the system is first activated from wheelchair passenger areas. With a voice annunciation system activated, an announcement of a stop request or lift request or both will occur. Exit signals located in the wheelchair parking area shall be no higher than 4 feet above the floor. Instructions shall be provided to clearly indicate function and operation of these signals.

The operator shall be able to deactivate the signal system from the operator’s area.

SECTION 205 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM

Proposer should provide and install all necessary equipment for the public address system. The Public Address system shall include an advanced technology system that can reduce background noise. It shall provide a highly sensitive unidirectional microphone element. The system shall be muted when not in use. The microphone and handset shall be vandal resistant, mounted on a heavy-duty, flexible gooseneck, which is secured with tamper-proof fasteners and will allow the operator to comfortably speak into it without using his hands. A provision shall be provided to secure the microphone and handset in a stored position when not in use.

SECTION 206 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM MICROPHONE

An input jack shall be provided in the operator’s area for a hand held microphone.

SECTION 207 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM SPEAKERS

A sufficient number of internal and one external low profile speakers with baffles, Mobile/page part #603/6FB, or approved equal (that can handle digital voice/annunciation). They shall be installed at locations in the ceiling of the vehicle with all connecting wires available in a wire loom for easy replacement and protection. Speakers wired in series shall incorporate shunt resistors to prevent an open circuit in the event of a speaker failure. External speaker shall be mounted inside the right front fender, protected from the elements and road debris.


Page 95

SECTION 208 – PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM SWITCH

The microphone shall be activated by a momentary control switch which will over-ride the auto- annunciation when activated.

SECTION 209 – VOICE ANNUNCIATION SYSTEM VAS

The Proposer shall install a Voice Annunciation System (VAS), that shall integrate with the Mentor Ranger Communication System and the Twin Vision LED or approved equal, display system.

A single “Stop Requested” signal shall be received by the system when a passenger activates the pull cord or push button.

The system shall be designed to include the following elements:

• In the instance of radio communication failure, the coach operator should have the ability to

make required route changes on the AMDT. • The master switch or line fuse shall be installed in the radio and VAS area to reset the AMDT, radio

and DVS at the same time without going to the fuse box outside the bus.

SECTION 210 – ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC AND DATA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS

The Programmable Logic Control (PLC) system shall control all basic bus functions that are not already controlled by microprocessor–based controllers. These functions typically consist of “on” and “off” functions. The execution of outputs is based upon scanning “on” and “off” inputs and substituting their value into a ladder logic program. The PLC shall permit ease of user reprogramming and facilitate future expansion by including 10 percent spare wires within those harnesses linking major electrical areas, and at each individual I/O module, 10 percent spare input and 10 percent spare output terminals.

The preferred method of input sensing shall be to monitor input value as the voltage becomes positive high and the preferred method of output shall be positive high when the rung is true. The system shall be capable of continuously monitoring the continuity between input “switch” devices in both the activated and de– activated states. The PLC system hardware shall be weather resistant and outputs shall be solid state and over current protected. PLC shall be capable of basic logic operations, timers, counters and arithmetic instructions, and this functionality shall be extended to the communication interface to the on–board central computer. I/O modules shall be available for digital and analog insertion to include voltage, current and thermocouple connectivity.

Critical outputs shall include in–series contact validation to the intended load device, such that the PLC output is not capable of directly powering a load device in the absence of the operator initiating/sustaining the action. As an example, the push to start engine button may contain two sets of contacts, such that one set provides input to the PLC while the other is actually in series with the PLC output leading to the starter relay.


Page 96

The PLC shall be capable of logging battery high voltage, low voltage, and imbalance data received from a Vanner EM70D micro–processor based system or an approved equal. In the event an input is received from the voltage monitoring micro–processor device, after a settling period of 5 minutes, the PLC shall be capable of beginning a sequence of events. The sequence will provide early warning to the coach operator. The sequence shall disable devices prior to shutting the bus down. Acceptable early warning devices will be discussed in a preproduction meeting.

The overall hierarchy of power distribution shall consist of power source (24 vdc batteries), manual disconnect switch, automatic disconnect relays, over–current protections devices to main distribution buss bars and over current protection devices at branch circuits to individual load devices. The intent shall be to minimize potentially live circuits at their source during periods of non–use, such that all power shall be routed via the automatic disconnect relays, excluding devices required for operation with the master run switch in the “off” position.

Each main distribution buss and high current individual circuit shall be monitored by current sensing devices. The PLC shall monitor these values, thus allowing the PLC the capability of monitoring devices/circuits within a range of allowable current consumption to early detect low or high current consumption. Dependent upon the over current threshold, the PLC shall be capable of shutting down the load device or deactivating the automatic disconnect relays or both. At a minimum, automatic disconnect relays shall be required for the following circuits:

• starter motor • main buss to generator/alternator and • main power distribution buss

Opening the manual disconnect switch will remove power from all disconnect relays and power to all devices operable with the master run switch “off”. Electrical power supply to four–way flasher shall be maintained at all times (excluded main–battery on/off switch).

The basic bus electrical platform will be predominantly 24 vdc, therefore devices requiring lesser voltage (12 vdc) will require dc/dc converters at the device level. A UPS device shall be provided to provide back–up power for devices that may require power in the event the basic bus electrical platform faults due to interruption or brown out. The UPS shall be sized to provide a 5–day power back up in the event the main electrical system is at zero vdc. At a minimum, the UPS supplied systems shall include central computer, fire detection/suppression system, methane detection system (if required) and any bus system found sensitive to power interruption based upon Proposer’s design.

All power cables capable of exceeding 50 amps current and all cables/wiring in environments capable of exceeding 150 degrees F shall be double insulated. As a general rule, over current protection devices shall be sized to approximately 125 percent to 150 percent of the intended load device current and wiring between the over current protection device leading to the load device shall at a minimum be rated at 150 percent of the over–current protection device.


Page 97

SECTION 211 – MICRO–PROCESSOR BASED SYSTEMS

Microprocessor based systems shall, at a minimum, include all systems outside of the direct control of the PLC. Typically, these are stand–alone controllers responsible for the control of an individual system (engine, electrical charging system, propulsion system, sign system, HVAC, etc). Many of these controllers are linked to other system controllers to facilitate immediate/reliable sharing of data critical to system operation. All microprocessor–based controllers shall be interfaced to the on–board central computer at an information level. Information level data shall include, at a minimum, data values representative of sensor values (direct or calculated), diagnostic data, fault codes, system health and in general data required to determine the status of operation/performance. SECTION 212 – CLEVER DEVICES SYSTEMS

Proposers are encouraged to contact Mentor Ranger in an effort to collaborate with and better understand the systems currently integrated on LYNX equipment. LYNX currently operates a Mentor Ranger communication system. Include Trapeze AVL including telematics for MARTA buses.

LYNX’s desire is to expand the communication system capability by providing an interface to the bus systems to include communication of exception faults in real time and data file transfer locally with WLAN. Currently the communication system integration includes a mobile data terminal, automatic passenger counters (APC), next stop audio/visual system, destination sign system, GPS and interface to farebox. LYNX’s intent is to expand the communications interface at an information level to the on–board computer. SECTION 213 – CENTRAL ON–BOARD COMPUTER

The central hub of the buses electrical/electronics system shall be a ruggedized industrial grade PC. This PC shall be capable of interface to all bus systems, microprocessor, PLC and Mentor Ranger communication system. The PC shall provide a single point of interface for technicians during diagnosis of bus problems and a single point of interface for systems data logging. The subject PC shall include the following features/capability:

Diagnostic link and data logging capability for all bus functions. Data logging capability shall be user configurable and at a minimum include, defining data to be logged, define polling and record rate, permit replay of stored data and/or real time viewing of data in a graphic environment, data shall be date/time stamped and data file shall be capable of export in a text delimited file structure.

CDROM copy of bus service manuals, parts manuals, drawings, schematics, and back up of all installed application software.

Disk storage and means of data file transfer between itself and PC laptop. Disk storage capacity shall permit 30 days of uninterrupted storage 24 hours per day at maximum logging rate.


Page 98

SECTION 214 – MODULAR DESIGN

Overall design of the electrical system shall be modular so that each major component, apparatus panel, or wiring bundle is easily separable with standard hand tools or by means of connectors. Each module, except the body wiring harness, shall be removable and replaceable in less than 1 hour by a Specialist Mechanic. Power plant wiring shall be an independent wiring module. Replacement of the engine compartment wiring module(s) shall not require pulling wires through any bulkhead or removing any terminals from the wires.

SECTION 215 – WIRING AND TERMINALS

All wiring between electrical components and terminations, except battery cable shall double electrical insulation, shall be waterproof, and shall meet the requirements of SAE Recommended Practice J1127 and J1128.

Except as interrupted by the master battery disconnect switch, battery and starter wiring shall be continuous cables, grouped, numbered, or color–coded, or both. They have connections secured by bolted terminals; and shall conform to specification requirements of SAE Standard 1127–Type SGT or SGX and SAE Recommended Practice J541.

Double insulation shall be maintained as close to the terminals as possible. The requirement for double insulation shall be met by wrapping harnesses with plastic electrical tape or by sheathing all wires and harnesses with no–conductive, rigid or flexible conduit. Strain–relief fittings shall be provided at points where wiring penetrates metal structures outside of electrical enclosures. Wiring supports shall be protective and non–conductive at areas of wire contact and shall be damaged by heat, water, solvents, or chafing.

All wiring harnesses over 5 feet long and containing at least 5 wires shall include 10 percent excess wires for spares that are the same size as the largest wire in the harness excluding the battery cables. Wiring length shall allow end terminals to be replaced twice without pulling, be crimped to the wiring and may be soldered only if the wire is not stiffened above the terminal and no flux residue remains n the terminal. Terminals shall be corrosion resistant and full ring type or interlocking lugs with insulating ferrules. T splices may be used when there is less than 25,000 circular mills of copper in the cross section and a mechanical clamp is used in addition to solder on the splice; the wire supports no mechanical load in the area of the splice; and the wire is supported to prevent flexing.

All cable connectors shall be locking type, keyed, and watertight, unless enclosed in watertight cabinets. Pins shall be removable, crimp contact type of the correct size and rating for the wire being terminated. Unused pin positions shall be sealed with sealing plugs. Adjacent connectors shall use either different inserts or different insert orientations to prevent incorrect connections.


Page 99

SECTION 216 – JUNCTION BOXES

All relays, controllers, flashers, circuit breakers, and other electrical components shall be grouped according to voltage; and mounted in easily accessible junction boxes. The boxes shall be sealed to prevent moisture from normal sources, including engine compartment cleaning, from reaching the electrical components and shall prevent fire that may occur inside the box from propagating outside the box.

The components and circuits in each box shall be identified, and their location permanently recorded on a schematic drawing glued to or printed on the inside of the box cover or door. The drawing shall be protected from oil, grease, fuel and abrasion.

The front junction box shall be completely serviceable from the driver’s seat, vestibule, or from outside. A rear start and run control box shall be mounted in an accessible location in the engine compartment. If a rear junction box is required, it shall be located away from the surge tank or properly protected from coolant overflows.

Electrical harnesses from junction boxes shall be run, to the extent possible, to facilitate troubleshooting and to reduce defects. Electrical wiring looms and harness termination shall be fan-out design wherever possible for ease of individual wire identification. Terminal strips shall be used to make connection.

A Goodall, or approved equal jump start connector plug shall be provided in the engine area, wired directly to the engine starter. Connector plug to be compatible with LYNX’s existing fleet. Location and mounting to be approved by LYNX.


Page 100

SECTION 217 – ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS/ALTERNATOR

All electrical components, including switches, relays, flashers, and circuit breakers, shall be heavy–duty designs and shall be of the longest lasting , commercially available type. All relays shall be internally voltage spike protected. Electrical components shall be replaceable in less than 5 minutes by a Specialist Mechanic. Sockets of plug–in components shall be polarized where required for proper function and the components shall be positively retained. Any manually re–settable circuit breakers critical to the operation of the coach shall be mounted in a location convenient to the operator and provide visible indication of open circuits.

All electric motors, except cranking motors, shall be heavy–duty brushless type, with a constant duty rating of no less than 40,000 hours, shall be located for easy replacement and shall be replaceable in less than 15 minutes by a Specialist Mechanic. Electronic circuit protection for the cranking motor shall be provided to prevent engaging of the motor for more than 30 seconds at a time.

The alternator shall be an air cooled EMP P450 4 5 0 amperes or EMP 535 amperes alternator with transtech regulator or approved equal, sized to supply the entire nighttime operating electrical load of the coach while providing at least 20 percent of its current output for battery charging when the battery is fully discharged. Cables shall be adequately mounted such that if the lug fails, the cable shall remain in place.

The Proposer shall provide, prior to production, an analysis approved by LYNX, demonstrating that the alternator supplied is adequate for coach operation in the service area of LYNX. Alternator cooling methods shall be reviewed by LYNX.

SECTION 218 – MULTIPLEX WIRING SYSTEM

The components of the multiplex system shall be of modular design, thereby providing ease of replacement by maintenance personnel. The modules shall be easily accessible for troubleshooting electrical failures and performing system maintenance. Each module shall be shielded to prevent interference by EMI and RFI; and shall use LEDs to indicate circuit integrity, assist in rapid circuit diagnostics, and verify the load and wiring integrity. In conjunction with relays if necessary, each circuit shall be capable of providing a current load of up to 10 Amperes. The internal controls shall be a solid–state devise providing an extended service life. Wiring for data bus and node module power shall consist of three, 22 gauge or larger, UL approved, shielded twisted pairs.

Protection to each individual circuit shall be provided. An automatic test system, integral to the multiplexing, shall be provided. The system shall be hosted on an IB–compatible personal computer as well as a hand held field diagnostic unit capable of reading the network data, control function and address data, or function code. The mechanic shall use either unit to check the bus wire function.

Solicitation No. RFP 18-R12

60’ Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses Page 101

SECTION 219 – BATTERIES

Four group 31 Batteries units, 8D batteries or approved equal, conforming to SAR standard J537 shall be provided. Each unit shall be fitted with threaded stud terminals and have minimum of 1150 cranking amps. Each unit shall have a purchase date no more than 60 days from the date of release for the shipment to the coach manufacturer. The use of a KBI Super Capacitor must be included as an option to the battery package.

Batteries shall be easily accessible for inspection and service from only the outside of the coach. The 12/24 volt bus batteries shall be securely mounted on a stainless steel tray that can accommodate the size and weight of the batteries. The battery tray shall pull out easily and properly support the batteries while they are being serviced. The tray shall allow each battery cell to be easily serviced. A positive locking device shall retain the battery tray in the stowed position.

Positive and negative terminal ends shall have different size studs to prevent incorrect installation. The battery terminal ends and cables shall be color–coded with red for the primary positive, black for negative, and another color for any intermediate voltage cable. Battery cables shall be flexible and sufficiently long to reach the batteries with tray in the extended position without stretching or pulling on any connection and shall not lie directly on top of the batteries. Battery cables must be of sufficient size to carry the load required by the starting motor. SECTION 220 – MASTER BATTERY SWITCH

A master switch on the battery positive (+) shall be provided in the battery compartment near the batteries for complete disconnecting from all coach electrical systems. The location of the master battery switch shall be clearly identified on the access panel and be accessible in less than 10 seconds for activation. Activation of the master battery switch shall result in engine shutdown. The master switch shall be capable of carrying and interrupting the total circuit load. Any equipment that requires power without reference to the master battery switch shall be listed in attachments to these technical specifications. Opening the master switch with the power plan operating shall not damage any component of the electrical system to include engine/transmission’s ECM or electrical alternator. The location of the master battery switch shall prevent corrosion from fumes and battery acid when the batteries are washed off.

SECTION 221 – SAFETY EQUIPMENT

Safety equipment shall be provided, which shall be easily accessible to the operator and consist of the following:

One (1) each, Five (5) lb., "A B C "class, Fire Extinguisher One (1) set of three (3) red emergency reflectors. One (1) Bodily fluid containment kit Two (2) Large wheel chocks

The general–purpose 5–pound ABC extinguisher and mounting bracket shall be provided. LYNX will determine the location at the pre–production meeting.



SECTION 222 – AUTOMATIC FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM (AFSS)

A Fog Maker, Amerex fire suppression or approved equal Automatic Fire Sensing and Suppression System (AFSS) complete with fire sensors, protection panel, vehicle interface(s), and fire extinguishing system shall be provided. The system shall operate on 12 or 24 VDC. The engine compartment, battery compartment, fuel storage tank(s) located on the roof of the vehicle, and other areas likely to contain leaking fuel shall be protected.

The manufacturer shall provide all necessary equipment for routine testing and calibration of fire suppression system for LYNX or authorized representative. Final installation design of the fire suppression system shall be subject to LYNX approval.

The manufacturer shall provide all necessary training and manuals (Maintenance and Parts) for LYNX or authorized representative’s personnel, to ensure complete working knowledge of the system.

The completed system shall be tested and certified by the supplier. The test shall determine that the system has been properly installed and will function as intended. The test data shall be provided to LYNX prior to delivery of the first bus. A Certification Report shall be provided prior to final acceptance for each vehicle that includes a detail of the tests performed, drawings and or photographs of the component locations.

SECTION 223 – AFSS CONTROL PANEL

The Control Panel shall be located in easy view of the operator but shall not impede his view of the road. A single connection interface shall be provided to interface to the AFSS harness. The use of shielded cables is not allowed. Location of control panel to be approved by LYNX.

The protection panel shall incorporate operator controls for a) alarm silence b) testing the visual and audible indications c) delay the automatic engine stop and/or extinguisher discharge d) reset the system after a fire.

The Control Panel shall provide outputs for the following vehicle interfaces:

Engine/Fuel Shutdown –Field adjustable for immediate or delayed (15 or 30 seconds). Delayed setting to be set to 30 second activation, additionally the system shall have the ability (optional feature) for External Warning IE: activates external alarm upon control panel alarm signal.

The Control Panel shall provide an audible and visual indication upon loss of continuity of the detection or extinguisher circuits. The visual indication for the extinguisher circuit shall be easily identified from the visual signal for the detection circuit for ease of fault location. SECTION 224 – AFSS FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM

Fire Detectors shall be thermally operated spot or linear type. The thermal sensor(s) shall alarm the control panel when the ambient temperature surrounding the sensor reaches its set point. Spot type sensor(s) shall reset when the temperature cools below the set point. In addition spot thermal sensors shall be color coded 280F (blue) 350F (red) and 450F (green).



Fire detectors and nozzles shall be located in the engine compartment per manufactures recommendation. Additional sensors and nozzles shall be located in other potentially critical areas.

The detection system shall be compatible with infrared optical detection, linear thermal detection or spot thermal detection used independently or in any combination. SECTION 225 – CNG METHANE DETECTION

The methane detection system shall monitor the air space surrounding the natural gas fuel tanks, fuel delivery components, the engine compartment and any other areas per manufactures recommendation. When the methanol detection system senses a methane level of 15% of " lower explosive level ", an alarm will sound in the operators compartment. When " lower explosive level " reaches 25% the system shall initiate a thirty second delay to stop flow of gas to the engine. The sensors and extinguishers shall meet the same criteria as described for the engine compartment.

SECTION 226 – AFSS SYSTEM FIRE EXTINGUISHING

The fire extinguishing system shall consist of extinguisher(s), nozzle(s) and a distribution system designed for vehicle applications that shall be installed in accordance with the AFSS manufacturer installation manual. The extinguisher shall be of the stored pressure type and consist of a high–speed valve, DOT approved cylinder and pressure gauge. The extinguisher shall be charged with a minimum of 22 pounds of FFF and pressurized to a minimum of 350 psi. The fire extinguisher shall operate over a temperature range of minus (–) 20 degrees F to plus (+) 180 degrees F. Each fire extinguisher shall weigh less than sixty (60) pounds when filled with agent.

The valve shall incorporate a pressure gauge, which is clearly visible when fire extinguisher(s) are installed on the coach. Provisions shall be provided on the extinguisher bracket or other suitable location to stow the anti–recoil cap and/or other devices used to ensure safe transportation of the extinguisher when removed from the Vehicle.

SECTION 227 – AFSS FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS INSTALLATION

Installation of fire suppression systems into LYNX Vehicles shall be performed prior to delivery of the Vehicles to LYNX. All work to be performed by certified technicians in fire suppression installation, as determined by the manufacturer. SECTION 228 – FIRE EXTINGUISHER CERTIFICATION

Fire Extinguisher(s) certification shall meet Florida State Fire Marshall requirements which states that each extinguisher must be identified with an annual inspection sticker which must be current at time of delivery by no more than 30 days.

NAC 477.410 Installation, inspection, maintenance and repair;

1. All installation, inspection, maintenance and repair of portable fire extinguishers and fixed extinguishing systems must be performed in accordance with N.F.P.A. 10, “Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers,” and N.F.P.A. 17 and 17A, 2002 editions, and the State Fire Marshal.



SECTION 229 – ITS/RADIO COMPARTMENT, INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM (ITS) The Proposer shall purchase and install Mentor Ranger Equipment as per Mentor Ranger specifications. LYNX staff will approve final equipment mounting locations. The proposer shall provide make ready provisions for LYNX to install Mentor Ranger preferred and provided radio and Smart Vehicle (ITS) equipment cables and antennas and for MARTA to install Trapeze ITS on its buses. Installation shall be approved by LYNX and MARTA prior to start of build. SECTION 230 – RADIO NOISE ATTENUATION Proper suppression equipment shall be provided in the electrical system to eliminate interference with radio and television transmission and reception. This equipment shall not cause interference with any electronic system on the Vehicle. SECTION 231 – DIGITAL VIDEO SYSTEM

The Digital Video surveillance system is to be provided by Seon. Cameras shall provide a clear, stable, high quality picture with the correct exposure, minimal smearing and distortion under all lighting conditions within the vehicle. Exact mounting locations for video cameras shall be the responsibility of the Proposer after concurrence with LYNX. When the cameras are aimed properly, the lens shall be locked in place by mechanical fasteners (glues or chemicals shall not be used), and shall not go out of adjustment due to vibration.

Video cameras shall be designed and installed to achieve optimum coverage of the complete transit vehicle. The cameras shall be strategically located to record as much of the interior and exterior of the vehicle as possible, but must include the operator's area, fare collection, and all seats and windows.

60ft. VEHICLES

(1) A minimum of six (6) cameras shall be mounted within each vehicle, with three (3) additional

cameras mounted on the exterior for a total of nine. (2) The first camera (camera #1) shall have a focal length of 2.8mm, suitable to cover the interior

front of the vehicle including the front door.

(3) The second camera (camera #2) shall be a 2.8mm camera, mounted in a suitable location to cover the fare collection area, driver’s area, and the equipment cabinet area.

(4) The third camera (camera #3) shall be a 4mm forward-facing camera, looking directly out

the front windshield.

(5) The fourth camera (camera #4) shall be a 4mm camera with a view suitable to cover the front-to-mid area of the vehicle when mounted at the very front of the vehicle, looking aft.



(6) The fifth camera (camera #5) shall be mounted opposite the rear exit door, looking directly at the exit door. This shall be a 2.8mm analog, auxiliary video-out camera, tied into a monitor located in the driver’s dash area. The monitor displays this view when the door open/close is triggered.

(7) The Street-side camera (camera #7) shall be a 3.6mm exterior camera, mounted on the front

exterior of the vehicle, above the driver’s side window looking aft. (8) The Curb-side camera (camera #8) shall be a 3.6mm exterior camera, mounted on the rear

exterior of the vehicle looking forward at the entry/exit doors.

(9) The Rear Collision camera (camera #9) shall be mounted on the rear exterior of the vehicle, looking aft. This shall be an exterior 3.6mm analog, auxiliary video-out camera. This camera shall be tied into a monitor located in the driver’s dash area and shall be triggered by the selection of reverse by the vehicle operator.

Video cameras shall be IP, high resolution 1/2.7 Progressive CMOS Dome or Wedge type. The cameras shall have a signal-to-noise ratio better than 70 db and must utilize PoE.

The video cameras must operate on Power-over-Ethernet (PoE). All cables and connectors to and from cameras, NVR and other equipment shall conform to SAE Standards.

The video cameras shall provide a useable picture at a minimum of 1.0 Lux scene illumination and must support a maximum of 1080P resolution. Add Apollo Video system to MARTA buses.

SECTION 232 – CAMERA ENCLOSURES

The cameras shall be self-enclosed Wedge or Dome type. The enclosure shall be low profile and mounted so as not to obstruct passenger flow. Mounting of the camera and/or enclosures shall not interfere with the customer sitting or standing area, customer traffic, vehicle operator and shall not create a safety hazard condition. The camera enclosure shall be made of impact-resistant non-toxic material. Exterior camera enclosures shall be vandal resistant, shock-resistant, dust-resistant and water resistant to the IP67 standard.

SECTION 233 – NETWORKED VIDEO RECORDER (NVR) The DVR shall be a Seon Explorer DX12 or approved equivalent, capable of recording up to twelve video cameras in MPEG4 (H.264) format, simultaneously. The recorder shall be capable of recording video and audio to a solid state drive.

A dash mounted driver interface status module (event button) shall be installed to allow the operator to overwrite protect, and manually mark location of video for easy searching and identification.

The DVR clock shall operate independently of the transit vehicle main power supply and shall have a minimum five (5) year operational lifetime before battery change is required. Clock drift shall be no greater than five (5) minutes per six months.



The DVR shall not require any human intervention to prepare the system for operation or effectuate operation, other than normal ignition switch operation.

The system shall be installed according to industry standards meeting SAE recommended practices. All cables, wiring interconnections, switches, and circuit breakers/fuses shall be heavy-duty and specifically designed for their purposes and automotive application. The selected wire sizes and insulation shall meet the current carrying capability, voltage drop, mechanical strength, and temperature and flexibility requirements. Video and audio wires selected shall be gauged to minimize signal loss.

The system shall include Wi-Fi which transmits/receives data for wireless communication.

The DVR must have the capability for connecting at least six additional inputs for monitoring door openings, turn signal activation, braking, wheel chair extension and other transit related signals.

SECTION 234 – DIGITAL REMOVABLE DRIVE/DISK STORAGE MEDIA

The disk media shall conform to mobile requirements for reliability and durability. The drive must be a solid state drive, with a minimum capacity of two terabyte of data storage, and shall protect the recorded data and be capable of withstanding up to 100g’s during operation and up to 200g’s when idle, without system failure. The solid state drive shall be mounted within the same enclosure as the NVR system. The rated life on the storage media shall be 200,000 hours in a stationary environment and 40,000 hours in a mobile environment. The average Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF) of the storage media shall be an average of not less than 4 years. Total system storage capacity shall be a minimum of ninety (90) hours continuous footage. Recorded data shall survive all typical traffic accidents as well as high speed collisions reaching up to l00g's. System must be capable of consistently operating in temperatures ranging from 0 - 140 degrees Fahrenheit. Disk storage media shall be removable, conveniently portable and impervious to alteration and tampering through the use of digital encryption/authentication.

SECTION 235 – AUDIO MICROPHONE

Each interior camera shall have one audio microphone imbedded. The microphone shall be capable of recording conversation in a typical transit environment. SECTION 236 – GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM Each vehicle shall be equipped with a positioning, speed tracking and recording, and other vital location information. This data shall be imbedded with the recorded video.



SECTION 237 – POWER CONDITIONER Each system will incorporate a Power Conditioner with an Uninterruptible Power Supply, capable of regulating an input from 9 to 36 VDC, to a constant 13 VDC operational voltage for the NVR. SECTION 238 – ACCEPTANCE OF VIDEO SYSTEM An on-site, Seon certified, authorized agent must confirm installation and verify functionality of all DVR related components to LYNX’s current specifications prior to acceptance of the system. SECTION 239 – OMISSION Notwithstanding the provisions of drawings, technical specifications, or other data by LYNX, the Proposer shall have the responsibility of supplying all parts and details required to make the Vehicle complete and ready for service even though such details may not be specifically mentioned in the drawings and specifications. Other items that are installed by LYNX shall not be the responsibility of the Proposer unless they are included in this RFP. SECTION 240 – PRINCIPLES OF DESIGN All systems requiring servicing shall be equipped with approved self-contained check devices. The preferred check device for hydraulic system reservoir(s) shall be a dip stick that is clearly marked to show service level and fluid. If, in the opinion of LYNX any part or component is not readily accessible or removable, LYNX may require the Proposer to correct these deficiencies at the Proposer’s own expense, before acceptance. All systems shall be designed to allow quick and efficient operation of the unit. Electrical, hydraulic, and other systems shall be operational within a minimum amount of temperature stabilization, and accumulator or system build-up. From a “cold start” condition to operationally ready shall require not more than two (2) minutes. SECTION 241 – MATERIALS All equipment furnished and the parts thereof shall be the manufacturer's latest listed and published stock models, except where modification is specifically permitted or required. The equipment and parts shall meet all the applicable requirements of the specifications. All materials used in the manufacturing of the Vehicles shall be new unless otherwise specified. All design, workmanship, and materials shall at all times and places are subject to the inspection of LYNX's designated representative(s). Should an item fail to meet his/her approval, it shall be forthwith made good, replaced, or corrected (as the case may be) by the Proposer at its own expense. All materials used in construction of the Vehicle and all its parts shall conform in all respects to the American Society of Testing Materials, Society of Automotive Engineers, or similar association standards. Materials used shall be of first quality and shall be exactly duplicated in manufacture, design and construction in each of the Vehicles. It shall be the design objective to eliminate from the coaches all materials that are or may become hazardous



to passengers, operators, or maintenance personnel. Of particular concern are materials that produce toxic smoke or gases when heated, possibly due to an accidental fire or when bodywork using welding equipment or cutting torches is necessary. No parts on the coach shall contain lead, asbestos or PCBs. The Proposer shall provide for LYNX approval, prior to production, the safety data sheets (SDS) of any hazardous materials or fluids that must be used in the construction, operation or maintenance of the vehicle. All lumber shall be thoroughly kiln dried, free from knots and checks and shall be clear straight grain, dressed on all sides. All painted aluminum sheets shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated on the outside with epoxy chromate protective paint (or approved equal) prior to assembly in Vehicle.

All joints shall be protected by application of 1/64" thick double faced, foam tape or adhesive and specified undercoating (or approved equal) at assembly. All 5/8 inch o.d. and smaller bolts, nuts and washers, shall be zinc, cadmium plated, or phosphate coated to prevent corrosion. SECTION 242 – WORKMANSHIP Workmanship shall be of the best quality and shall conform in all respects to the best practice in the industry. Welding procedures, welding materials, and qualifications of operators shall be in accordance with the standards of the ASTM, ISO, DIN, MSZ and/or the American Welding Society. All welds shall be uniform in appearance and free of irregularities after welding to present a smooth finished appearance. During the welding process, all weld contact surfaces shall be free of scale, grease and paint. Where non–anodized metal is riveted or bolted to metal, contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned with high temperature cleaning agent, double rinsed, and coated with critical corrosion zinc chromate primer (or approved equal). All rivets shall completely fill the holes. All bolts or rods passing through wood shall be cadmium plated (or approved equal). Where wood and wood are placed together, both shall be coated with powdered aluminum and spar varnish or linseed oil and titanium oxide, or other approved sealing compound. All wood shall be filled, sealed and finished.

All steel and aluminum body parts which are to be painted shall be thoroughly cleaned and double rinsed, or one (1) water rinse and one (1) neutralizing rinse using metacote concentrate to inhibit corrosion and insure proper paint adhesion. Excess joint sealer shall be removed prior to priming with heavy–duty zinc chromate primer. Underside of all concealed metal panels shall be undercoated with Mortell Company Emulsion Asphalt #MBC–1605 undercoating compound (or approved equal). External roof joints may be protected with a resin type undercoating material. Particular care shall be exercised to see this material is sprayed into all corners, crevices and pockets. All design factors shall take into consideration the safety of the passengers, operators and maintenance personnel. Items requiring safety consideration in design include, but are not limited to:

• Elimination of sharp corners and edges • Locations for handrails and stanchions • Impact yielding handrails on seats



• No obstructions in aisles • Implementation of Federal safety standards, Intensity and distribution of interior

lighting • Elimination of interior driver area windshield glare • Exterior lighting at doorways • Steps • Elimination of pinch hazards on interior and exterior assemblies • Implementation of ADA requirements • Body construction • Side impact barriers, Padding on seat back tops, Non-skid step nosings • Acceleration and Braking • Floor hatchet

SECTION 243 – TRAINING

Proposer shall provide an adequate educational program for LYNX or authorized representative’s personnel to insure satisfactory operation, servicing and maintenance of the equipment furnished.

Instructions shall also include manufacturer's recommendations for test frequency, limits and methods, including instructions required, where applicable. When methods of access, removal, dismantling or application are not self-evident, the instruction shall cover these matters.

At the conclusion of the classroom instruction the Proposer shall furnish LYNX Two (2) complete sets of lesson plans, classroom notes, films, slides, tapes, etc., used in presenting the courses.

SECTION 244 – SUBMITTALS

The following items shall be submitted to LYNX as specified: Submittal No. 01 – (Section 01 – General) - All test data required within these specifications shall be submitted to LYNX prior to delivery of vehicles unless specified otherwise.

Submittal No. 02 - (Section 020 - Altoona Testing) - A final Altoona Bus Test Report or Documentation from the FTA identifying the vehicle(s) offered as compliant with existing Altoona testing shall be submitted to LYNX with the RFP, and a report clearly describing and explaining the failures and corrective actions taken to ensure any and all failures identified during the Altoona testing will not reoccur shall be submitted to LYNX with the first article.

Submittal No. 03 - (Section 021 - Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) - A weight distribution schematic and loading calculation must be shown for the floor plan and submitted with the RFP for each floor plan offered.

Submittal No. 04 - (Section 024 - Noise ) - The bus manufacturer shall provide certification, in writing, that all dba measurements are in compliance with these requirements prior to final acceptance of each unit delivered.



Submittal No. 05 - (Section 037 - Transmission) - The transmission cooling system should provide a minimum cooling Limiting Ambient Temperature (LAT) for bus validation at 130F, results of the testing shall be provided to LYNX prior to delivery and acceptance of the coaches by LYNX.

Submittal No. 06 - (Section 053 – CNG Documentation) - Three sets of electronic draft Manuals, schematics and drawings of the CNG system shall be delivered with the first article.

Submittal No. 07 - (Section 055 - Emissions/Exhaust) - Complete Title 13, Section 1956.1 emission certification documentation shall be provided to LYNX prior to final acceptance of the first article.

Submittal No. 08 - (Section 069 - Brakes) - The Proposer shall provide complete performance data and system design of the brake system with ABS prior to final acceptance of the first article.

Submittal No. 09 - (Section No. 83 - Corrosion) - The bus manufacturer shall provide certification, in writing, that all materials and connections are in compliance with this procedure prior to final acceptance of the first article.

Submittal No. 10 - (Section 086-Fire Protection) - The supporting documentation shall include certification of the system's acceptability to a registered, professional, fire protection engineer prior to final acceptance of the first article. The following items shall be submitted to LYNX as specified:

Submittal No. 11 - (Section 087 - Strength and Fatigue Life) - The proposer shall supply LYNX with a Failure Element Analysis (FEA) to indicate the structure has been designed so that fatigue damage will not occur during the service life of the vehicle prior to final acceptance of the first article.

Submittal No. 12 – (Section 088 – Towing devices) - The method of attaching the tow bar or adapter shall require the specific, in writing, approval of the authority prior to delivery of the first bus.

Submittal No. 13 - (Section 156 - Interior Circulation) - The proposer shall submit a scaled drawing with clear and complete dimensions indicating seat layout, wheelchair turning radius, wheelchairs in parked position during pre-production process and prior to start of first build.

Submittal No. 14 - (Section 193 - Air Conditioning Testing and Validation) - All test results including thermal imaging shall be provided to LYNX prior to start of first build.

Submittal No. 15 - (Section 196 - Air Flow Passenger Area) - All test results shall be provided to LYNX. Submittal No. 16 – (Section 221–Electrical Components/Alternator) - The Proposer shall provide, prior to production, an analysis, approved by LYNX, demonstrating that the alternator supplied is adequate for coach operation in the service area of LYNX. Alternator cooling methods shall be approved by LYNX.

Submittal No. 17 - (Section 226-Automatic Fire Suppression System (AFSS) - The completed system shall be tested and certified by the supplier. The test shall determine that the system has been properly installed and will function as intended. The test data shall be provided to LYNX prior to delivery of the pilot bus. A Certification Report shall be provided prior to final acceptance for each vehicle that includes a detail of the tests performed, drawings and or photographs of the component locations.



Submittal No. 18 – (Section 245 – Materials) - The Proposer shall provide for LYNX approval, prior to production, the safety data sheets (SDS) of any hazardous materials or fluids that must be used in the construction, operation or maintenance of the vehicle.

Submittal No. 19 - (Section 290 – Motor Vehicle Title and Fees) - All costs for title fees shall be borne by the Proposer. Title to each Vehicle must be conveyed within sixty (60) days of acceptance to LYNX.

Solicitation No: RFP18-R12 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

Page 1 of 2 Exhibit C

EXHIBIT “C” PROPOSAL EVALUATION

A. Proposal Evaluation Criteria

The following are the complete criteria, listed by their relative degree of importance, by which Proposals from responsible Proposers will be evaluated and ranked for the purposes of selecting a Proposal for a potential award. The criteria are listed numerically by their relative order of importance (where (i) is more important than (ii), and (ii) is more important than (iii), etc.). However, certain criteria may have sub-criteria that are not listed by their relative order of importance within the specific criterion they comprise. Also, certain sub-criteria may have sub-criteria that are not listed by their relative degree of importance within the specific sub-criterion they comprise.

Pricing Proposal – (20) The Price submitted shall be a Firm Fixed Price (FFP) to perform the work as defined in Exhibit B “Scope of Work–Technical Specification”.

Product - (50) In accordance with Exhibit B “Scope of Work–Technical Specification”: 1. Meets or Exceeds Performance Criteria 2. Structural Integrity (Passenger Compartment Protection) 3. Safety Features 4. Comfort Features 5. Fuel Efficiency 6. Corrosion Protection 7. Quality of Training Program Performance – (30) In accordance with Exhibit B “Scope of Work–Technical Specification”: 1. Quality Control/Quality Assurance 2. Qualification and Experience 3. Warranty Service 4. Delivery History 5. Training 6. Organization Structure Include five (5) references with at least three (3) current Transit Agencies and two (2) other equivalent current references (include: Company Name, Contact Person, Phone Number and Email Address). B. Evaluation Process

LYNX shall employ the following process for evaluating Proposals:

i. Senior Purchasing Agent Review All Proposals shall initially be reviewed by the LYNX Senior Purchasing Agent. The Procurement Senior Purchasing Agent’s review shall be limited to determining whether the Proposals comply with the requirements of this RFP. The Senior Purchasing Agent may, in his or her sole discretion, (i) reject any Proposals that are incomplete, (ii) reject any Proposals that fail to conform to the requirements of the RFP, and/or (iii) reject any Proposals that take exception to the Scope of Work. The Senior Purchasing Agent may waive any informalities or irregularities in any Proposal if he or she determines that such irregularities or informalities are not material. All Proposals that are not rejected by the Senior Purchasing Agent shall be reviewed by the SEC.


Page 2 of 2 Exhibit C

ii. Evaluation of Proposals by SEC

The next step in the review process is for the Proposals to be reviewed by a Source Evaluation Committee (“SEC”) established by LYNX. The SEC may be comprised of persons from within and without LYNX. The composition of the SEC shall be determined exclusively by LYNX.

(a) Proposals shall first be evaluated in accordance with requirements of "Qualification Requirements" (Section A.) to determine the qualifications of Proposers. Any Proposals from Proposers whom the SEC finds not to be qualified shall not be further evaluated. Final determination of a Proposer’s qualifications shall be made upon the basis of the information submitted in the Proposal, any information submitted upon request by LYNX, and information resulting from LYNX’s inquiry of the Proposer's references and its own knowledge of the Proposer.

(b) The SEC shall next consider, based upon the total number of Proposals from responsible Proposers received, whether or not it wishes to establish a short list for those Proposals in the competitive range for further consideration. The determination as to whether to establish a short list and the determination of which Proposals shall be on said short list shall occur at a Public Meeting of the SEC. Should the SEC elect to establish a short list, all responsible Proposers shall be so notified and the SEC shall then continue to review the Proposals selected to be on the short list.

(c) The SEC shall next consider each Proposal (or if a short list is established, those on the short list) and individually rank the Proposals based upon the “Proposal Evaluation Criteria” (Section A.). The consideration and ranking of Proposals shall occur at a Public Meeting of the SEC. Said ranking shall be posted and Proposers shall be notified by Email of said rankings. The SEC shall recommend to the LYNX Board of Directors that a Contract be awarded to the Proposer(s) having the lowest “Ordinal Ranking”.

(d) The SEC reserves the right in its discretion to schedule an interview with and/or presentation from one or more of the Proposers at any stage of the Proposal evaluation process, all on such terms and procedures as the SEC determines.

iii. Best and Final Offer

The SEC may make an award recommendation based upon the initial proposals received, request a revised proposal based upon further clarifications and/or questions or request the Procurement Department enter into negotiations and to obtain a best and final offer.

iv. Notification of SEC Meetings

Each Proposer shall be notified of the time, date and place of the SEC Meeting(s). Meeting notifications shall also be posted on LYNX Procurement website. These Meeting(s) are open to the Public in accordance with “Florida’s Government in the Sunshine Law”. All Proposers and Members of the Public may attend the meeting and observe the Procurement Process. Public comments shall not be permitted at the SEC Meetings as the SEC is carrying out a function that is “Executive in Nature”.



Page 1 of 3 Exhibit D

EXHIBIT D TERMS and CONDITIONS

The successful Contractor shall comply with the following required Contract Provisions and shall insert the substance of these provisions in all Subcontracts issued pursuant to this Contract. 1. Contract Type The award of this solicitation shall result in a Firm Fixed Price (FFP) Contract. 2. Contract Documents

Any Contract(s) resulting from this Request for Proposal (RFP) shall include the following documents, which are incorporated herein (collectively referred to as the "Contract Documents"):

Exhibit A – Solicitation Instructions and Conditions Exhibit B – Scope of Works- Technical Specification Exhibit C – Proposal Evaluation Exhibit D – Terms and Conditions Exhibit E – LYNX General Provisions Exhibit F – Bidder’s Offer & Guarantees Exhibit G – Certification Regarding Debarment Exhibit H – Certification Regarding Lobbying Exhibit I – Transit Vehicle Manufacturer Certification Exhibit J – Buy America Certificate of Compliance with FTA Requirements of Buses, Other Rolling Stock, or Associated Equipment. Exhibit K – Sample Contract Exhibit L – Pricing Proposal Form Exhibit M – Request for Equals Exhibit N - Certificate of Compliance with FTA’s Bus Testing Requirements Exhibit O – Bus Testing Program Certification Exhibit P – Vehicle Information Questionnaire

3. Contract Term

This Contract shall be for an initial term of one (1) Year from the date of Award. LYNX shall have the unilateral right to extend this Contract for two (2) Optional Periods of one (1) Year each under the Terms and Conditions set forth in the Contract. Unless otherwise specified to the contrary in the Contract, LYNX may exercise its Options with respect to any particular Option Year by delivering written notice to the Contractor of its intent to exercise the Option year.

4. Purchase Orders LYNX shall issue Purchase Order(s) to fund the services set forth in the Scope of Work-Technical Specification. Buses shall be delivered within three hundred sixty five days (365) from the date of issuance of Notice to Proceed (NTP).

5. Invoicing and Payment Terms

The Contractor shall submit a proper invoice to the address shown unless otherwise indicated. The invoice shall contain a description of the goods or services provided. Any allowable direct reimbursable expenses such as air travel, lodging, shall be accompanied by a receipt. LYNX reserves the right to return an invoice which is incomplete. All invoices shall reference the applicable Purchase Order Number. Invoices shall be paid within 30 days from receipt of a proper invoice.

LYNX Attn: Accounts Payable 455 N. Garland Ave Orlando, FL 32801




6. Contract Modifications No change in this Contract shall be made unless LYNX gives its prior written approval. Therefore, the Contractor shall be liable for all costs resulting from, and/or for satisfactorily correcting, any specification change not properly ordered by written modification to the contract and signed by the Contracting Officer. Any changes requested by the Contractor shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator assigned under this Contract.

7. Repairs by Contractor

If LYNX requires the Contractor to perform repairs after rejection or conditional acceptance of the equipment, the Contractor’s Representative shall begin work within five (5) working days after receiving notification from LYNX of failure of acceptance tests. LYNX shall make the equipment available to complete repairs timely with the Contractor’s repair Schedule.

8. License and Taxes LYNX is exempt from Federal and State taxation and shall provide a Tax Exempt Certificate as required. All applicable Federal taxes, State of Florida Sales Taxes, and any other Taxes are the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall procure any and all Licenses, Permits, or Certificates required by properly constituted authorities for the performance of the service

9. Title Adequate documents for securing the Bus Title in the county of the individual Orange County (Orlando, Florida) shall be provided to LYNX at least thirty (30) working days before each Bus is released to the common carrier driveway. Following acceptance of each Bus, the Contractor warrants that the Title shall pass to LYNX free and clear of all Liens, Mortgages and Encumbrances, Financing Statements, Claims, and Demands of Any Character.

LYNX shall be responsible for providing the Contractor with the necessary information to Title the vehicles and shall provide a Point to Contact for the delivery of the Titles.

10. Vendor Site Inspection and Evaluation

LYNX reserves the right to inspect the Manufacturers Facilities including Sales, Engineering, Fabrication, Manufacturing, Parts, the Resident Inspector’s Facilities and Production Change Order (PCO) process prior to award.

11. Safety Data Sheets In compliance with Florida Law, the Contractor shall submit any required Safety Data Sheets (SDS) on hazardous chemicals or substances supplied to LYNX. These sheets shall be provided upon delivery.

12. Cost or Price Analysis

The Contractor shall be required to cooperate with LYNX as necessary for LYNX to conduct any required Cost or Price Analysis, whether required by Local Policy, State Law or Regulation, or Federal Law, Regulation, or Other Requirements.

13. Recycled Products

The Contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the Regulatory Provisions of 40 CFR Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 CFR Part 247.

These requirements shall flow down to all Contractor and Subcontractor Tiers. 14. Transit Vehicle Manufacturer (TVM) Certification for DBE/WBE

Proposers shall Certify Compliance with the requirements of 49 C.F.R Section 26.49. Failure to so Certify will exclude a Proposal from further consideration.

15. Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms

The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the preceding Contract Provisions. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1F, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, all FTA




mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in this Agreement. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any LYNX requests which would cause LYNX to be in violation of the FTA Terms and Conditions.

16. Access Requirements for Individuals with Disabilities

The Contractor agrees to comply with and assure that any sub-recipient, or third party contractor under this Project complies with all applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA), 42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq,; section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended 29 U.S.C. § 794; the transit assistance laws codified at 49 U.S.C. § 5301, et seq,; and the following regulations and any amendments thereto:

(1) U.S. DOT regulations. "Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Handicap in Programs and Activities Receiving or Benefiting from Federal Financial Assistance," 49 C.F.R. Part 27. (2) Department of Justice (DOJ) regulations. "Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in State and Local Government Services." 28 C.F.R. Part 35;

(3) DOJ regulations. "Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability by Public accommodations and in Commercial Facilities." 28 C.F.R. Part 36;

(4) Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, (EEOC) regulations. "Regulations to Implement the Equal Employment Provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act." 29 C.F.R. Part 1630;

(5) No grant may be used to support a procurement that uses an exclusionary or discriminatory specification. 49 USC 5323 (h).

1. Spare Parts

The Contractor shall guarantee the availability of replacement parts for this equipment for at least a twelve (12) year period after the date of acceptance. Spare Parts shall be interchangeable with the original equipment and shall be manufactured in accordance with the Quality Assurance Provisions of the resultant Contract.

2. Maintenance and Parts Manuals

The Contractor shall provide one (1) set of Manuals for each Bus ordered. This set shall include a Service Manual, Parts Manual, Electrical Schematic Manual and the same for all Subsystems and Sub-Components incorporated in the equipment. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide all the aforementioned Manuals on Compact Disc (CD) formatted in a searchable portable document format (PDF). The Contractor shall keep maintenance information available for a period of twelve (12) years after the date of acceptance of the equipment procured under resultant Contract. The Contractor shall also keep all information Up-to-Date for a Period of twelve (12) years.

Within thirty (30) days of delivery of the first of each Bus, the Contractor shall provide to LYNX an As Built After-Market Parts List and within ninety (90) days an Alternate Cross-Reference List of Components and Sub-Components that are not manufactured by the Contractor. List shall include Part Name, Manufacturers and Contractor’s Part Number.

19. Project Manager

The Project Manager (PM) assigned to this Contact is responsible to ensure the work being performed is in accordance with the Scope of Work-Technical Specification defined in Exhibit B. The Project Manager has no authority to make any changes to the Contract.

20. Contract Administrator

The Contract Administrator (CA) assigned to this Contract is responsible to ensure the Contractor is in compliance with the Contract. Any requests for Contract changes shall be sent directly to the CA. All DBE reporting (if required) shall be submitted to the CA as required.

End of Section


Page 1 of 30

Exhibit E

EXHIBIT “E” LYNX GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.01 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO ALL CONTRACTS

6.01.01. Accident Prevention. The Contractor shall provide and maintain Work environments and procedures, which will safeguard the public and LYNX personnel, property, materials, supplies, and equipment exposed to Contractor operations and activities; avoid interruptions of LYNX operations and delays in project completion dates; and control costs in the performance of the Contract. Whenever the Contracting Officer becomes aware of any noncompliance with these requirements or any condition which poses a serious or imminent danger to the health or safety of the public or LYNX personnel, the Contracting Officer shall notify the Contractor orally, with written confirmation, and request immediate initiation of corrective action. This notice, when delivered to the Contractor or the Contractor’s representative at the work site, shall be deemed sufficient notice of the noncompliance and that corrective action is required. After receiving the notice, the Contractor shall immediately take corrective action. If the Contractor fails or refuses to promptly take corrective action, the Contracting Officer may issue an order stopping all or part of the Work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustment of the Contract price or extension of the performance schedule on any stop work order issued under this clause. The Contractor shall insert this clause with appropriate changes in the designation of the parties, in subcontracts.

6.01.02. Americans with Disabilities Act. All design and construction must be accessible to individuals with disabilities pursuant to Titles II and III of the Americans with Disabilities Act.

6.01.03. Application Of Federal Laws Clause. Contractor understands that Federal, state and local laws, regulations, policies, and related administrative practices ("Laws") applicable to the Contract on the date the Contract was executed (the "Execution Date") may be modified from time to time, or new Laws may be established after the Execution Date. Contractor agrees that the most recent of such Laws will govern the administration of the Contract at any particular time, unless there is sufficient evidence in the Contract of a contrary intent. Such contrary intent might be evidenced by express language in the Contract, or a letter signed by the Federal Transit Administrator, the language of which modifies or otherwise conditions the text of a particular provision of the Contract.

6.01.04. Audits and Inspection. The Contractor shall maintain books, records, documents, and other evidence directly pertinent to performance of the Work under the Contract in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied and Federal Acquisition Regulation Parts 30 and 31 (48 C.F.R. 30 and 31). The Contractor shall also maintain the financial information and data used by the Contractor in the preparation or support of the cost submissions required for the Contract, or any Change Order or claim, and a copy of the cost summary submitted to LYNX. LYNX, the U.S. Government, and the State Government or their authorized representatives shall have access, at all times during normal business hours, to such books, records, documents, and other evidence for the purpose of inspection, audit, and copying. The Contractor will provide proper facilities for such access and inspection. The rights granted LYNX and the government under this provision shall remain in full force and effect for the longer of: (a) three (3) years after termination of the Contract for whatever reason, or (b) the date on which all litigation, appeals, claims or exceptions related to any litigation or settlement of claims arising from the performance of the Contract are resolved or otherwise terminated. The foregoing record keeping obligations shall extend to any subcontractor performing Work valued in excess of ten thousand dollars ($10,000.00). In addition, with respect to major capital projects, Contractor agrees to provide access to Contractor's records and construction sites pertaining to a major capital project, defined at 49 U.S.C. §5302(a)(1), which is receiving federal financial assistance through the programs described at 49 U.S.C. 5307, 5309 or 5311.

6.01.05. Civil Rights. The Contractor agrees that it will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, creed, national origin, sex, age or disability, in accordance with the following Federal statutes and regulations, and any other implementing regulations issued pursuant to the: Civil Rights Act as amended, Titles VI (42 U.S.C. Sec. 2000d) and VII (42 U.S.C. Sec. 2000e); Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, Sec. 303 (42 U.S.C. 6102); Age Discrimination Action of 1967 as amended, Sec. 4 (29 U.S.C. Sec 623); Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended, Sec. 202 (42 U.S.C. 12132), and Sec. 102 (42 U.S.C. Sec. 12112) and implementing regulations (29 C.F.R. Part 1630), Federal transit law (49 U.S.C. Sec. 5332); Executive Order 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2000e note) and implementing regulations (41 C.F.R. Parts 60 et seq.). The Contractor also agrees to


Page 2 of 30

Exhibit E

include these requirements in each subcontract financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by the Federal Transit Administration.

6.01.06. Compliance With Law. Contractor shall perform all Work hereunder in compliance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, any applicable licensing or permitting laws. The Contractor shall use only licensed personnel to perform Work required by law to be performed by such personnel and shall bear the costs of obtaining all necessary licenses and permits.

6.01.07. Composition Of Contractor. If the Contractor hereunder is comprised of more than one legal entity, each such entity shall be jointly and several hereunder.

6.01.08. Contracts Involving Federal Privacy Act Requirements. The following requirements apply to the Contractor and its employees that administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government under any Contract:

(a) The Contractor agrees to comply with, and assures the compliance of its employees with, the information restrictions and other applicable requirements of the Privacy Act of 1974, U.S.C. § 552a. Among other things, the Contractor agrees to obtain the express consent of the Federal Government before the Contractor or its employees operate a system of records on behalf of the Federal Government. The Contractor understands that the requirements of the Privacy Act, including the civil and criminal penalties for violation of that Act, apply to those individuals involved, and that failure to comply with the terms of the Privacy Act may result in termination of the underlying Contract.

(b) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract to administer any system of records on behalf of the Federal Government financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

6.01.09. Disadvantaged Business Enterprise. Contractor will conform to 49 C.F.R. Part 26.

6.01.10. Energy Conservation. Contractor agrees to comply with mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the Florida energy conservation plan issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.

6.01.11. Federal Assistance and Incorporation of Federal Transit Administration (FTA) Terms. The procurements under the Contract may be supported in part by Federal assistance under grants made by the Department of Transportation, Federal Transit Administration, pursuant to the Federal Transit Laws, and the then current FTA Master Agreement. When so funded, the Contract shall be subject to all rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, as they may be amended from time to time during the course of the Contract. The preceding provisions include, in part, certain Standard Terms and Conditions required by DOT, whether or not expressly set forth in the Contract. All contractual provisions required by DOT, as set forth in FTA Circular 4220.1F, dated November 1, 2008, as the same may be amended or superseded from time to time, are hereby incorporated by reference. Anything to the contrary, herein not withstanding, all FTA mandated terms shall be deemed to control in the event of a conflict with other provisions contained in the Contract. The Contractor shall not perform any act, fail to perform any act, or refuse to comply with any LYNX requests which would cause LYNX to be in violation of the FTA terms and conditions.

6.01.12. Federal Changes. Contractor shall at all times comply with all applicable FTA regulations, policies, procedures and directives, including without limitation those listed directly or by reference in the then current FTA Master Agreement (which may be obtained at: http://www.fta.dot.gov/grants/15072.html ) between Owner and FTA, as they may be amended or promulgated from time to time during the term of the Contract. Contractor’s failure to so comply shall constitute a material breach of the Contract.

6.01.13. Federal, State And Local Taxes. The Contract price includes all applicable federal, state, and local taxes and duties. LYNX is exempt from state and local sales and use taxes. In addition, any such taxes included on any invoice or voucher received by LYNX shall be deducted from the amount of the invoice or voucher for purposes of payment.

6.01.14. Fly America Requirements. The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 40118 (the "Fly America" Act) in accordance with the General Services Administration's regulations at 41 C.F.R. Part 301-10, which provide that recipients

http://www.fta.dot.gov/grants/15072.html


Page 3 of 30

Exhibit E

and subrecipients of Federal funds and their contractors are required to use U.S. Flag air carriers for U.S. Government-financed international air travel and transportation of their personal effects or property, to the extent such service is available, unless travel by foreign air carrier is a matter of necessity, as defined by the Fly America Act. The Contractor shall submit, if a foreign air carrier was used, an appropriate certification or memorandum adequately explaining why service by a U.S. flag air carrier was not available or why it was necessary to use a foreign air carrier and shall, in any event, provide a certificate of compliance with the Fly America requirements. The Contractor agrees to include the requirements of this section in all subcontracts that may involve international air transportation.

6.01.15. Indemnification. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless LYNX as well as its officers and employees from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of the Contractor and persons employed or utilized by the Contractor in the performance of the Contract

6.01.16. Independent Contractor. The Contractor at all times shall be an independent contractor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of its employees, subcontractors, and their suppliers, and shall be specifically responsible for sufficient supervision and inspection to ensure compliance in every respect with the Contract requirements. There shall be no contractual relationship between any subcontractor and supplier of the Contractor and LYNX by virtue of the Contract. No provision of the Contract shall be for the benefit of any party other than LYNX and the Contractor.

6.01.17. Interest Of Public Officials. Contractor represents and warrants that no employee, official, or member of the board of LYNX, during his or her tenure or two years thereafter, is or will have a pecuniary interest or benefit directly or indirectly from the Contract or the proceeds thereof. Contractor further represents and warrants that it has not offered or given gratuities (in the form of entertainment, gifts, or otherwise) to any employee, official, or member of the Board of LYNX. For breach of any representation or warranty in this clause, LYNX shall have the right to annul the Contract without liability and/or have recourse to any other remedy it may have at law.

6.01.18. Material and Workmanship. All equipment, material, and articles incorporated into the Work covered by the Contract shall be new and of the most suitable grade for the purpose intended, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract. References in the specifications to equipment, material, articles, or patented processes by trade name, make, or catalog number, shall be regarded as establishing a standard of quality and shall not be construed as limiting competition. The Contractor at its option, may use any equipment, material, article, or process that, in the judgment of the Contracting Officer, is equal to that named in the specifications, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract.

6.01.19. No Obligation by the Federal Government. Contractor and LYNX agree that, notwithstanding any concurrence by the Federal Government in, or approval of the solicitation or award of the underlying Contract, absent the express written consent of the Federal Government, the Federal Government is not a party to the Contract and shall not be subject to any obligations or liabilities to LYNX, the Contractor or any other party pertaining to any matter resulting from the underlying Contract. Contractor further agrees to include this clause, without modification, in any subcontract issued hereunder.

6.01.20. Organization And Direction Of The Work. When the Contract is executed, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Project Manager, submit to the Project Manager a chart showing the general executive and administrative organization, the personnel to be employed concerning the Work under the Contract, and their respective duties. The Contractor shall keep the data furnished current by supplementing it, as additional information becomes available. Work performance under the Contract shall be under the full-time resident direction of:

(a) The Contractor, if the Contractor is an individual;

(b) One or more principal partners, if the Contractor is a partnership; or


Page 4 of 30

Exhibit E

(c) One or more senior officers, if Contractor is a corporation, association, or similar legal entity. However, if the Contracting Officer approves, a specific person may represent the Contractor in the direction of the Work or persons holding positions other than those identified in this paragraph.

6.01.21. Publicity Releases. All publicity releases or releases of reports, papers, article, maps or other documents in any way concerning the Contract or the Work hereunder which the Contractor or any of its subcontractor desires to make for purposes of publication in whole or in part, shall be subject to approval by the Contracting Officer prior to release.

6.01.22. Prohibition Against Contingent Fees. Contractor warrants that Contractor has not employed or retained any company or person, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor to solicit or secure the Contract and that Contractor has not paid or agreed to pay any person, company, corporation, individual, or firm, other than a bona fide employee working solely for Contractor any fee, commission, percentage, gift, or other consideration contingent upon or resulting from the award or making of the Contract. For the breach or violation of this provision, the Executive Director shall have the right to terminate the Contract without liability and, at its discretion, to deduct from the Contract price, or otherwise recover the full amount of such fee, commission, percentage, gift or consideration.

6.01.23. Program Fraud and False or Fraudulent Statements or Related Acts. Contractor agrees that the provisions of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, as amended, 31 U.S.C. Sec. 3801 et seq. and U.S. DOT regulations, “Program Fraud Civil Remedies,” 49 C.F.R. Part 31 apply to its actions pertaining to the Contract. Upon execution of the underlying Contract, the Contractor certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of any statement it has make, it makes, it may make, or causes to be made, pertaining to the underlying Contract or the FTA assisted project for which the Contract Work is being performed. In addition to other penalties that may be applicable, the Contractor further acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification, the Federal Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986 on the Contractor to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. The Contractor also acknowledges that if it makes, or causes to be made, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim, statement, submission, or certification to the Federal Government under a Contract connected with a project that is financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance originally awarded by FTA under the authority of 49 U.S.C. § 5307, the Government reserves the right to impose the penalties of 18 U.S.C. § 1001 and 49 U.S.C. § 5307(n)(1) on the Contractor, to the extent the Federal Government deems appropriate. Contractor further agrees to include this clause, without modification, in any subcontract issued hereunder.

6.01.24. Program Funding. LYNX's performance and obligations to pay under the Contract are contingent upon the availability of various Federal, State and local funding.

6.01.25. Subcontractors and Outside Consultants. Any subcontractors and outside associates or consultants required by the Contractor concerning the services covered by the Contract will be limited to such individuals or firms as were specifically identified and agreed to by LYNX concerning the award of the Contract. Any substitution in such subcontracts, associates, or consultants will be subject to the prior approval of the Contracting Officer.

6.01.26. Termination.

(a) Termination For Convenience. LYNX may terminate the Contract, in whole or in part, at any time and for any reason by written notice to the Contractor when it is in the best interest of LYNX. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including Contract close-out costs, and profit on Work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its termination claim to LYNX to be paid the Contractor. If the Contractor has any property in its possession belonging to LYNX, the Contractor will account for the same, and dispose of it in the manner LYNX directs.

(b) Termination for Default. If the Contractor fails to make delivery of the goods or to perform the services within the time specified herein or any extension thereof; or if the Contractor fails to perform any of the other provisions of the Contract, or so fails to make progress as to endanger performance of the Contract in accordance with its terms and, in either of these two circumstances, does not cure such failure within a period of ten (10) days after receiving such notice from LYNX, thereafter, LYNX may terminate the Contract for default and have the Work completed and the Contractor shall be liable for any resulting cost to LYNX. In the event of termination for default, the Contractor will only be paid the Contract price for supplies delivered and accepted, or services performed in accordance with the manner of performance set forth in the Contract. If, after termination for failure to fulfill Contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor


Page 5 of 30

Exhibit E

was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of LYNX.

(c) Termination Due to Insufficient Funds. If at any time during the term of the Contract the LYNX Governing Board makes a determination that LYNX has insufficient funds with which to carry out its performance and obligations under the Contract, then LYNX may terminate the Contract by delivering a notice of termination to the Contractor. The effective date of any termination shall be the date which is thirty (30) days following the delivery of the notice of termination or such later date, if any, specified in the notice of termination. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including Contract closeout costs, and profit on Work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its claim for final payment to LYNX.

(d) Termination Due to Failure to Receive a Grant or other Funding Device. If at any time during the term of the Contract LYNX ceases to receive a grant or other funding device from a third party with which it intended to pay for the goods or services Contracted for, then, unless otherwise directed by the LYNX Governing Board, LYNX may terminate the Contract by delivering a notice of termination to the Contractor. The effective date of any termination shall be the date which is thirty (30) days following the delivery of the notice of termination or such later date, if any, specified in the notice of termination. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including Contract closeout costs, and profit on Work performed up to the time of termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its claim for final payment to LYNX.

(e) Damages Upon Termination. Any damages to be assessed to the Contractor as a result of a default termination or any claim by Contractor for costs resulting from a termination for convenience by LYNX, a termination due to insufficient funds by LYNX, or a termination due to a failure to receive a grant or other funding device by LYNX will be computed and allowable in accordance with federal regulations in effect at the time of termination.

6.01.27. Truth in Negotiation. Contractor agrees to execute a Truth-in-Negotiation Certificate in accordance with Florida Statutes §287.055 stating that the wage rates and other factual unit costs supporting the compensation are accurate, complete, and current at the time of contracting.

6.01.28. Insurance. For any Contractor that is coming onto LYNX property to provide services such Contractor agrees to maintain insurance as set forth in Section 6.02.05 unless such services consist solely of delivering supplies or materials.

6.02 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING TEN THOUSAND DOLLARS ($10,000)

6.02.01. Recovered Materials. With respect to contracts for items designated by the Environmental Protection Agency, when LYNX procures at least Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) of such materials per year, the Contractor agrees to comply with all the requirements of Section 6002 of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), as amended (42 U.S.C. 6962), including but not limited to the regulatory provisions of 40 C.F.R. Part 247, and Executive Order 12873, as they apply to the procurement of the items designated in Subpart B of 40 C.F.R. Part 247.

6.02.02. Approval of Materials. When required by the Contract or by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall obtain the Contracting Officer’s approval of the material or articles, which the Contractor contemplates incorporating into the work. When requesting approval, the Contractor shall furnish to the Contracting Officer full information concerning the material or articles, including, but not limited to the name of the manufacturer, the model number, and other information concerning the performance, capacity, nature, and rating of the machinery and mechanical and other equipment. When directed to do so by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall submit samples for approval at the Contractor’s expense, with all shipping charges prepaid. Machinery, equipment, material, and articles that do not have the required approval shall be installed or used at the risk of subsequent rejection. All Work under the Contract shall be performed in a skillful and workmanlike manner, unless a higher standard of care is specified. The Contracting Officer may require, in writing, that the Contractor removes from the Work any employee the Contracting Officer deems incompetent, careless, or otherwise objectionable.


Page 6 of 30

Exhibit E

6.02.03. Changes.

(a) The Contracting Officer may, at any time, without notice to the sureties, if any, by written order designated or indicated to be a change order, make changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract, including changes:

(i) In the specifications (including drawings and designs);

(ii) In the method or manner of performance of the work;

(iii) In the Government-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or site; or

(iv) Directing acceleration in the performance of the work.

(b) Any other written or oral order (which, as used in this paragraph (b), includes direction, instruction, interpretation, or determination) from the Contracting Officer that causes a change shall be treated as a change order under this clause, provided, that the Contractor gives the Contracting Officer written notice stating:

(i) The date, circumstances, and source of the order; and

(ii) That the Contractor regards the order as a change order.

(c) Except as provided in this clause, no order, statement, or conduct of the Contracting Officer shall be treated as a change under this clause or entitle the Contractor to an equitable adjustment.

(d) If any change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the Work under the Contract, whether or not changed by any such order, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment and modify the Contract in writing. However, except for an adjustment based on defective specifications, no adjustment for any change under paragraph (b) of this clause shall be made for any costs incurred more than twenty (20) days before the Contractor gives written notice as required.

(e) In the case of defective specifications for which the Government is responsible, the equitable adjustment shall include any increased cost reasonably incurred by the Contractor in attempting to comply with the defective specifications.

(f) The Contractor must assert its right to an adjustment under this clause within thirty (30) days after:

(i) Receipt of a written change order under paragraph (a) of this clause or

(ii) The furnishing of a written notice under paragraph (b) of this clause, by submitting to the Contracting Officer a written statement describing the general nature and amount of the proposal, unless this period is extended by the Government. The statement of proposal for adjustment may be included in the notice under paragraph (b) above.

(g) No proposal by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment shall be allowed if asserted after final payment under the Contract.

6.02.04. Errors And Omissions. Notwithstanding the provision of data supplied by LYNX, the Contractor shall have the responsibility of supplying all details required to make the product or service complete and ready for use although such details may not be specifically mentioned in the specifications. The Contractor shall take no advantage of any apparent error or omission, which he might discover in the plans or specifications, but shall forthwith notify the Contracting Officer of such discovery, who will then make such corrections and interpretations as he deems necessary for reflecting the actual spirit and intent of the plans and specifications.


Page 7 of 30

Exhibit E

6.02.05. Insurance. The Contractor shall, at all times during the term of the Contract and extended terms thereof, provide and maintain the following types of insurance protecting the interests of LYNX and the Contractor with limits of liability not less than those specified below.

(a) Worker's Compensation Insurance: Providing statutory benefits as provided under the Workers' Compensation Act of the State of Florida and/or any other state or Federal law or laws applicable to the Contractor's employees performing Work under the Contract.

(b) Employers' Liability Insurance: With limits of liability of not less than $100,000 each accident, $100,000 each employee for disease, and $500,000 policy limit for disease. This insurance must be endorsed with a Waiver of Subrogation Endorsement, waiving the carrier's right of recovery under subrogation or otherwise from LYNX.

(c) Commercial General Liability: In the following amounts: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $100,000 each occurrence/$300,000 general aggregate; $100,000 products/completed operations aggregate. Effective October 1, 2011, the foregoing amounts shall be as follows: Bodily Injury and Property Damage $200,000 each occurrence/$300,000 general aggregate; $200,000 products/completed operations aggregate. There shall not be any policy exclusions or limitations for the following coverages: Contractual Liability covering the Contractor's obligations herein; Personal Injury - Medical Payments; Broad Form - Property Damage; Fire Damage; Legal Liability; Liability for Independent Contractors.

(d) Comprehensive Automobile Liability: Insurance covering all owned or hired and non-owned vehicles used concerning the Work performed under the Contract with limits of liability not less than $200,000 each person and $300,000 each accident for bodily injury and $200,000 each occurrence for property damage or a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage liability of not less than $500,000.

(e) Certificates of Insurance: Before commencing prosecution of the Contract, Contractor shall mail to LYNX Certificates of Insurance satisfactory to LYNX from each insurance company evidencing the insurance as required above is in force, stating policy number(s), dates of expiration and limits of liability thereunder. All copies of policies and Certificates of Insurance submitted to LYNX shall be in form and content acceptable to LYNX.

(f) Approval of Forms and Companies: An insurance company or companies satisfactory to the Contracting Officer and licensed to do business in Florida shall write all insurance described in the Contract. Insurance shall be in form and content satisfactory to the Contracting Officer. No party subject to the provisions of the Contract shall violate or knowingly permit to be violated any of the provisions of the policies of insurance described herein. Except as may otherwise specifically be provided herein to the contrary, all policies of insurance which are in any way related to the Work required by the Contract shall be endorsed to LYNX waiving the issuing insurance company's rights of recovery against LYNX whether by way of subrogation or otherwise. All insurance should be provided by insurance companies with a Best's Rating of B+ or better.

(g) Additional Insured Endorsement: The policy or policies providing Commercial General Liability, Automobile Liability and as required above shall be endorsed to name LYNX, its officers, directors, employees and assigns as Additional Insured with respect to all matters performed by or on behalf of the Contractor in connection with the Contract.

(h) Notice of Cancellation or Material Change: Policies and/or certificates shall specifically provide a thirty- (30) day notice of cancellation, non-renewal, or material change to be sent to LYNX.

(i) Subcontractors: If any part of the Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require any and all subcontractors performing Work under the Contract to carry insurance of the type and limits of liability as the Contractor shall deem appropriate and adequate. In the event, a subcontractor is unable to furnish adequate insurance as provided above, the Contractor shall endorse the subcontractor as an Additional Insured. The Contractor shall obtain and furnish to LYNX certificates of insurance evidencing subcontractors' insurance coverage.

(j) Multiple Policies: A single policy of insurance or a combination of primary, excess or umbrella liability policies as required above may provide the limits of liability. Nevertheless, in no event shall the total limit of liability for any one occurrence or accident be less than the amount shown above.


Page 8 of 30

Exhibit E

(k) Deductibles: Companies issuing the insurance policies and the Contractor shall have no recourse against LYNX for payment of any premiums or assessments for any deductibles, as all such premiums and deductibles are the sole responsibility and risk of the Contractor.

6.02.06. Notice Of Labor Disputes.

(a) If the Contractor has knowledge that any actual or potential labor dispute is delaying or threatens to delay the timely performance of the Contract, the Contractor immediately shall give notice, including all relevant information, to the Contracting Officer.

(b) The Contractor agrees to insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (b), in any subcontract under which a labor dispute may delay the timely performance of the Contract, except that each subcontract shall provide that in the event its timely performance is delayed or threatened by delay by any actual or potential labor dispute the subcontractor shall immediately notify the next higher tier subcontractor or the Contractor, as the case may be, of all relevant information concerning the dispute.

6.03 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING TWENTY FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS

6.03.01. Suspension and Debarment. The contract that ultimately results from this solicitation is a "covered transaction" as defined by 2 CFR Part 180. Each Bidder must certify at the time it submits its bid that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred or suspended by any Federal department or agency from participation in this transaction. The bidder with the successful bid further agrees to comply with 2 CFR Part 1200 and 2 CFR Part 180, Subpart C by administering each lower tier subcontract that exceeds $25,000 as a "covered transaction".

(a) The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by LYNX.

(b) If it is later determined that the Contractor knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to LYNX, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment.

(c) The Contractor agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 C.F.R. 29, Subpart C while its offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from its offer.

(d) The Contractor further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions.

6.04 PROVISIONS APPLICABLE ONLY TO CONTRACTS EXCEEDING ONE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS

6.04.01. Claims for Damages. Should either party to the Contract suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any act or omission of the party or of any of his employees, agents or others for whose acts he is legally liable, a claim for damages therefor shall be made in writing to such other party within a reasonable time after the first observance of such injury or damage.

6.04.02. Clean Air and Clean Water. The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable standards, orders or regulations issued pursuant to the Clean Air Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. §§ 7401 et seq. and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq. The Contractor agrees to report each violation to LYNX and understands and agrees that LYNX will, in turn, report each violation as required to assure notification to FTA and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract exceeding $100,000 financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

6.04.03. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards. The following provisions shall apply with respect to all U.S. federal government financed contracts and subcontracts in excess of $100,000, involving employment of laborers or mechanics, including watchmen and guards, provided, however, that these provisions shall not apply to contracts for


Page 9 of 30

Exhibit E

transportation by land, air, or water, or for the transmission of intelligence, or for the purchase of supplies or materials or articles ordinarily available in the open market.

(a) Overtime requirements. No Contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the Contract Work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such Work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.

(b) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section the Contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such Contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.

(c) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. LYNX shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of Work performed by the Contractor or subcontractor under any such Contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime Contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such Contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b) of this section.

(d) Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section.

6.04.04. Record Keeping Requirements. The Contractor or subcontractor shall maintain payrolls and basic payroll records during the course of the Work and shall preserve them for a period of three years from the completion of the Contract for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchmen, working on the Contract. Such records shall contain the name and address of each such employee, social security number, correct classifications, hourly rates of wages paid, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made, and actual wages paid. The records to be maintained under this paragraph shall be made available by the Contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of LYNX and the Department of Labor, and the Contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job.Lobbying . Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the certification required by 49 C.F.R. part 20, "New Restrictions on Lobbying." Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Each tier shall also disclose the name of any registrant under the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 who has made lobbying contacts on its behalf with non-Federal funds with respect to that Federal contract, grant or award covered by 31 U.S.C. 1352. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to LYNX.Performance During Dispute Unless otherwise directed by LYNX, Contractor shall continue performance under the Contract while matters in dispute are being resolved. PROVISIONS RELATING TO ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING SERVICES CONTRACTS

6.05.01. Seismic Safety. Contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 C.F.R. Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The Contractor also agrees to ensure that all Work performed under the Contract including Work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project.


Page 10 of 30

Exhibit E

6.05.02. Special Termination Provisions. LYNX may terminate the Contract in whole or in part, for the convenience of LYNX or because of the failure of the Contractor to fulfill the Contract obligations. LYNX shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature, extent, and effective date of the termination. Upon receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall (1) immediately discontinue all services affected (unless the notice directs otherwise), and (2) deliver to the Contracting Officer all data, drawings, specifications, reports, estimates, summaries, and other information and materials accumulated in performing the Contract, whether completed or in process. If the termination is for the convenience of LYNX, the Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the Contract price but shall allow no anticipated profit on unperformed services. If the termination is for failure of the Contractor to fulfill the Contract obligations, LYNX may complete the Work by Contract or otherwise and the Contractor shall be liable for any additional cost incurred by LYNX. If, after termination for failure to fulfill Contract obligations, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of LYNX.

6.06 PROVISIONS RELATING TO CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS

6.06.01. Buy America. The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include microcomputer equipment, software, and small purchases (currently less than $100,000) made with capital, operating, or planning funds. Contractor must submit to LYNX a Buy America certification with respect to all FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver.

6.06.02. Cargo Preference - Use of United States-Flag Vessels. Contractor agrees:

(a) To use privately owned United States-Flag commercial vessels to ship at least 50 percent of the gross tonnage (computed separately for dry bulk carriers, dry cargo liners, and tankers) involved, whenever shipping any equipment, material, or commodities pursuant to the underlying Contract to the extent such vessels are available at fair and reasonable rates for United States-Flag commercial vessels;

(b) To furnish within twenty (20) business days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within thirty (30) business days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of -lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to LYNX (through the Contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading.); and

(c) To include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to the Contract when the subcontract may involve the transport of equipment, material, or commodities by ocean vessel.

6.06.03. Cleaning Up. The Contractor shall at all times keep the work area, including storage areas, free from accumulations of waste materials. Before completing the work, the Contractor shall remove from the Work and premises any rubbish, tools, scaffolding, equipment, and materials that are not the property of LYNX. Upon completing the work, the Contractor shall leave the work area in a clean, neat, and orderly condition satisfactory to the Contracting Officer.

6.06.04. Continuing The Work. The Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with LYNX. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Contractor and LYNX may otherwise agree in writing. Suspension of the Work by the Contractor during any dispute or disagreement with LYNX shall entitle LYNX to terminate the Contract for cause, except as otherwise provided in the General Provisions. This section supersedes other sections concerning continuing work.

6.06.05. Cooperation Of Contractor. The Contractor will be supplied with three (3) copies each of the plans and specifications. Contractor shall have available on the work site at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. The Contractor, for the cost of reproduction, may obtain additional copies of plans and specifications. The Contractor shall give constant attention to the Work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the Project Manager and any inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The Project Manager shall allocate the Work and designate


Page 11 of 30

Exhibit E

the sequence of construction in case of controversy between contractors. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work site at all, times who is fully authorized as his agent. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the Project Manager or his authorized representative.

6.06.06. Davis-Bacon and Copeland Anti-Kickback Acts. With respect to all construction contracts and subcontracts over two thousand dollars ($2,000) at least partly financed by a loan or grant from the Federal Government, and including contracts for actual construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating, the following provisions shall apply.

(a) Minimum wages.

(i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the Work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 C.F.R. part 3)), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the Contractor and such laborers and mechanics.

Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 C.F.R. Part 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(ii) of this section) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) shall be posted at all times by the Contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers.

(ii) (A) The Contracting Officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the Contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The Contracting Officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met:

(1) Except with respect to helpers as defined as 29 C.F.R. 5.2(n)(4), the work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and

(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and

(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination; and

(4) With respect to helpers as defined in 29 C.F.R. 5.2(n)(4), such a classification prevails in the area in which the work is performed.


Page 12 of 30

Exhibit E

(B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the Contracting Officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the Contracting Officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the Contracting Officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(ii)(B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing Work in the classification under the Contract from the first day on which Work is performed in the classification.

(iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the Contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the Contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.

(iv) If the Contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the Contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, provided that the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the Contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the Contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.

(v) (A) The Contracting Officer shall require that any class of laborers or mechanics which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the Contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. The Contracting Officer shall approve an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits therefor only when the following criteria have been met:

(1) The Work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and

(2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and

(3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.

(B) If the Contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the Contracting Officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, Washington, DC 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.


Page 13 of 30

Exhibit E

(C) In the event the Contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the Contracting Officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the Contracting Officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the Contracting Officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination with 30 days of receipt and so advise the Contracting Officer or will notify the Contracting Officer within the 30-day period that additional time is necessary.

(D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to paragraphs (a)(v)(B) or (C) of this section, shall be paid to all workers performing Work in the classification under the Contract from the first day on which Work is performed in the classification.

(b) Withholding. LYNX shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the Contractor under the Contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime Contractor, or any other federally-assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime Contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the Contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the Contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the Work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the Contract, LYNX may, after written notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.

(c) Payrolls and basic records.

(i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of the Work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the Work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 C.F.R. 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the Contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.

(ii) (A) The Contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any Contract Work is performed a copy of all payrolls to LYNX for transmission to the Federal Transit Administration. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 C.F.R. part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029-005-00014-1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. The prime Contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors.


Page 14 of 30

Exhibit E

(B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the Contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the Contract and shall certify the following:

(1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under section 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 C.F.R. part 5 and that such information is correct and complete;

(2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and trainee) employed on the Contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 C.F.R. part 3;

(3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of Work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the Contract.

(C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (c)(i)(B) of this section.

(D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the Contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under section 1001 of title 18 and section 231 of title 31 of the United States Code.

(iii) The Contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the Federal Transit Administration or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the Contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the Contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 C.F.R. 5.12.

(d) Apprentices and trainees

(i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the Work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the Contractor as to the entire Work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of Work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing Work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the Work actually performed. Where a Contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) specified in the Contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of


Page 15 of 30

Exhibit E

the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division of the U.S. Department of Labor determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Bureau, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the Work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

(ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 C.F.R. 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the Work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of Work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing Work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the Work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the Contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the Work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

(iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 C.F.R. part 30.

(e) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 C.F.R. part 3, which are incorporated by reference in the Contract.

(f) Subcontracts. The Contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 C.F.R. 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as the Federal Transit Administration may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime Contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the Contract clauses in 29 C.F.R. 5.5.

(g) Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the Contract clauses in 29 C.F.R. 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the Contract, and for debarment as a Contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 C.F.R. 5.12.

(h) Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 C.F.R. parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in the Contract.

(i) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of the Contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of the Contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 C.F.R. parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause


Page 16 of 30

Exhibit E

include disputes between the Contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the Contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

(j) Certification of eligibility.

(i) By entering into the Contract, the Contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the Contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government Contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 C.F.R. 5.12(a)(1).

(ii) No part of the Contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis-Bacon Act or 29 C.F.R. 5.12(a)(1).

(iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. 1001.

6.06.07. Differing Site Conditions.

(a) The Contractor shall promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, give a written notice to the Contracting Officer of: (1) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract; or (2) Unknown physical conditions at the site, of an unusual nature, which differ materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inhering in Work of the character provided for in the Contract. The Contracting Officer shall investigate the site conditions promptly after receiving the notice. If the conditions do materially so differ and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performing any part of the Work under the Contract, whether or not changed as a result of the conditions, an equitable adjustment shall be made under this clause and the Contract modified in writing accordingly.

(b) No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the Contract under this clause shall be allowed, unless the Contractor has given the written notice required; provided, that the time prescribed in paragraph (a) of this clause for giving written notice may be extended by the Contracting Officer. No request by the Contractor for an equitable adjustment to the Contract for differing site conditions shall be allowed if made after final payment under the Contract.

6.06.08. Layout Of Work. The Contractor shall lay out its Work from base lines and benchmarks indicated on the drawings, and shall be responsible for all measurements concerning the layout. The Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all stakes, templates, platforms, equipment, tools, materials, and labor required to lay out any part of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for executing the Work to the lines and grades that may be established or indicated by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall also be responsible for maintaining and preserving all stakes and other marks established by the Project Manager until authorized to remove them. If such marks are destroyed by the Contractor or through its negligence before their removal is authorized, the Project Manager may replace them and deduct the expense of the replacement from any amounts due or to become due to the Contractor.

6.06.09. Maintenance During Construction. The Contractor shall maintain the Work during construction and until the Work is accepted. This maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective Work prosecuted day by day, with adequate equipment and forces so that the Work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. All costs of maintenance Work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various Contract items, and the Contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. Should the Contractor at any time fail to maintain the work, the Project Manager shall immediately notify the Contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the Contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance condition. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that exists. Should the Contractor fail to respond to the Project Manager's notification, the Project Manager may suspend any Work necessary for LYNX to correct such unsatisfactory maintenance condition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by LYNX shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the Contractor.

6.06.10. Occupational Safety and Health ("OSHA"). Contractor agrees to comply with section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, 40 U.S.C. section 333, and applicable Department of Labor regulations, "Safety and Health Regulations for Construction" 29 C.F.R. Part 1926. Among other things, the Contractor agrees that it will not require any laborer or mechanic to work in unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous surroundings or working conditions.


Page 17 of 30

Exhibit E

(a) The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this section in each subcontract. The term "subcontract" under this section is considered to refer to a person who agrees to perform any part of the labor or material requirements of a Contract for construction, alteration or repair. A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a Contract involving the furnishing of supplies or materials will be considered a "subcontractor" under this section if the Work in question involves the performance of construction Work and is to be performed:

(i) directly on or near the construction site, or

(ii) for the specific project on a customized basis.

Thus, a supplier of materials which will become an integral part of the construction is a "subcontractor" if the supplier fabricates or assembles the goods or materials in question specifically for the construction project and the Work involved may be said to be construction activity. If the goods or materials in question are ordinarily sold to other customers from regular inventory, the supplier is not a "subcontractor" for the purposes of this section. The requirements of this section do not apply to Contracts or subcontracts for the purchase of supplies or materials or articles normally available on the open market.

6.06.11. Operations And Storage Areas. (a) The Contractor shall confine all operations (including storage of materials) on LYNX premises to areas authorized or approved by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall hold and save LYNX, its officers, agents, free, and harmless from liability of any nature occasioned by the Contractor’s performance.

(b) Temporary buildings (e.g., storage sheds, shops, offices) and utilities may be erected by the Contractor only with the prior written approval of the Project Manager and shall be built with labor and materials furnished by the Contractor without expense to LYNX. The temporary buildings and utilities shall remain the property of the Contractor and shall be removed by the Contractor upon completion of the work. With the written consent of the Project Manager, the buildings and utilities may be abandoned and need not be removed.

(c) The Contractor shall, under regulations prescribed by the Project Manager, use only established roadways, or use temporary roadways constructed by the Contractor when and as authorized by the Project Manager. When materials are transported in prosecuting the work, vehicles shall not be loaded beyond the loading capacity recommended by the manufacturer of the vehicle or prescribed by any Federal, State, or local law or regulation. When it is necessary to cross curbs or sidewalks, the Contractor shall protect them from damage. The Contractor shall repair or pay for the repair of any damaged curbs, sidewalks, or roads.

6.06.12. Protection Of Vegetation, Structures, Equipment & Utilities. The Contractor shall preserve and protect all existing structures, equipment, and vegetation (such as trees, shrubs, and grass), on or adjacent to the work site, which are not to be removed and which do not unreasonably interfere with the Work required under the Contract. The Contractor shall only remove trees when specifically authorized to do so, and shall avoid damaging vegetation that will remain in place. If any limbs or branches of trees are broken during Contract performance, or by the careless operation of equipment, or by workmen, the Contractor shall trim those limbs or branches with a clean cut and paint the cut with a tree-pruning compound as directed by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements and utilities at or near the work site, and on adjacent property of a third party, the locations of which are made known to or should be known by the Contractor. The Contractor shall repair any damage to those facilities, including those that are the property of a third party, resulting from failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract or failure to exercise reasonable care in performing the work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair the damage promptly, the Project Manager may have the necessary Work performed and charge the cost to the Contractor.

6.06.13. Safety. Contractor agrees to provide appropriate safety barricades, signs, and signal lights; comply with the standards issued by the Secretary of Labor at 29 C.F.R. Part 1926 and 29 C.F.R. Part 1910; and ensure that any additional measures the Contracting Officer determines to be reasonably necessary for the purposes are taken.

6.06.14. Schedules For Construction Contracts. (a) The Contractor shall, within five days after the Work commences on the Contract or another period of time determined by the Contracting Officer, prepare and submit to the Contracting Officer for approval three copies of a practicable schedule showing the order in which the Contractor proposes to perform the work. The Contractor will supply the dates on which the Contractor contemplates starting and completing


Page 18 of 30

Exhibit E

the several salient features of the Work (including acquiring materials, plant, and equipment). The schedule shall be in the form of a progress chart of suitable scale to indicate appropriately the percentage of Work scheduled for completion by any given date during the period. If the Contractor fails to submit a schedule within the time prescribed, the Contracting Officer may withhold approval of progress payments until the Contractor submits the required schedule.

(b) The Contractor shall enter the actual progress on the chart as directed by the Contracting Officer, and upon doing so shall immediately deliver three copies of the annotated schedule to the Contracting Officer. If, in the opinion of the Contracting Officer, the Contractor falls behind the approved schedule, the Contractor shall take steps necessary to improve its progress, including those that may be required by the Contracting Officer, without additional cost to LYNX. In this circumstance, the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to increase the number of shifts, overtime operations, days of work, and/or the amount of construction plant, and to submit for approval any supplementary schedule or schedules in chart form as the Contracting Officer deems necessary to demonstrate how the approved rate of progress will be regained.

(c) Failure of the Contractor to comply with the requirements of the Contracting Officer under this clause, shall be grounds for a determination by the Contracting Officer that the Contractor is not prosecuting the Work with sufficient diligence to ensure completion within the time specified in the Contract. Upon making this determination, the Contracting Officer may terminate the Contractor’s right to proceed with the work, or any separable part of it, in accordance with the default terms of the Contract.

6.06.15. Seismic Safety. Contractor agrees that any new building or addition to an existing building will be designed and constructed in accordance with the standards for Seismic Safety required in Department of Transportation Seismic Safety Regulations 49 C.F.R. Part 41 and will certify to compliance to the extent required by the regulation. The Contractor also agrees to ensure that all Work performed under the Contract including Work performed by a subcontractor is in compliance with the standards required by the Seismic Safety Regulations and the certification of compliance issued on the project.

6.06.16. Special Termination for Default Provisions. If the Contractor refuses or fails to prosecute the Work or any separable part, with the diligence that will ensure its completion within the time specified in the Contract or any extension or fails to complete the Work within this time, or if the Contractor fails to comply with any other provisions of the Contract, LYNX may terminate the Contract for default. LYNX shall terminate by delivering to the Contractor a Notice of Termination specifying the nature of the default. In this event, LYNX may take over the Work and compete it by Contract or otherwise, and may take possession of and use any materials, appliances, and plant on the work site necessary for completing the work. The Contractor and its sureties shall be liable for any damage to LYNX resulting from the Contractor's refusal or failure to complete the Work within specified time, whether or not the Contractor's right to proceed with the Work is terminated. This liability includes any increased costs incurred by LYNX in completing the work. The Contractor's right to proceed shall not be terminated nor the Contractor charged with damages under this clause if:

(a) the delay in completing the Work arises from unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor. Examples of such causes include: acts of God, acts of LYNX, acts of another Contractor in the performance of a Contract with LYNX, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes; and

(b) the Contractor, within ten (10) days from the beginning of any delay, notifies LYNX in writing of the causes of delay. If in the judgment of LYNX, the delay is excusable, the time for completing the Work shall be extended. The judgment of LYNX shall be final and conclusive on the parties, but subject to appeal under the Disputes clauses, if applicable.

If, after termination of the Contractor's right to proceed, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, or that the delay was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties will be the same as if the termination had been issued for the convenience of the Recipient.

6.06.17. Specifications And Drawings. (a) The Contractor shall keep on the work site a copy of the drawings and specifications and shall at all times give the Project Manager access thereto. Anything mentioned in the specifications and not shown on the drawings, or shown on the drawings and not mentioned in the specifications, shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. In case of difference between drawings and specifications, the specifications shall govern. In


Page 19 of 30

Exhibit E

case of discrepancy in the figures, in the drawings, or in the specifications, the matter shall be promptly submitted to the Contracting Officer, who shall promptly make a determination in writing. Any adjustment by the Contractor without such a determination shall be at its own risk and expense. The Contracting Officer shall furnish from time to time such detailed drawings and other information as considered necessary, unless otherwise provided.

(b) Wherever in the specifications or upon the drawings the words “directed”, “required”, “ordered”, “designated”, “prescribed”, or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the “direction”, “requirement”, “order”, “designation”, or “prescription”, of the Contracting Officer is intended and similarly, the words “approved”, “acceptable”, “satisfactory”, or words of like import shall mean “Approved by,” or “acceptable to”, or “satisfactory to” the Contracting Officer, unless otherwise expressly stated.

(c) Where “as shown,” as indicated”, “as detailed”, or words of similar import are used, it shall be understood that the reference is made to the drawings accompanying the Contract unless stated otherwise. The word “provided” as used herein shall be understood to mean, “provide complete in place,” that is “furnished and installed”.

(d) "Shop drawings" means drawings, submitted to LYNX by the Contractor, subcontractor, or any lower tier subcontractor pursuant to a construction Contract, showing in detail the proposed fabrication and assembly of structural elements, and the installation (i.e., fit, and attachment details) of materials or equipment. It includes drawings, diagrams, layouts, schematics, descriptive literature, illustrations, schedules, performance and test data, and similar materials furnished by the Contractor to explain in detail specific portions of the Work required by the Contract. LYNX may duplicate, use, and disclose in any manner and for any purpose shop drawings delivered under the Contract.

(e) If the Contract requires shop drawings, the Contractor shall coordinate all such drawings, and review them for accuracy, completeness, and compliance with Contract requirements and shall indicate its approval thereon as evidence of such coordination and review. Shop drawings submitted to the Contracting Officer without evidence of the Contractor’s approval may be returned for resubmission. The Contracting Officer will indicate an approval or disapproval of the shop drawings and if not approved as submitted shall indicate LYNX’s reasons therefor. Any Work done before such approval shall be at the Contractor’s risk. Approval by the Contracting Officer shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any errors or omissions in such drawings, nor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract, except with respect to variations described and approved in accordance with (f) below.

(f) If shop drawings show variations from the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall describe such variations in writing, separate from the drawings, at the time of submission. If the Contracting Officer approves any such variation, the Contracting Officer shall issue an appropriate Contract modification, except that, if the variation is minor or does not involve a change in price or in time of performance, a modification need not be issued.

(g) The Contractor shall submit to the Contracting Officer for approval four (4) copies (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings as called for under the various headings of these specifications. Three (3) sets (unless otherwise indicated) of all shop drawings, will be retained by the Contracting Officer and one set will be returned to the Contractor. Upon completing the Work under the Contract, the Contractor shall furnish a complete set of all shop drawings as finally approved. These drawings shall show all changes and revisions made up to the time the equipment is completed and accepted.

6.06.18. Suspension Of Work.

(a) The Contracting Officer may order the Contractor, in writing, to suspend, delay, or interrupt all or any part of the Work of the Contract for the period of time that the Contracting Officer determines appropriate for the convenience of LYNX.

(b) If the performance of all or any part of the Work is, for an unreasonable period of time, suspended, delayed, or interrupted:

(i) By an act of the Contracting Officer in the administration of the Contract, or


Page 20 of 30

Exhibit E

(ii) By the Contracting Officer’s failure to act within the time specified in the Contract (or within a reasonable time if not specified),

an adjustment shall be made for any increase in the cost of performance of the Contract (excluding profit) necessarily caused by the unreasonable suspension, delay, or interruption, and the Contract modified in writing accordingly. However, no adjustment shall be made under this clause for any suspension, delay, or interruption to the extent that performance would have been so suspended, delayed, or interrupted by any other cause, including the fault or negligence of the Contractor, or for which an equitable adjustment is provided for or excluded under any other term or condition of the Contract.

(c) A claim under this clause shall not be allowed for any costs incurred more than twenty (20) days before the Contractor shall have notified the Contracting Officer in writing of the act or failure to act involved. Nevertheless, this requirement shall not apply as to a claim resulting from a suspension order unless the claim, in an amount stated, is asserted in writing as soon as practicable after the termination of the suspension, delay, or interruption, but not later than the date of final payment under the Contract.

6.06.19. Use And Possession Prior To Completion. (a) LYNX shall have the right to take possession of or use any completed or partially completed part of the work. Before taking possession of or using any work, the Contracting Officer shall furnish the Contractor a list of items of Work remaining to be performed or corrected on those portions of the Work that LYNX intends to take possession of or use. However, failure of the Contracting Officer to list any item of Work shall not relieve the Contractor's responsibility for complying with the Contract terms. The Government’s possession or use shall not be deemed an acceptance of any Work under the Contract.

(b) While LYNX has such possession or use, the Contractor shall be relieved of the responsibility for the loss of or damage to the Work resulting from LYNX’s possession or use. If prior possession or use by LYNX delays the progress of the Work or causes additional expense to the Contractor an equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract price or the time of completion, and the Contract shall be modified in writing accordingly.

6.06.20. Utilities. Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities that are necessary to perform the Work required by the Contract.

6.06.21. Department of Labor Equal Opportunity Employment.

NOTICE OF REQUIREMENT FOR AFFIRMATIVE ACTION TO ENSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)

MUST BE INCLUDED IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS THAT EXCEED $10,000

1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the “Equal Opportunity Clause” and the “Standard Federal Equal Employment Specifications” set forth herein.

2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows:

Time- tables Goals for minority participation for each trade Goals for female participation in each trade

Insert goals for each year Insert goals for each year.

These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the Contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the Contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and non-federally involved construction.

The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR part 60-4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women


Page 21 of 30

Exhibit E

evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from contractor to contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR part 60-4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed.

3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed.

4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the “covered area” is (insert description of the geographical areas where the contract is to be performed giving the state, county and city, if any).

STANDARD FEDERAL EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 11246)

MUST BE INCLUDED IN CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS AND SUBCONTRACTS THAT EXCEED $10,000

1. As used in these specifications:

a. “Covered area” means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted;

b. “Director” means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority;

c. “Employer identification number” means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941.

d. “Minority” includes:

(i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin);

(ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race);

(iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and

(iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification).

2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted.

3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60-4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each contractor or subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other contractors or subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered contractor's or subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables.

4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade


Page 22 of 30

Exhibit E

in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the FEDERAL REGISTER in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified.

5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of Labor.

7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following:

a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on-site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities.

b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the organizations' responses.

c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off-the-street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken.

d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations.

e. Develop on-the-job training opportunities and/or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above.

f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed.

g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter.


Page 23 of 30

Exhibit E

h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business.

i. Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process.

j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force.

k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR part 60-3.

l. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities.

m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out.

n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single-user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes.

o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations.

p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations.

8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor-union, contractor-community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance.

9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non-minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized).

10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin.

11. The Contractor shall not enter into any subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246.

12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive


Page 24 of 30

Exhibit E

Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended.

13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60-4.8.

14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records.

15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program).

(b) The notice set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.2 and the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60-4.3 replace the New Form for Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Bid Conditions for Federal and Federally Assisted Construction published at 41 FR 32482 and commonly known as the Model Federal EEO Bid Conditions, and the New Form shall not be used after the regulations in 41 CFR part 60-4 become effective.

[43 FR 49254, Oct. 20, 1978; 43 FR 51401, Nov. 3, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 65978, Oct. 3, 1980] 6.07 PROVISIONS RELATING TO INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS PROJECTS

6.07.01. Conformance with ITS National Architecture. With respect to all Contracts involving the provision of Intelligent Transportation Systems ("ITS"), Contractor agrees to conform to the ITS National Architecture, as promulgated by the United States Department of Transportation, Intelligent Transportation Systems, Joint Program Office.

6.08 PROVISIONS RELATING TO MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES CONTRACTS

6.08.01. Buy America. The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for 15 passenger vans and 15 passenger wagons produced by Chrysler Corporation, microcomputer equipment, software, and small purchases (currently less than $100,000) made with capital, operating, or planning funds. Contractor must submit to LYNX a Buy America certification on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver.



(b) To furnish within twenty (20) business days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within thirty (30) business days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of -lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime


Page 25 of 30

Exhibit E

Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to LYNX (through the Contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading.); and


6.08.03. Certificate Of Conformance. (a) When authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer, the Contractor shall ship any supplies for which the Contract would otherwise require inspection at source with a Certificate of Conformance certifying that the supplies or services are of the quality specified and conform in all respects with the Contract requirements, including specifications, drawings, preservation, packaging, packing, marking requirements, and physical item identification (part number), and certifying the quantity provided. Shipments of such supplies will not be made under the Contract until use of the Certificate of Conformance has been authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer or inspection and acceptance have occurred.

(b) The executed Certificate of Conformance shall be attached to or included on the top copy of the inspection or receiving report distributed to the payment office. In addition, a copy of the executed Certificate of Conformance shall also be attached to or entered on copies of the inspection or receiving report accompanying the shipment.

(c) LYNX has the right to inspect supplies even though a Certificate of Conformance has been provided and to reject defective supplies or services within a reasonable time after delivery by written notification to the Contractor. The Contractor shall in such event promptly replace, correct, or repair the rejected supplies or services at the Contractor's expense.

6.09 PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPERATIONS/ MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

6.09.01. Charter Service Operations. The Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(d) and 49 C.F.R. Part 604, which provides that recipients and subrecipients of FTA assistance are prohibited from providing charter service using federally funded equipment or facilities if there is at least one private charter operator willing and able to provide the service, except under one of the exceptions at 49 C.F.R. 604.9. Any charter service provided under one of the exceptions must be "incidental," i.e., it must not interfere with or detract from the provision of mass transportation. Contractor agrees to include provisions to this effect in to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to the Contract when the subcontract may involve charter service operations.

6.09.02. Drug and Alcohol Testing. The Contractor agrees to establish and implement a drug and alcohol testing program that complies with 49 C.F.R. Parts 653 and 654, produce any documentation necessary to establish its compliance with Parts 653 and 654, and permit any authorized representative of the United States Department of Transportation or its operating administrations, the State Oversight Agency of Florida, or LYNX, to inspect the facilities and records associated with the implementation of the drug and alcohol testing program as required under 49 C.F.R. Parts 653 and 654 and review the testing process. The Contractor agrees further to certify annually its compliance with Parts 653 and 654 before October 31st of each year and to submit the Management Information System (MIS) reports before January 1st of each year to LYNX Director of Risk Management, 445 W. Amelia Street, Suite 800, Orlando, FL 32801. To certify compliance the Contractor shall use the "Substance Abuse Certifications" in the "Annual List of Certifications and Assurances for Federal Transit Administration Grants and Cooperative Agreements," which is published annually in the Federal Register.

6.09.03. School Bus Operations. Contractor agrees to comply with 69 U.S.C. 5323(f) and 49 C.F.R. Part 605, which provide that recipients and subrecipients of FTA assistance may not engage in school bus operations exclusively for the transportation of students and school personnel in competition with private school bus operators unless qualified under specified exemptions. When operating exclusive school bus service under an allowable exemption, Contractor agrees not to use federally funded equipment, vehicles, or facilities. Contractor agrees to include provisions to this effect in to include these requirements in all subcontracts issued pursuant to the Contract when the subcontract may involve school bus operations.

6.09.04. Transit Employee Protective Provisions. With respect to Contracts for "transit operations" as classified by the FTA, and performed by employees of a Contractor recognized by FTA to be a transit operator, the Contractor agrees to the comply with applicable transit employee protective requirements as follows:


Page 26 of 30

Exhibit E

(a) General Transit Employee Protective Requirements. To the extent that FTA determines that transit operations are involved, the Contractor agrees to carry out the transit operations Work on the underlying Contract in compliance with terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to be fair and equitable to protect the interests of employees employed under the Contract and to meet the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. A 5333(b), and U.S. Department of Labor guidelines at 29 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the letter of certification from the U.S. Department Of Labor to FTA applicable to LYNX's project from which Federal assistance is provided to support Work on the underlying Contract. The Contractor agrees to carry out that Work in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. Department Of Labor letter. The requirements of this subsection (a), however, do not apply to any contract financed with Federal assistance provided by FTA either for projects for elderly individuals and individuals with disabilities authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), or for projects for nonurbanized areas authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311. Alternate provisions for those projects are set forth in subsections (b) and (c) of this Section.

(b) Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2) for Elderly Individuals and Individuals with Disabilities. If the Contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5310(a)(2), and if the U.S. Secretary of Transportation has determined or determines in the future that the employee protective requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b) are necessary or appropriate for LYNX, the Contractor agrees to carry out the Work in compliance with the terms and conditions determined by the U.S. Secretary of Labor to meet the requirements of 49 U.S.C. § 5333(b), U.S. Department of Labor guidelines at 29 C.F.R. Part 215, and any amendments thereto. These terms and conditions are identified in the U.S. Department of Labor's letter of certification to FTA, the date of which is set forth in the Grant Agreement or Cooperative Agreement with LYNX. The Contractor agrees to perform transit operations in connection with the underlying Contract in compliance with the conditions stated in that U.S. Department of Labor letter. Transit Employee Protective Requirements for Projects Authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311 in Nonurbanized Areas. If the Contract involves transit operations financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance authorized by 49 U.S.C. § 5311, the Contractor agrees to comply with the terms and conditions of the Special Warranty for the Nonurbanized Area Program agreed to by the U.S. Secretaries of Transportation and Labor, dated May 31, 1979, and the procedures implemented by U.S. Department of Labor or any revision thereto.

(c) Requirements Apply to Subcontracts. The Contractor agrees to include any applicable requirements in each subcontract involving transit operations financed in whole or in part with assistance provided by FTA.

6.10 PROVISIONS RELATING TO RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT CONTRACTS

6.10.01. Patent Rights. The following requirements apply to each contract involving experimental, developmental, or research work:

(a) General. If any invention, improvement, or discovery is conceived or first actually reduced to practice in the course of or under the Contract to which this Section applies and that invention, improvement, or discovery is patentable under the laws of the United States of America or any foreign country, LYNX and Contractor agree to take actions necessary to provide immediate notice and a detailed report to the party at a higher tier until FTA is ultimately notified.

(b) Unless the Federal Government later makes a contrary determination in writing, irrespective of the Contractor's status (a large business, small business, state government or state instrumentality, local government, nonprofit organization, institution of higher education, individual), LYNX and the Contractor agree to take the necessary actions to provide, through FTA, those rights in that invention due the Federal Government as described in U.S. Department of Commerce regulations, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," 37 C.F.R. Part 401.

(c) The Contractor also agrees to include the requirements of this clause in each subcontract for experimental, developmental, or research Work financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

6.10.02. Rights in Data. The following requirements apply to each Contract involving experimental, developmental or research work:


Page 27 of 30

Exhibit E

(a) The term "subject data" used in this clause means recorded information, whether or not copyrighted, that is delivered or specified to be delivered under the Contract. The term includes graphic or pictorial delineation in media such as drawings or photographs; text in specifications or related performance or design-type documents; machine forms such as punched cards, magnetic tape, or computer memory printouts; and information retained in computer memory. Examples include, but are not limited to: computer software, engineering drawings and associated lists, specifications, standards, process sheets, manuals, technical reports, catalog item identifications, and related information. The term "subject data" does not include financial reports, cost analyses, and similar information incidental to contract administration.

(b) The following restrictions apply to all subject data first produced in the performance of the Contract to which this Section applies:

(i) Except for its own internal use, LYNX or Contractor may not publish or reproduce subject data in whole or in part, or in any manner or form, nor may LYNX or Contractor authorize others to do so, without the written consent of the Federal Government, until such time as the Federal Government may have either released or approved the release of such data to the public; this restriction on publication, however, does not apply to any contract with an academic institution.

(ii) In accordance with 49 C.F.R. § 18.34 and 49 C.F.R. § 19.36, the Federal Government reserves a royalty-free, non-exclusive and irrevocable license to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use, and to authorize others to use, for "Federal Government purposes," any subject data or copyright described in subsections (b)(ii)(A) and (b)(ii)(B) of this clause below. As used in the previous sentence, "for Federal Government purposes," means use only for the direct purposes of the Federal Government. Without the copyright owner's consent, the Federal Government may not extend its Federal license to any other party.

(A) Any subject data developed under that contract, whether or not a copyright has been obtained; and

(B) Any rights of copyright purchased by the Purchaser or Contractor using Federal assistance in whole or in part provided by FTA.

(iii) When FTA awards Federal assistance for experimental, developmental, or research work, it is FTA's general intention to increase transportation knowledge available to the public, rather than to restrict the benefits resulting from the Work to participants in that work. Therefore, unless FTA determines otherwise, LYNX and the Contractor performing experimental, developmental, or research Work required by the underlying Contract to which this Attachment is added agrees to permit FTA to make available to the public, either FTA's license in the copyright to any subject data developed in the course of that Contract, or a copy of the subject data first produced under the Contract for which a copyright has not been obtained. If the experimental, developmental, or research work, which is the subject of the underlying Contract, is not completed for any reason whatsoever, all data developed under that Contract shall become subject data as defined in subsection (i) of this clause and shall be delivered as the Federal Government may direct. This subsection (iii), however, does not apply to adaptations of automatic data processing equipment or programs for LYNX or Contractor's use whose costs are financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA for transportation capital projects.

(iv) Unless prohibited by state law, upon request by the Federal Government, LYNX and the Contractor agree to indemnify, save, and hold harmless the Federal Government, its officers, agents, and employees acting within the scope of their official duties against any liability, including costs and expenses, resulting from any willful or intentional violation by LYNX or Contractor of proprietary rights, copyrights, or right of privacy, arising out of the publication, translation, reproduction, delivery, use, or disposition of any data furnished under that Contract. Neither LYNX nor the Contractor shall be required to indemnify the Federal Government for any such liability arising out of the wrongful act of any employee, official, or agents of the Federal Government.


Page 28 of 30

Exhibit E

(v) Nothing contained in this clause on rights in data shall imply a license to the Federal Government under any patent or be construed as affecting the scope of any license or other right otherwise granted to the Federal Government under any patent.

(vi) Data developed by LYNX or Contractor and financed entirely without using Federal assistance provided by the Federal Government that has been incorporated into Work required by the underlying Contract to which this Section applies is exempt from the requirements of subsections (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this clause , provided that LYNX or Contractor identifies that data in writing at the time of delivery of the Contract work.

(vii) Unless FTA determines otherwise, the Contractor agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract for experimental, developmental, or research Work financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

(c) Unless the Federal Government later makes a contrary determination in writing, irrespective of the Contractor's status (i.e., a large business, small business, state government or state instrumentality, local government, nonprofit organization, institution of higher education, individual, etc.), LYNX and the Contractor agree to take the necessary actions to provide, through FTA, those rights in that invention due the Federal Government as described in U.S. Department of Commerce regulations, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements," 37 C.F.R. Part 401.

(d) The Contractor also agrees to include these requirements in each subcontract for experimental, developmental, or research Work financed in whole or in part with Federal assistance provided by FTA.

6.11 PROVISIONS RELATING TO ROLLING STOCK PURCHASE CONTRACTS

6.11.01. Bus Testing. Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 665 and shall perform the following:

(a) A manufacturer of a new bus model or a bus produced with a major change in components or configuration shall provide a copy of the final test report to LYNX at a point in the procurement process specified by LYNX, which will be before LYNX's final acceptance of the first vehicle.

(b) A manufacturer who releases a report under paragraph (a) above shall provide notice to the operator of the testing facility that the report is available to the public.

(c) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle was previously tested, the vehicle being sold should have the identical configuration and major components as the vehicle in the test report. This must be provided to LYNX before LYNX's final acceptance of the first vehicle. If the configuration or components are not identical, the manufacturer shall provide a description of the change and the manufacturer's basis for concluding that it is not a major change requiring additional testing.

(d) If the manufacturer represents that the vehicle is "grandfathered" (used in mass transit service in the United States before October 1, 1988, and is currently being produced without a major change in configuration or components), the manufacturer shall provide the name and address of the recipient of such a vehicle and the details of that vehicle's configuration and major components.

(e) Contractor shall provide a certification of compliance with FTA bus testing requirements on such form as may be required by LYNX.

6.11.02. Buy America. Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j) and 49 C.F.R. Part 661, which provide that Federal funds may not be obligated unless steel, iron, and manufactured products used in FTA-funded projects are produced in the United States, unless a waiver has been granted by FTA or the product is subject to a general waiver. General waivers are listed in 49 C.F.R. 661.7, and include final assembly in the United States for microcomputer equipment, software, and small purchases (currently less than $100,000) made with capital, operating, or planning funds. Separate


Page 29 of 30

Exhibit E

requirements for rolling stock are set out at 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and 49 C.F.R. 661.11. Rolling stock must be assembled in the United States and have a 60 percent domestic content. Contractor agrees to submit to LYNX a Buy America certification on FTA-funded contracts, except those subject to a general waiver.



(b) To furnish within twenty (20) business days following the date of loading for shipments originating within the United States or within thirty (30) business days following the date of leading for shipments originating outside the United States, a legible copy of a rated, "on-board" commercial ocean bill-of-lading in English for each shipment of cargo described in the preceding paragraph to the Division of National Cargo, Office of Market Development, Maritime Administration, Washington, DC 20590 and to LYNX (through the Contractor in the case of a subcontractor's bill-of-lading.); and


6.11.04. Pre-Award and Post Delivery Audit Requirements. Contractor agrees to comply with 49 U.S.C. 5323(1) and FTA’s implementation regulation at 49 C.F.R. Part 663 and to submit the following certifications:

(a) Buy America Requirements. The Contractor shall complete and submit a declaration certifying either compliance or noncompliance with the Buy America requirements. If the Contractor certifies compliance with the Buy America requirements, it shall submit documentation which lists (i) component and subcomponent parts of the rolling stock to be purchased, identified by manufacturer of the parts, their country of origin and costs; and (ii) the location of the final assembly point for the rolling stock, including a description of the activities that will take place at the final assembly point and the cost of final assembly.

(b) Solicitation Specification Requirements. The Contractor shall submit evidence that it will be capable of meeting the bid specifications.

(c) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (“FMVSS”). The Contractor shall submit (i) manufacturer’s FMVSS self-certification sticker information that the vehicle complies with relevant FMVSS or (ii) manufacturer’s certified statement that the Contracted buses will not be subject to FMVSS regulations.

6.12 DEFINITIONS.

Except as otherwise expressly provided, the terms defined in this section have the meanings assigned to them in this section and the words “herein,” “hereof,” and “hereunder,” and similar words refer to the Contract Documents as a whole and not to any particular document.

(a) “Contract” means the Contract for goods and services between LYNX and the Contractor, of which these General Provisions are incorporated.

(b) “Contractor” means such party as designated in the Contract.

(c) “Contract Documents” means, collectively, the Contract for goods and services between LYNX and the Contractor, these General Provisions, the solicitation by LYNX, the response by the Contractor, and all other documents, instruments and agreements ancillary to and contemplated by these documents.

(d) “Contracting Officer” means such party as designated by LYNX in the Contract.

(e) “FTA” means the Federal Transit Administration.


Page 30 of 30

Exhibit E

(f) “LYNX” means the Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority d/b/a LYNX, a body politic and corporate, created by Part II, Chapter 343, Florida Statutes.

(g) “Project Manager” means such party as designated by LYNX in the Contract.

(h) “Work” means the goods and/or services to be provided pursuant to the Contract.

Solicitation No: RFP 18-R12 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR PROPOSAL Page 1 of 1

Exhibit F

EXHIBIT “F” PROPOSER’S OFFER AND GUARANTEES

By execution below, the Proposer hereby offers to furnish the items as described herein. The Proposer also certifies that it can and will provide and make available, at a minimum, the items set forth in this solicitation.

PROPOSER’S NAME AND ADDRESS PAYMENT REMITTANCE ADDRESS

Name: Name:

Address: Address:

P.O. Box or Suite No. P.O. Box or Suite No. City City State

Zip

State

Zip

Contact Person: Telephone No.

Fax No.

E-Mail Address:

FEDERAL EMPLOYER I.D. NUMBER: SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER: (If Federal I.D. is not applicable)

Payment Terms: Age of Firm: Disadvantaged Business Enterprise: ( ) Yes ( ) No If yes, certified by which agency? Minority Busness Category: ( ) Female ( ) Black ( ) Hispanic ( ) Asian American ( ) Indian/Alaskan Native ( ) Other ( ) Not Applicable Annual Gross Receipts: ( ) less than $500,000 ( ) $500,000 to $1 million ( ) $1 million to $5 million ( ) greater than $5 million Proposer’s License Type: Proposer’s License Number: License Expiration Date: Dun & Bradstreet (D&B) Number: (if available)

NAME OF PROPOSER (Type or Print)

TITLE OF PROPOSER

Signature of Contractor's Authorized Official

(Date Signed)


Page 1 of 1 Exhibit G

EXHIBIT “G” CERTIFICATION REGARDING DEBARMENT

The prospective Proposer certifies, by submission of this Proposal, that neither it nor its "principals" as defined at 49 CFR 29.995, or affiliates, as defined at 49 CFR 29.905, are excluded or disqualified as defined at 49 CFR 29.940 and 29.945.

The contractor is required to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C and must include the requirement to comply with 49 CFR 29, Subpart C in any lower tier covered transaction it enters into. By signing and submitting its Proposal, the Proposer certifies as follows: The certification in this clause is a material representation of fact relied upon by the Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority. If it is later determined that the bidder or proposer knowingly rendered an erroneous certification, in addition to remedies available to the Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority, the Federal Government may pursue available remedies, including but not limited to suspension and/or debarment. The Proposer agrees to comply with the requirements of 49 CFR 29, Subpart C while this offer is valid and throughout the period of any contract that may arise from this offer. The bidder or proposer further agrees to include a provision requiring such compliance in its lower tier covered transactions. Signature of Proposer's Authorized Official Name of Proposer's Authorized Official Title of Proposer's Authorized Official Date

THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR PROPOSAL


Page 1 of 1 Exhibit H

EXHIBIT “H” CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING

Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements

(To be submitted with each bid or offer exceeding $100,000)

The undersigned [Proposer] certifies, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, that: (1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of an agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. (2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for making lobbying contacts to an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form--LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions [as amended by "Government wide Guidance for New Restrictions on Lobbying," 61 Fed. Reg. 1413 (1/19/96). Note: Language in paragraph (2) herein has been modified in accordance with Section 10 of the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995 (P.L. 104-65, to be codified at 2 U.S.C. 1601, et seq.)] (3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, subgrants, and contracts under grants, loans, and cooperative agreements) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly. This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by 31, U.S.C. § 1352 (as amended by the Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995). Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure. [Note: Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. § 1352(c)(1)-(2)(A), any person who makes a prohibited expenditure or fails to file or amend a required certification or disclosure form shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such expenditure or failure.] The Proposer, , certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of each statement of its certification and disclosure, if any. In addition, the Contractor understands and agrees that the provisions of 31 U.S.C. A 3801, et seq., apply to this certification and disclosure, if any. Signature of Proposer's Authorized Official: Name and Title of Proposer's Authorized Official: Date:


EXHIBIT “I” TRANSIT VEHICLE MANUFATURER (TVM) CERTIFICAITON

(Bus Purchases Only)

CERTIFICATION OF DISADVANTAGED BUSINESS ENTERPRISES (DBE) COMPLIANCE

The Proposer, a Primary Transit Vehicle Manufacturer, hereby certifies that it has complied with the requirements of 49 CFR Section 26.49, as amended, by submitting an annual DBE goal, as amended, to the Federal Transit Administration (FTA). The goal has either been approved or not disapproved by the FTA.

SIGNATURE:

PRINT NAME:

TITLE:

COMPANY:

DATE:


DO NOT ALTER FORMAT – COMPLETE IN FULL

EXHIBIT “J” – BUY AMERICA CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE WITH FTA REQUIREMENTS FOR BUSES, OTHER ROLLING STOCK, OR ASSOCIATED

EQUIPMENT

THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR PROPOSAL DO NOT ALTER FORMAT – COMPLETE IN FULL

Certificate of Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C).

The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it will comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C) and the regulations at 49 CFR Part 661.

Date _______________________________________________________________

Signature ___________________________________________________________

Company Name _____________________________________________________

Title ______________________________________________________________

Certificate of Non-Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C)

The bidder or offeror hereby certifies that it cannot comply with the requirements of 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(C), but may qualify for an exception pursuant to 49 U.S.C. 5323(j)(2)(B) or (j)(2)(D) and the regulations in 49 CFR 661.7.

Date ______________________________________________________________

Signature __________________________________________________________

Company Name _____________________________________________________

Title ______________________________________________________________

(Form Updated 10/5/17) 20275255;5

CENTRAL FLORIDA REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY

CONTRACT #___________________________

For

ARTICULATED COMPRESSED NATURAL GAS (CNG) BUSES

THIS AGREEMENT (the “Contract”) is made as of the 24th day of May, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between:

CENTRAL FLORIDA REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY d/b/a LYNX (“LYNX”), a body politic and corporate, created by Part III, Chapter 343, Florida Statutes, whose address is 455 North Garland Avenue, Suite 500, Orlando, Florida 32801;

and

___________________________________________, a _____________________ (the “Contractor”), with its principal place of business located at ______________________________________, ____________, ____________ 32_____, and having a Federal Employer Identification Number of _______________________________.

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, LYNX was created by the above-stated charter to perform functions necessary for the achievement of an integrated, efficient and well-balanced public transportation system, and to take all steps and actions necessary or convenient for the conduct of its business;

WHEREAS, LYNX desires to obtain goods and/or services (collectively, the “Services”), according to the requirements in the Request For Proposal 18-R12 (the “Solicitation”) and as further described herein;

WHEREAS, the Contractor has submitted a proposal or response in connection with the Solicitation, which has been selected by LYNX (the “Response”);

2

20275255;5

WHEREAS, the Contractor represents and warrants to LYNX that it is qualified and duly licensed to furnish the Services in Florida and meet the obligations set forth in the scope of services contained in Exhibit B of the Solicitation which is incorporated herein by this reference (the “Scope of Services”), and as hereinafter stated;

WHEREAS, the Contractor warrants that the representations made by it in its Response to the Solicitation remain valid, accurate and binding upon it; and

WHEREAS, the Contractor desires to render the Services and meet the obligations set forth in the Solicitation, the Response, and the Scope of Services and upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents, as defined herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. RECITALS. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by this reference.

2. DEFINITIONS. Terms not defined herein shall have the meanings as set forth in the Contract Documents in the order of precedence set forth in Section 3 hereof. Terms not defined in the Contract Documents shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in applicable state, local or federal regulations, including but not limited to LYNX’s Administrative Rules as the same may be amended and restated from time to time and which are available at www.golynx.com (the “Administrative Rules”). If there is a conflict between any defined terms, the reasonable interpretation of said term by LYNX shall govern.

3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. For the purposes of this Contract, the following documents are collectively referred to herein as the “Contract Documents”:

(a) This Contract (inclusive of the Scope of Services) together with all Exhibits hereto;

(b) The General Provisions Document, as set forth in Exhibit E of the Solicitation (the “General Provisions”);

(c) The Solicitation;

(d) The Proposer’s Response;

The terms of the Contract Documents are incorporated herein by this reference. In the event of conflict between the terms of the Contract Documents, the order of precedence is as set forth above (thus, if there is a conflict between the terms of the Solicitation and the terms of the Response, the terms of the Solicitation shall govern). In addition, to the extent any of the terms of the Response conflict or in the reasonable opinion of LYNX are not relevant to the remaining Contract Documents, then, in that event, the provisions contained in the Response will not be applicable nor a part of the Contract Documents.

3

20275255;5

Contract Documents shall further include any later amendments or change orders.

4. FURNISHING OF SERVICES. The Contractor shall furnish to LYNX the Services in compliance with the Contract Documents.

5. NOT TO EXCEED AMOUNT. The Contractor shall not provide Services of an amount that would be greater than $__________ (the “Not To Exceed Amount”), unless otherwise agreed to in writing by LYNX. The Contractor shall also not be required to provide Services in excess of said amount, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents.

6. TERM.

(a) Initial Term. Subject to the further provisions set forth in this Section 6, the initial term of this Contract shall be for a period of one (1) year commencing on the Effective Date and ending May 24, 2019.

(b) Termination. LYNX shall have the right to terminate this Contract at any time, in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 below.

7. CONSIDERATION.

(a) Payment. LYNX agrees to pay the Contractor for the Services the amount provided in the Schedule of Fees attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and incorporated herein by this reference.

(b) Procedure for Invoicing. Invoicing for Services must be rendered in accordance with LYNX policies and procedures on a monthly basis, or as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The invoice must be sent to Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority, Accounts Payable, 455 North Garland Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32801, or such other address as may be specified by LYNX from time to time. The invoice must contain the following information: (i) invoice number; (ii) purchase order number; (iii) item description; (iv) quantity of item delivered; (v) unit price; (vi) extended price; (vii) contact person and phone number; and (viii) payment remit address.

(c) Time of Payment by LYNX. Subject to the terms and conditions provided herein, LYNX will pay undisputed invoices within thirty (30) days after receipt and approval by LYNX of the Contractor’s invoice.

(d) Additional Information. LYNX may request additional documentation from the Contractor prior to payment of any invoice or bill from the Contractor. LYNX may disallow and deduct any cost for which proper documentation is not provided.

(e) Receipt of Payment by Contractor as Waiver Against LYNX. The acceptance by the Contractor, its successors, or assigns, of any progress or final payment due pursuant to this Contract, shall constitute a full and

4

20275255;5

complete release of LYNX from any and all claims, demands, or causes of action whatsoever that the Contractor, its successors, or assigns may have against LYNX or in connection with the Services performed hereunder, through the date that the Services are rendered and for which such payment is made.

(f) Subcontractors. In the event the Contractor is utilizing any subcontractors for the furnishing of Services (which would only be as permitted in the Contract Documents), then, upon request by LYNX, the Contractor shall further provide to LYNX copies of billings and other invoices which may be received from any such subcontractors and, in addition, the Contractor will obtain releases from time to time in favor of LYNX from any subcontractor(s) for work so performed by that subcontractor. LYNX shall have the right from time to time to directly contact and discuss with the subcontractor any work performed by that subcontractor under the Contract Documents, but LYNX will not have any liability or obligation to said Subcontract to said subcontractor(s).

(g) Withholding 5% in the Event of Default. If the Contractor defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Contract, LYNX may withhold five percent (5%) of any amounts then owed or that become owed to the Contractor under this Contract (in addition to any retainage); provided, however, that this withholding option may only be exercised by LYNX after providing the Contractor with ten (10) days written notice of the Contractor’s default and the Contractor has failed to cure such default within said ten (10) days. Any amounts withheld pursuant to this Section will be paid by LYNX to the Contractor within a reasonable time following the date that the Contractor’s default has been cured. In the event that the Contractor fails to cure its default prior to the termination or expiration of this Contract, LYNX shall not be obligated to pay the Contractor the withheld amount and LYNX may keep said amount. The withholding option set forth in this Section shall be in addition to any damages and remedies available to LYNX as set forth elsewhere in this Contract or which are otherwise available to LYNX under applicable law. The exercise by LYNX of the withholding option set forth in this Section shall in no way constitute a waiver of LYNX’s ability to seek or exercise any other damages or remedies available under this Contract, the other Contract Documents or otherwise available to it at law or in equity.

8. CONTRACTOR’S OBLIGATIONS.

(a) Furnishing of Materials and Labor. The Contractor shall, for the consideration set forth herein, and at its sole cost and expense, as an independent contractor, provide all labor, materials, equipment, tools, supplies and incidentals necessary to perform this Contract in the manner and to the full extent as set forth in the Contract Documents.

(b) Standard of Care. The Contractor shall furnish, provide or fulfill its obligations under this Contract in a professional manner to the reasonable satisfaction of the duly authorized representatives of LYNX, who shall have, at all times, full

5

20275255;5

opportunity to monitor the services performed under this Contract. The Contractor’s performance shall be considered acceptable when:

(i) The Contractor’s performance has been inspected and approved by LYNX and, if applicable, all punchlist items have been properly corrected to LYNX’s satisfaction; and

(ii) The Contractor has delivered to LYNX the Contractor’s final affidavit in form acceptable to LYNX (which would incorporate a full and general release to LYNX), if any, as well as a final affidavit and release from any subcontractor; and

(iii) All the other duties and obligations to be performed by the Contractor under the Contract Documents have been satisfactorily met or performed, including the delivery to LYNX of any materials or documentation relating to the Services, including any warranty materials.

(c) Compliance with Applicable Requirements. The Contractor shall conform to all applicable governmental requirements and regulations, whether or not such requirements and regulations are specifically set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contractor in this regard understands that LYNX is a public agency which receives both federal and state funding and, if applicable, the Contract Documents and the performance by the Contractor shall be subject to any applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Federal Transit Administration (FTA) and/or the Florida Department of Transportation (FDOT).

(d) Payment of Taxes and Fees. The Contractor shall pay license fees and all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes relating to the Contract, and the matters to be performed thereunder. LYNX is exempt from payment of Florida sales and use taxes. LYNX will sign an exemption certificate submitted by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be exempted from paying sales tax to its suppliers for materials used to fulfill contractual obligations with LYNX, nor is the Contractor authorized to use LYNX’s tax exemption number in securing such materials. LYNX reserves the right to “direct buy” any materials to be furnished by the Contractor under the Contract Documents and, if LYNX so submits, then the parties will enter into an appropriate agreement reflecting said direct purchase, the effect of which will be for LYNX to directly purchase those materials, for the contract amount to be reduced by the amount of the purchase price paid by LYNX for said materials, for those materials to be physically acquired and/or delivered to the Contractor, who will install them or deliver them as provided in the Contract Documents, with full warranties regarding those materials as if those materials were purchased from the Contractor. Any bonds furnished by the Contractor will apply to those materials.

(e) FICA. The Contractor shall be responsible for payment of its employee(s)’ Federal Insurance Contributions Act benefits with respect to this Contract.

6

20275255;5

(f) Permits and Approvals. Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be responsible to secure, at the Contractor’s expense, all necessary permits and approvals. The Contractor shall promptly furnish copies of all such permits and approvals to LYNX as and when obtained.

(g) Tests and Inspections. The Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate all tests and inspections necessary for the proper execution and timely completion of this Contract.

(h) Indemnification. The Contractor understands that in performing the Services hereunder it will be responsible for the consequences of its own actions. Therefore, the Contractor agrees that it will indemnify, defend and hold harmless LYNX as well as LYNX’s officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of each of the foregoing from, against and in respect of all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, costs, expenses, penalties, fines and judgments (at equity or at law) and damages whenever arising or accruing (including, without limitation, amounts paid in settlement, costs of investigation and reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) arising out of or related to the Contractor’s performance of the Services hereunder, including, without limitation, any acts or omissions with respect thereto.

(i) Insurance. During the term of this Contract (as well as during all option terms), the Contractor shall procure and maintain, at its sole expense, commercial general liability insurance with a financially responsible insurance carrier in an amount reasonably acceptable to LYNX and, at the request of LYNX, the Contractor shall name LYNX as an additional insured. The requirements set forth in the previous sentence shall be in addition to any other requirement that the Contractor maintain a specified level of insurance as otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall provide LYNX with a copy of insurance certificate(s) demonstrating the satisfaction of the requirements set forth herein or as otherwise set forth in the Contract Documents, as and when requested by LYNX.

(j) Environmental Principles. To the extent practicable, the Contractor shall assist LYNX in achieving the principles set forth in the LYNX Environmental Policy, a copy of which is available at http://golynx/EMSpolicyManual.com.

(k) Public Funding/Additional Terms or Conditions. In the event that LYNX obtains funding, in whole or in part, from a public entity (e.g., Federal Transit Administration, Florida Department of Transportation, Department of Homeland Security, etc.) for the Services, there may be additional conditions imposed by said funding agency, including for example, a requirement that the Contractor comply with any rules and regulations promulgated by that funding agency. LYNX has attempted to identify in the Solicitation and this Contract the source of funding available to LYNX as well as any requirements of any such funding agency, but, in any event, the Contractor will be required to comply with any requirements imposed by the funding agency. The Contractor specifically agrees to so comply with said requirements, without any

7

20275255;5

adjustments or increase in the amount to be paid to the Contractor, provided, however, if said requirement is not contained in the Solicitation or this Contract and said requirement is both material and would impose on the Contractor a material burden, then the Contractor would be entitled to submit to LYNX a change order for any additional cost of compliance by the Contractor.

(l) Additional Information. The Contractor, at the request of LYNX, shall further provide to LYNX such other information as LYNX may reasonably request from time to time. Further, the Contractor shall at LYNX’s request meet and have its employees and representatives meet with LYNX from time to time, regarding any of the Services to be rendered under the Contract.

9. NO DISCRIMINATION/DBE REQUIREMENTS.

(a) No Discrimination. Neither the Contractor nor any of its subcontractors shall discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, or sex in the performance of this Contract. The Contractor shall carry out applicable requirements of 49 CFR, Part 26 in the award and administration of DOT-assisted contracts. Failure by the Contractor to carry out these requirements is a material breach of this Contract, which may result in the termination of this Contract or such other remedy as LYNX deems appropriate.

(b) DBE Requirements. In the event that a Disadvantaged Business Enterprise (“DBE”) goal has been established by the Solicitation, the Contractor covenants and agrees to comply with the requirements set forth in Exhibit “B” attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the “DBE Addendum”). In the event that the Contractor is in breach of the DBE Addendum, in addition to any other damages and remedies available to LYNX in accordance with applicable law, the Contracting Officer (as hereinafter defined) may issue a termination for default proceeding pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

10. PUBLIC RECORDS. The Contactor will comply with Florida’s public records laws, and will, specifically:

(a) Keep and maintain public records required by LYNX to perform the Services.

(b) Upon request from LYNX’s custodian of public records, provide LYNX with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, or as otherwise provided by law.

(c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the Contract term and following completion of the Contract if the Contractor does not transfer the records to LYNX.

8

20275255;5

(d) Upon completion of the Contract, transfer, at no cost, to LYNX all public records in possession of the Contractor or keep and maintain public records required by LYNX to perform the Services. If the Contractor transfers all public records to LYNX upon completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the Contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to LYNX, upon request from LYNX’s custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of LYNX.

IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR’S DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT, CONTACT THE LYNX CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 407-254-6170, [email protected] OR PUBLIC RECORDS CUSTODIAN C/O LYNX 455 NORTH GARLAND AVENUE, ORLANDO, FL 32801.

11. LYNX PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. The Contractor may, by virtue of this Contract, come into possession of certain non-publicly available information relating to LYNX, which information may or may not be proprietary to LYNX (the “Information”). In any event, the Contractor agrees that any such Information is solely for the purpose of enabling the Contractor to fulfill its duties and obligations under this Contract, and the Contractor may not use any such Information for any other purpose whatsoever without the express, written permission of LYNX. By way of illustration and not limitation, any such Information may not be used by the Contractor in submitting a Request for Proposal for any other purpose, whether to LYNX or to any other third party. Upon the expiration or termination of the Contract, the Contractor will return to LYNX any proprietary Information and will not, without LYNX’s prior written approval, keep or maintain any copies or transcripts thereof. The Contractor shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of any Information constituting a trade secret that: (a) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney, and made solely for the purpose of reporting or investigation a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made under a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. Should the Contractor file a lawsuit against LYNX for retaliation for reporting a suspected violation of law, Contractor may disclose the trade secret to the Contractor’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the Contractor: (1) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (2) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

12. TERMINATION.

9

20275255;5

(a) Default by Contractor. LYNX may, in it sole and absolute discretion, by written notice of default to the Contractor, terminate all or any part of this Contract if (i) the Contractor fails to perform the Services described herein, within the time specified herein or any extension hereof; or (ii) if the Contractor fails to satisfy any of the other provisions of the Contract, or so fails to make progress as to endanger performance of this Contract in accordance with its terms; and in either of these two circumstances does not cure such failure within a period of ten (10) days (or such longer period as LYNX may in its sole discretion authorize in a writing signed by the LYNX Procurement/Contracts Manager) after receipt of notice from LYNX specifying such failure. In the event that LYNX elects to waive its remedies for any breach by the Contractor of any covenant, term or condition of this Contract, such waiver by LYNX shall not limit LYNX’s remedies for any succeeding breach of that or of any other term, covenant, or condition of this Contract.

(b) Termination by LYNX for Convenience. This Contract may be terminated by LYNX in its absolute discretion, in whole or in part, whenever LYNX shall determine that such termination is in its best interest. Any such termination shall be effected by delivery of a notice of termination by LYNX to the Contractor, signed by the LYNX Procurement/Contracts Manager, specifying the extent to which performance of work under the Contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. The Contractor shall be paid its costs, including contract closeout costs, and profit on Services performed by the Contractor up to the effective date of Contract termination. The Contractor shall promptly submit its claim for final payment to LYNX. Settlement of claims by the Contractor under this Section 12(b) shall be in accordance with the provisions set forth in Part 49 of Title 48 - Federal Acquisition Regulations (48 C.F.R. 49), except that wherever the word “Government” appears it shall be deleted and the word “LYNX” shall be substituted in lieu thereof.

(c) Default by LYNX. In the event LYNX is in default under this Contract, the Contractor shall first provide written notice to LYNX of said condition alleged by the Contractor to be a default, and LYNX shall have a reasonable period of time, not to exceed 60 days, within which to cure said default. During said period, the Contractor shall continue to provide the services to LYNX. In the event LYNX continues to be in default under this Contract upon the expiration of the time period set forth above for curing its default, this Contract may be terminated by the Contractor upon providing a notice of termination to LYNX.

(d) Remedies for Default by Contractor. If this Contract is terminated by LYNX for default by the Contractor, LYNX shall, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Contract Documents, retain any and all remedies available for it against the Contractor, including the remedy set forth in Section 7(h), all of which remedies shall be cumulative. By way of illustration and not limitation, LYNX may proceed to obtain the remaining Services from another third party and thereby recover from the Contractor any “excess costs” incurred by LYNX in so doing.

13. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. If there is any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Contract, or the breach thereof (collectively, a “Legal Dispute”),

10

20275255;5

the parties agree that if the Legal Dispute cannot be resolved informally by LYNX and the Contractor, then the parties shall resolve such dispute in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) Mediation. The parties shall first attempt to resolve the Legal Dispute by mediation, which mediation shall follow the practices and procedures as set forth by the Circuit Court of Orange County Florida, subject to the Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure 9.700-9.740 and conducted by a Florida Supreme Court Certified Mediator. Any such mediation shall be held in Orange County, Florida.

(b) Court of Law. If the parties fail to resolve the Legal Dispute through mediation, then the Legal Dispute should be resolved in a court of law. Any action, suit or proceeding arising in conjunction with the Legal Dispute shall be brought exclusively in the Ninth Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida or the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Orlando Division.

(c) Arbitration. In lieu of resolving a Legal Dispute in a court of law as described in Subsection (b), the parties may choose to resolve the Legal Dispute by arbitration upon mutual agreement. If the parties agree to resolve the Legal Dispute by arbitration, such arbitration shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Commercial Arbitration rules, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Any such arbitration shall be held in Orange County, Florida. Nothing in this Subsection (c) is intended to require that the parties submit to arbitration (absent agreement) or to solicit an agreement prior to pursuing resolution in a court of law pursuant to Subsection (b).

Nothing in this Section 13 shall in any way limit the right of LYNX to terminate this Contract under Section 12 hereof.

14. NOTICES. All notices shall be made to the addresses listed in the preamble to this Contract, unless otherwise provided below:

(a) The Contractor’s primary point of contact for daily operations of the Services pursuant to this Contract is:_____________; _________________________; Telephone: ________________; Facsimile: _________________.

(b) The Contractor’s primary point of contact for legal notice and authority to modify or act under this Contract is: ____________________; _________________________; Telephone: _______________; Facsimile: ___________________.

(c) The Contractor may appoint other individuals upon written notice to, and approval by, LYNX. The Contractor shall provide written notice to LYNX promptly with respect to any changes to the aforesaid contact information.

11

20275255;5

(d) As of the date hereof, LYNX designates _______________ (the “Project Manager”) with respect to the Contractor’s performance of this Contract, and who will also serve as the primary point of contact for operational issues. LYNX may change such designation upon written notice to the Contractor.

(e) As of the date hereof, LYNX designates _________________ (the “Contracts Administrator”) as the primary point of contact for issues pertaining to contractual changes, modifications and overall Contractor performance. LYNX may change such designation upon written notice to the Contractor.

(f) The Project Manager, Contracts Administrator, and all other officers, employees, executives, agents and representatives of LYNX have only such authority to act on behalf of and bind LYNX to the extent granted to such individuals by the LYNX Governing Board, and no apparent authority of any such individuals shall be binding upon LYNX. No individual shall have the authority to act pursuant to this Contract or to modify or amend this Contract except in accordance with the LYNX Administrative Rules and such other policies and procedures that may be adopted by LYNX pursuant thereto. No such action, modification or amendment shall be valid or binding upon LYNX, if the authorizing representative of LYNX has exceeded the authority actually granted to such individual by the LYNX Governing Board.

15. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Governing Law. The parties mutually acknowledge and agree that this Contract shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, without regard to the internal law of Florida regarding conflicts of law.

(b) No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity. The Contractor is aware and understands that LYNX is entitled to the benefit of sovereign immunity under the laws of the State of Florida. Under the principles of sovereign immunity, LYNX is not permitted to agree to indemnify another party to a contract or alter the state’s waiver of sovereign immunity such that its liability for torts is extended beyond the limits established in Section 768.28, Florida Statutes. Nothing contained in this Contract or in any Contract Document shall be interpreted to constitute a waiver by LYNX of its sovereign immunity and, for the avoidance of doubt, no provision of the Contract Documents shall be interpreted to require that LYNX indemnify the Contractor.

(c) Attorneys’ Fees. Subject to the terms of Section 15(b), if any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Contract, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, claim, or misrepresentation arising out of or in connection with any of the provisions of this Contract, the prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover its or their reasonable attorneys’ fees (including paralegals’ fees), court costs, expenses, and costs of experts and investigation, whether at trial, upon appeal, or during investigation by such prevailing party or parties in prosecuting or defending such legal action or other proceeding.

12

20275255;5

(d) Waiver Of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES NOT TO ELECT A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY ISSUE TRIABLE OF RIGHT BY JURY, AND WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY FULLY TO THE EXTENT THAT ANY SUCH RIGHT SHALL NOW OR HEREAFTER EXIST WITH REGARD TO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER ACTION ARISING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS GIVEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY BY EACH PARTY, AND IS INTENDED TO ENCOMPASS INDIVIDUALLY EACH INSTANCE AND EACH ISSUE AS TO WHICH THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WOULD OTHERWISE ACCRUE.

(e) Assignment by Contractor. LYNX has selected the Contractor to render the Services based in substantial part on the personal qualifications of the Contractor; as such, the Contractor may not assign or transfer any right or obligation of this Contract in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of LYNX, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of LYNX. Any direct or indirect change in the ownership (legal or equitable) of a controlling and/or a majority interest of the Contractor, whether such change in ownership occurs at one time or as a result of sequential incremental changes, and whether said change is by sale, assignment, hypothecation, bequest, inheritance, operation of law, merger, consolidation, reorganization or otherwise, shall be deemed an assignment of this Contract subject to the consent of LYNX. The Contractor may utilize subcontractors as otherwise permitted and provided in the Contract Documents. Any assignment or transfer of any obligation under this Contract without the prior written consent of LYNX shall be void, ab initio, and shall not release the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the Contract, or cause any such liability or obligation to be reduced to a secondary liability or obligation.

(f) ASSIGNMENT TO ADDITIONAL GOVERNMENTAL PURCHASERS. LYNX MAY UNILATERALLY ASSIGN THE RIGHT TO PURCHASE THE SERVICES UNDER THIS CONTRACT TO ANY STATE, COUNTY, MUNICIPAL OR LOCAL AGENCY OR OTHER GOVERNMENTAL BODY (COLLECTIVELY, “ADDITIONAL GOVERNMENTAL PURCHASERS”). THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO EXTEND THE PRICES, TERMS, AND CONDITIONS FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF THE SERVICES AS PROVIDED FOR HEREIN TO ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL GOVERNMENTAL PURCHASERS. THIS PROVISION IS INTENDED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF CHAPTER V, SECTION 7(A)(2) OF FTA CIRCULAR 4220.1F AND SHALL BE INTERPRETED CONSISTENT THEREWITH.

(g) Captions and Headings. The captions and headings provided herein are for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be used in construing the terms and provisions hereof.

(h) Number And Gender. Whenever herein the singular or plural is used the same shall include the other where appropriate. Words of any gender shall include other genders when the context so permits.

13

20275255;5

(i) Multiple Counterparts. This Contract may be executed in a number of identical counterparts each of which is an original and all of which constitute collectively one agreement. In making proof of this Contract in any legal action, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.

(j) Survival. Should any provision of this Contract be determined to be illegal or in conflict with any law of the State of Florida, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be impaired.

(k) No Third-Party Beneficiary. It is specifically agreed that this Contract is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of this Contract to establish in favor of any other party, the public or any member thereof, the rights of a third-party beneficiary hereunder, or to create or authorize any private right of action by any person or entity not a signatory to this Contract to enforce this Contract or any rights or liabilities arising out of the terms of this Contract.

16. AMENDMENT OF CONTRACT. This Contract may not be modified or amended without the prior written consent of the party to be charged by said amendment or modification. This provision may not itself be changed orally. The Contractor specifically is aware and understands that any material or substantial change to this Contract may require approval of LYNX’s Governing Board for any such change to be valid.

17. ENTIRE CONTRACT. This Contract, including the Contract Documents referenced above, together with any Exhibits or attachments hereto constitutes the entire agreement between the parties.

18. LYNX APPROVAL. This Contract shall be effective upon its approval by the LYNX Governing Board.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

20275255;5

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the authorized signatories named below have executed this Contract on behalf of the parties as of the Effective Date.

“CONTRACTOR” By: Name: Title: Date:

“LYNX” CENTRAL FLORIDA REGIONAL TRANSPORTATION AUTHORITY By: Name: Title: Date:

Reviewed as to Form:

This Contract has been reviewed as to form by LYNX General Counsel. This confirmation is not to be relied upon by any person other than LYNX or for any other purpose.

AKERMAN LLP By: Name: Title: Date:

20275255;5

Exhibit “A”

SCHEDULE OF FEES

[See attached]

20275255;5

Exhibit “B”

DBE ADDENDUM

In the event that a DBE goal has been established by the Solicitation the Contractor covenants and agrees as follows:

(a) The Contractor will comply with the DBE goal established by the Solicitation and make good faith efforts to replace any DBE subcontractor that is terminated or has otherwise failed to complete its work on a contract with another certified DBE, to the extent needed to meet such DBE goal. The Contractor shall notify Desna Hunte, 455 N. Garland Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32801; 407-254-6117 (telephone); 407-254-6379 (facsimile) (hereinafter, the “DBE Liaison Officer”) immediately of any termination of a DBE or any DBE’s inability or unwillingness to perform and provide reasonable documentation of same.

(b) Any disputes between the Contractor and any DBE subcontractor, which could reasonable result in a termination or relate to the DBE subcontractor’s inability or unwillingness to perform shall be first submitted to the DBE Liaison Officer for consideration. The DBE Liaison Officer may refer the matter to non-binding mediation in his or her sole and absolute discretion.

(c) The Contractor shall provide the DBE Liaison Officer with at least thirty (30) days written notice prior to instituting any legal action against a DBE subcontractor.

(d) If any DBE subcontractor is unable or unwilling to perform, the Contractor must obtain prior approval from the DBE Liaison Officer of the substitute DBE and provide copies of new or amended subcontracts, or documentation of good faith efforts.

(e) The Contractor will provide the DBE Liaison Officer with monthly updates as to the Contractor’s continuing compliance with the DBE requirements set forth in the Solicitation.

(f) Contracts between the Contractor and any DBE subcontractor shall contain a valid and enforceable waiver of the DBE subcontractor’s right to trial by jury.

(g) The Contractor must submit with each invoice a report of DBE expenditures (the “DBE Expenditure Report”), if applicable. Such report must show each DBE, the amount of such DBE’s subcontract, the amount earned to date, the amount earned with respect to that invoice and the amount remaining to be earned. A legible copy of each invoice, along with the DBE Expenditure Report, must be submitted directly to the DBE Liaison Officer, c/o Central Florida Regional Transportation Authority, 455 North Garland Avenue, Orlando, Florida 32801, or such other address as may be specified by LYNX from time to time.

2

20275255;5

(h) The Contractor shall make prompt and full payment to any DBE subcontractor (including the payment of any retainage) within the later of: (x) thirty (30) days after the DBE subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed or (y) thirty (30) days after the Contractor receives payment from LYNX for satisfactory completion of the accepted work. For purposes of this DBE Addendum, a DBE subcontractor’s work is satisfactorily completed when all the tasks called for in the subcontract have been accomplished and documented as required by LYNX. When LYNX has made an incremental acceptance of a portion of the Services, the work of a DBE subcontractor covered by that acceptance is deemed to be satisfactorily completed. The Contractor may not withhold payment to any DBE subcontractor as a result of the exercise of LYNX’s rights under Section 7(h) of this Contract.

(i) In order to enforce the requirements set forth in Section 9 of this Contract as well as those set forth in this DBE Addendum, and in addition to any damages and remedies available to LYNX as set forth elsewhere in this Contract or which are otherwise available to LYNX under applicable law, LYNX reserves the right to withhold five percent (5%) of any amounts owed to the Contractor pursuant to and in accordance with Section 7(h) of this Contract.

Solicitation No. RFP 18-R12 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

EXHIBIT “L”

PRICING PROPOSAL FORM

1 THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR PROPOSAL


CONTRACT LINE ITEM

NUMBER CLIN

QUANTITY

DESCRIPTION UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE

1001 45 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Bus $ $

1002 45 Delivery of Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses $ $

Grand Total for CLIN(S) 1 through 2 Total

$ $

(SOW) SECTION NUMBER(S)

QUANTITY

SPARE PARTS & EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION(S) UNIT PRICE TOTAL PRICE

026 1 Engine $ $

027 1 Engine starter $ $

029 1 Fast idle device $ $

032 1 Cooling system $ $

035 1 Transmission $ $

052 1 Final drive $ $

060 1 Steering front axle $ $

061 1 Center axle $ $

071 1 Hubs $ $

074 1 Air compressor $ $

077 1 Air system dryer $ $

189 1 Heating ventilating and air conditioning $ $

225 1 CNG methane detection $ $

Solicitation No. RFP 18-R12 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses

EXHIBIT “L”

PRICING PROPOSAL FORM

2 THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR PROPOSAL


The Offeror certifies or affirms the truthfulness and accuracy of the proposed prices stated above. Company Name : Print or Typed Name of Authorized Official: Title of Authorized Official: Signature: Date:

(Signature of the Proposer’s Authorized Official Name and Title and Official Date.)

Major Component Equipment Items: Each Proposer shall furnish a detailed pricing sheet for each major Components listed above. Proposer shall provide both manufacturer and model number of all items indicated. Delivery Time: Delivery of 60’ FT Articulated Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Buses shall re received within three hundred sixty five (365) days after issuance of Purchase Order. Delivery shall be made on Monday through Friday; Federal and State holidays excluded, between the hours of 8:00 A. M. and 4:00 P. M. E.S.T.


EXHIBIT “M” REQUEST FOR EQUALS

Company Name: Specification Section Number: Component Item Listed : Proposed Item: A separate form must be submitted for each request for an approved equal. Proposers are required to submit technical information for each item. Any request received without the necessary technical information will be returned.


EXHIBIT “N” CERTIFICATION OF COMPLINACE WITH FTA’S BUS TESTING REQUIREMENTS

The undersigned Proposer/Manufacturer certifies that the vehicle offered in this procurement complies with 49 U.S.C. A 5323(c) and FTA's implementing regulation at 49 CFR Part 665. The undersigned understands that misrepresenting the testing status of a vehicle acquired with Federal financial assistance may subject the undersigned to civil penalties as outlined in the Department of Transportation's regulation on Program Fraud Civil Remedies, 49 CFR Part 31. In addition, the undersigned understands that FTA may suspend or debar a manufacturer under the procedures in 49 CFR Part 29. Date: __________________________________ Signature: _______________________________ Company Name: __________________________ Title: ___________________________________



EXHIBIT “O” BUS TESTING PROGRAM

Here by certifies that the model of bus being offered in this proposal has met the requirements imposed by 49 CFR Part 665, Bus Testing, including the following two (2) conditions: 1) A model of the bus has been tested at the bus testing facility in Altoona, Pennsylvania; and 2) The proposal includes a copy of the Test Report prepared on the bus model being offered. Authorized Signee: Title: Company:


RFP 18-R12 Exhibit P—Vehicle and Contractor Information Questionnaire

Page 1



ATTACHMENT “P” VEHICLE INFORMATION QUESTIONNAIRE

The following questionnaire is required to be completed and returned with the offeror’s response to the technical specifications. The VEHICLE INFORMATION QUESTIONNAIRE is for the following types of buses: 30, 35, 40, and 60 foot low floor buses. Please complete a separate sheet for each vehicle size.

______________________________________________________________ Print Company Name

This quote response is for the following type of bus: ☐30’ ☐35’ ☐40’ ☐60’

SECTION 1. QUESTIONNAIRE

1. GENERAL BUS INFORMATION

A. Bus Manufacturer

B. Bus Model and Name ____________________________________________________ C. Dimensions

Overall Length Over Bumpers _____ Feet _____ Inches Over Body _____ Feet _____ Inches

D. Overall Width

Over Body Excluding Mirrors _____ Inches Over Body Including Mirrors _____ Inches

E. Overall Height At Front Centerline of Bus _____ Inches

At Rear Centerline of Bus _____ Inches

F. Angle of Approach _____ Degrees

G. Break over Angle _____ Degrees

H. Angle of Departure _____ Degrees I. Doorway Clear Opening (include grab handles)

Front Door Width _____ Inches Height _____ Inches

Rear Door Width _____ Inches Height _____ Inches


Page 2



J. Step Height from Ground, Step Riser Heights, and Step Depth

Bus Floor _____ Inches (Height from Ground) Step _____ Inches (Tread Depth) _____ Inches (Height from Ground) Step _____ Inches (Tread Depth) _____ Inches (Height from Ground) Ground __0__Inches

K. Interior Head Room (Centerline)

Front Axle Centerline _____ Inches Rear Axle Centerline _____ Inches

L. Floor Height Above Ground

Front Door _____ Inches Rear Door _____ Inches

M. Minimum Ground Clearance

Excluding Axles _____ Inches Including Axles _____ Inches

N. Horizontal Turning Envelope Outside Body (including bumper) Turning Radius _____ Feet _____ Inches

Inside Turning Radius _____ Feet _____ Inches O. Wheelbase _____ Feet _____ Inches P. Overhand (centerline of axle over bumper)

Front _____ Feet ____ Inches Rear _____ Feet ____ Inches 2. SEATS

A. Total Number of Seat Positions ___________ B. Minimum Knee-to-Hip Room _____ Inches C. Minimum Aisle Width _____ Inches D. Manufacturer and Model Number and Name

Passenger Operator

3. WEIGHT OF BUS FULL COMPLIMENT OF FLUIDS At GVWR (Fuel, Oil, Water) A. On Front Axle _____ Lbs. B. On Rear Axle _____ Lbs. C. Total _____ Lbs.


Page 3



4. ENGINE

A. Manufacturer ________________________________________________ B. Type ________________________________________________ C. Model Number _______________________________________________ D. No. of Cylinders _____________ E. Net S.A.E. Horsepower __________HP at _____ RPM F. Net S.A.E. Torque __________Lbs. Foot at _____ RPM G. Weight, Dry __________Lbs. H. Crankcase Oil Capacity _____ Quarts I. Turbocharger, Make and Type ________________________________________

J. Maximum RPM, no load _________RPM K. Maximum RPM, full load _________RPM L. RPM at Idle _________RPM M. RPM at Fast Idle _________RPM N. Exhaust Pipe Discharge Location

5. TRANSMISSION

A. Manufacturer B. Type C. Model Number D. Number of Forward Speeds E. Gear Ratios

First Gear Second Gear Third Gear (if applicable) Final Drive Gear Reverse


Page 4



F. Shift Speeds 1st to 2nd _____ MPH _____ RPM 2nd to 3rd (if applicable) _____ MPH _____ RPM 2nd or 3rd to Final Drive MPH _____ MPH _____ RPM

G. Oil Capacity (including Heat Exchanger) _____ Quarts

6. ALTERNATOR

A. Manufacturer B. Type C. Model D. Output at Idle _____ Amps _____Volts E. Output at Maximum Speed _____ Amps _____ Volts F. Speed at Idle _____ RPM G. Drive Type _______________________________________________

7. STARTER MOTOR

A. Manufacturer B. Type C. Model

8. AIR COMPRESSOR(S)

A. Manufacturer B. Type C. Capacity at Idle _____ CFM D. Capacity at Maximum RPM _____ CFM E. Maximum Warranted RPM _____ RPM F. RPM At Idle _____ RPM G. Drive Type ___________________________________________________


Page 5



9. AXLE, FRONT

A. Manufacturer B. Type C. Model Number D. Gross Axle Weight Rating _____ Lbs. E. Wheel Size / Manufacturer

10. AXLE, REAR

A. Manufacturer __________________________ B. Type C. Model Number D. Axle Ratio ________________________ E. Gross Axle Weight Rating ______ Lbs.

11. STEERING, POWER

A. Pump Manufacturer and Model Number Type Relief Pressure _____ PSI

B. Booster

Manufacturer and Model Number Type Relief Pressure _____ PSI

C. Power Steering Fluid Capacity _____ Quarts D. Effort at Steering Wheel (Unloaded stationary coach on dry asphalt) _____ LBS.

12. BRAKES

A. Make of Fundamental Brake System B. Brake Chamber – Vendor Size and Part Number

Front Size Part # Rear Size Part #


Page 6



C. Slack Adjuster – Vendor Type and Part Number Front

Right __________________________________________ Left __________________________________________

Rear

Right __________________________________________ Left __________________________________________

D. Brake Drums Front

Manufacturer Part Number Diameter _____ Inches

Rear Manufacturer Part Number Diameter _____ Inches

E. Brake Blocks Manufacturer

F. Blocks per Shoe

Front _____ Inches Rear _____ Inches G. Brake Block Widths

Front _____ Inches Rear _____ Inches

H. Brake Block Lengths

Front _____ Inches Rear _____ Inches

I. Brake Block Thickness _____ Inches

J. Brake Block Area per Wheel

Front _____ Sq. Inches Rear _____ Sq. Inches

13. Cooling System

A. Radiator _____________________________ B. Manufacturer C. Type D. Model Number E. Number of Tubes


Page 7



F. Number of Fins per Vertical Inch

G. Total Cooling and Heating System Capacity _____ Gallons H. Radiator Fan Speed Control Type I. Surge Tank Capacity _____ Gallons J. Engine Thermostat Temperature Setting _____ Degrees K. Overheat Alarm Temperature Sending Unit Setting _____ Degrees

14. Air Reservoir

A. Supply Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches B. Primary Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches C. Secondary Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches D. Parking Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches E. Accessory Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches F. Other Reservoir _____ Cubic Inches

15. HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT

A. Heating System Capacity _____ BTU

B. Ventilating Capacity _____ CFM

C. Heater Cores _____ D. Main Heater

Manufacturer and Model Number Number of Rows Number of Fins per Vertical Inch Number of Heater Cores

E. Driver Heater

Manufacturer and Model Number Number of Rows Number of Fins per Vertical Inch Number of Heater Cores

F. Hot Water Pump

Manufacturer


Page 8



Type Model Number

G. Controls

Manufacturer Type Model Number

16. AIR CONDITIONING

A. Cooling System Capacity BTU B. Freon Capacity Lbs. C. Compressor

Manufacturer Model Number Capacity

D. A/C Blower

Manufacturer Model Number Capacity

17. INTERIOR LIGHTING

A. Type

B. Number of Fixtures

C. Size of Fixtures D. Ballast ___________________________________

E. Manufacturer

F. Model Number

18. BODY CONSTRUCTION

A. Wheel Well Material B. Front Step well Material

C. Rear Step well Material D. Floor construction Material


Page 9



19. WHEELCHAIR LIFT SYSTEM

A. Manufacturer

B. Model

C. Dimensions

D. Cycle Time

20. BATTERIES

A. Manufacturer B. Number of Batteries C. Model Number D. CCA

21. INTERIOR DIMENSIONS

A. Floor Interior Length _____ Feet _____ Inches Interior Width (excluding coving) _____ Feet _____ Inches Total Standee Area _____ Sq. Feet Minimum distance between Wheelhouses

Front _____ Inches Rear _____ Inches Maximum interior floor slope (from horizontal) _____ Degrees

B. Passenger Capacity Provided

Total Maximum Seating _________ Free Floor Space _________Sq. Feet (Free floor Space calculation and drawing shall be attached with this form) Standee Capacity ________ (Standee Capacity calculation shall be attached with this form) Minimum Knee to Hip Room _____ Inches Minimum Foot Room _____ Inches


Page 10



22. WEIGHT OF BUS

Number of

People

Front Axle

Left Right Total

Rear Axle

Left Right Total

Total Bus

Empty Bus Full

Fuel and Farebox

0

Fully Seated Full Fuel and

Farebox

+ Driver

Fully Loaded Standee and Fully Seated Full Fuel and

Farebox

+ Driver

Crush Load (1.5xFully Loaded)

_____

GVWR

GAWR

23. ENGINE, MAIN

A. Crankcase Oil Capacity New Engine, dry _____ Gals. New Engine, wet _____ Gals. Weight, Dry _____ Lbs. Fuel Economy _____ MPG

B. Emissions

HC ______ grams per brake-horsepower hour CO ______ grams per brake-horsepower hour Nox ______ grams per brake-horsepower hour PM ______ grams per brake-horsepower hour


Page 11



24. TRANSMISSION

A. Weight, Dry _____ Lbs. 25. VOLTAGE REGULATOR

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Model ____________________________________________________

26. VOLTAGE EQUALIZER

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Model ____________________________________________________

27. AIR COMPRESSOR

A. Drive Type _____ RPM B. Governor

Cut-in Pressure _____ PSI Cut-Out Pressure _____ PSI

28. SUSPENSION SYSTEM

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Type Front _________________________________ Rear _________________________________ C. Springs Front _________________________________ Rear _________________________________

29. WHEELS AND TIRES

A. Wheels Manufacturer _____________ ________________________________ Size ___________________________ Capacity _____ Lbs. Material ___________________________


Page 12



B. Tires Manufacturer _____________________________________________ Type ___________________________ Size ___________________________ Load Range/Air Pressure ___________________________ Lbs./PSI Speed Rating ___________________________ Load Index ___________________________

C. Lug Nut Torque Specifications

Front Axle _____ Foot Lbs. Rear Axle _____ Foot Lbs.

30. STEERING

A. Steering Wheel Diameter _____ Inches 31. HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

A. Refrigerant Type _________________________________________________ B. Electric Power Requirements _________________________________________________

32. DOORS

A. Front Manufacturer of Operating Equipment ______________________________________ Type of Door _______________________ Type of Operating Equipment _______________________

B. Rear

Manufacturer of Operating Equipment ______________________________________ Type door _______________________ Type of Operating Equipment _______________________

33. PASSENGER WINDOWS

A. Manufacturer ___________________________________________________

B. Model __________________________

C. Type __________________________

D. Number (Side) _____________ (Rear) _____________

E. Sizes _______________ _______________ _______________


Page 13



F. Glazing Type _____________________________ Thickness _____________________________ Color of Tint _____________________________ Light Transmission _____________________________

34. MIRRORS

Size Type Manufacturer Mfg. Part # Model No. Right Side Exterior _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ Left Side Exterior _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ Center Rearview _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ Front Entrance Area _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ Upper-Right Hand Corner _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ Rear Exit Area _____ _____ ____________ __________ __________ 35. SEATS

A. Manufacturer ___________________ ________________________________ B. Model ___________________________________________________ C. Type __________________________

36. PAINT

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Type __________________________

37. WHEELCHAIR SECUREMENT EQUIPMENT

A. Manufacturer __________________________________________________________ B. Model No. ____________________________________

38. DESTINATION SIGNS

A. Manufacturer __________________________________________________________

B. Type _________________________________


Page 14



C. Character Length Front Destination _____ Inches Front Run Number _____ Inches Side Destination _____ Inches Rear Route _____ Inches

D. Character Height

Front Destination _____ Inches Front Run Number _____ Inches Side Destination _____ Inches Rear Route _____ Inches

E. Number of Characters


F. Message Width


39. ELECTRICAL

A. Multiplex System Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ Model No. ____________________________

40. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM

A. GPS Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ Model No. ____________________________

41. P.A. SYSTEM

Manufacturer Model No. Amplifier ___________________ ____________ Microphone ___________________ ____________ Int. Speakers ___________________ ____________ (number ______) Ext. Speaker ___________________ ____________ (number ______)

42. CCTV SYSTEM

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Model No. _______________________________________


Page 15



C. Cameras __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________ __________________________

43. BICYCLE RACK

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Type ____________________________________________________

44. OPERATOR’S SEAT

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Model No. __________________________

45. FLOOR COVERING

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Model No. ___________________________ C. Color ________ D. Standee Line Color ___________________

46. ROOF VENTILATORS

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________

B. Number __________

C. Location __________________ 47. BUMPERS

A. Manufacturer ___________________________________________________ 48. FUEL TANK

A. Manufacturer ___________________________________________________ B. Dry Capacity _____ Gals.


Page 16



49. DEF TANK

A. Manufacturer ____________________________________________________ B. Dry Capacity _____ Gals.


Page 17



SECTION 2. CONTRACTOR INFORMATION

Contractor will attach to this form: 1. A listing of current clients, including references with contact information including:

a. Name b. Address c. Telephone Number d. Email e. Type and Quantities of Buses purchased in the last three (3) years

2. A listing of staff that will be assigned to the contract (sales, customer service, technical

assistance), along with information demonstrating their experience and capabilities.

3. The address of the manufacturing facilities where the buses will be constructed.